D4B8046FF18-Suspension Wheels Steering

Service
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Repair Manual
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Golf 2013 ➤
rrectness of i
Golf Variant 2014 ➤
l purpos
e-Golf 2014 ➤
nform
ercia
Suspension, Wheels, Steering

m
a
com
tio
Edition 06.2015
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
Repair Group
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
00 - General, Technical Data
y li
rm
ab
pe
40 - Front Suspension
ility
ot
wit
, is n
42 - Rear Suspension
h re
hole
spec
43 - Self-Leveling Suspension
es, in part or in w
t to the co
44 - Wheels, Tires, Wheel Alignment
48 - Steering
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2015 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B8046FF18

Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015
Contents
00 - General, Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Safety Precautions when Working on Vehicles with Start/Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Safety Precautions when Working on Subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 Repair Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.1 Shock Absorber Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.2 Shock Absorber Noises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.3 Shock Absorbers, Checking when Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.4 Steering Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.5 Seals and Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.6 Bolts and Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.7 Electrical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.8 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight Position, Lifting Vehicles with Coil Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 Vehicles Involved in Collisions, Evaluating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.1 Collision Vehicle Evaluation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.1 Front Gas-Filled Shock Absorbers, Venting and Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.2 Rear Gas-Filled Shock Absorbers, Venting and Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
40 - Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1 Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.1 Component Location Overview - Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2 Subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.1 Overview - Subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2 Subframe without Steering Gear, Removing and Installing AG. Volk.s.w.ag. e.n.A.G.d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
agen
2.3 Subframe with Steering Gear, Removing andVoInstalling lksw . . . . . . . . . . . .oe.s.n.ot. . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
y gu
2.4 Subframe, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .is.ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ar.an. . . . . . . . .
b 45
r te
2.5 Stabilizer Bar, Removing and Installing ut
ho
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .e.or. . . . . . 51
a a
2.6 Coupling Rod, Removing and Installing ss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . ce 55
e
2.7 Thread in Longitudinal Member, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

nl
pt
du
an
itte
2.8 Subframe, Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

y li
erm
ab
2.9 Subframe, Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
ility
ot p
3 Suspension Strut and Upper Control Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

wit
, is n
h re
3.1 Overview - Suspension Strut and Upper Control Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

hole
spec
3.2 Suspension Strut, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

es, in part or in w
t to the co
3.3 Suspension Strut, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

4 Lower Control Arm and Ball Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
4.1 Overview - Lower Control Arm and Ball Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
rrectness of i
4.2 Lower Control Arm, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

l purpos
4.3 Ball Joint, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

4.4 Ball Joint, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
nform
ercia
4.5 Lower Control Arm Bonded Rubber Bushing, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

m
5 Wheel Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
at
om
io
5.1 Overview - Wheel Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

n
c
in t
or
5.2 Wheel Bearing Housing, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

his
ate
do
riv
5.3 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

p
cum
for
6 Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

en
ng
t.
yi Co
6.1 Overview - Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
6.3 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Contents i
6.4 Drive Axle Threaded Connection, Loosening and Tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

6.5 Drive Axle Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
6.6 Drive Axle, Disassembling and Assembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.7 Outer CV Joint, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
6.8 Inner CV Joint, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
7 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
42 - Rear Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

1 Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
1.1 Overview - Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
1.2 Rear Axle, Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
1.3 Rear Axle, Removing and InstallingAG.. V. o.lk.s.w.ag. e.n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
agen AG do
2 Axle Beam . . . . . . . . . . .Vo. lk. s.w. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .e.s .no.t .g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
by ua
2.1 Overview - Axle Beam ris
ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.an. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tee 184
o
2.2 Axle Beam Bonded aut Rubber Bushing, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . .or.a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
h 184
ss c
3 Subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
ce
e
nl
pt
3.1 Overview - Subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
du
an
itte
y li
3.2 Subframe, Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
erm
ab
3.3 Subframe, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
4 Stabilizer Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
h re
hole
4.1 Overview - Stabilizer Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
spec
4.2 Stabilizer Bar, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.3 Coupling Rod, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
5 Control Arm, Tie Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
rrectness of i
5.1 Overview - Transverse Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
5.2 Overview - Tie Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
l purpos
5.3 Upper Transverse Link, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

5.4 Lower Transverse Link, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nf 233
ercia
o
5.5 Tie Rod, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
rm
m
atio
6 Suspension Strut/Shock Absorber, Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

om
n in
c
6.1 Overview - Suspension Strut, Shock Absorber and Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

or
thi
e
6.2 Shock Absorber, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

t
sd
iva
o
r
6.3 Shock Absorber, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
6.4 Spring, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

ng
t.
yi Co
op
7 Wheel Bearing and Trailing Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
7.1 Overview - Wheel Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
p by
co Vo
by lksw
7.2 Overview - Trailing Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cted 261
agen
Prote AG.
7.3 Wheel Bearing Housing, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
7.4 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
7.5 Wheel Bearing Housing Bonded Rubber Bushing, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
7.6 Trailing Arm with Mounting Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
7.7 Trailing Arm, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
8 Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
8.2 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
8.3 Drive Axle, Disassembling and Assembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
8.4 Drive Axle Threaded Connection, Loosening and Tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
8.5 Outer CV Joint, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
8.6 Inner CV Joint, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
9 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
43 - Self-Leveling Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

1 Electronic Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
1.1 Overview - Electronic Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
ii Contents
1.2 Electronic Damping Control Module J250 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
1.3 Left/Right Front Body Acceleration Sensor G341 / G342 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 324
1.4 Rear Body Acceleration Sensor G343 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
2 Level Control System Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
2.1 Overview - Front Level Control System Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
2.2 Overview - Rear Level Control System Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
2.3 Left/Right Front Level Control System Sensor G78 / G289 , Removing and Installing . . . . 330
2.4 Left/Right Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 / G77 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 332
3 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
44 - Wheels, Tires, Wheel Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

1 Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
1.1 Tires, Dismounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
1.2 Tires, Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
1.3 Wheel, Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
1.5 Tires, Dismounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
1.6 Tire Sealant, Disposing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
1.7 Vehicles with Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
2.1 System Description - Tire Pressure Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
3 Vehicle Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
3.1 Axle Alignment Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
3.2 Test Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
3.3 Measure Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
3.4 Axle Alignment Specified Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
3.5 Vehicle, Preparing for Aligning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
3.6 Axle Alignment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
3.7 Need for Axle Alignment, Evaluating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
3.8 Front Axle Camber, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
3.9 Rear Axle Camber, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
G. Volkswagen
3.10 Rear Axle Toe, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lk.sw . a. g.e.n .A. . . . . . . . . .A.G.d.oe. s.n. . . . . . . . . . . 361
o o
3.11 Front Axle Toe, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . e.d.by. V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t.g.ua.ra. . . . . . . 362
ir s n
3.12 Wheel Run-Out Compensation . . . . . . t.ho. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .te.e o. . . . 363
u r
3.13 Vehicle Data Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . s.s .a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a.c. . 363
3.14 Maximum Steering Angle, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
4 Wheel/Tire Vibration, Causes and Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

itte
y li
rm
ab
4.1 Vibration Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

pe
ility
4.2 Road Test, Performing Before Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

ot
wit
, is n
4.3 Wheel, Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

h re
hole
spec
4.4 Vibration Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

es, in part or in w
4.5 Tire and Wheel Radial and Lateral Run-Out, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
t to the co
4.6 Rim Radial and Lateral Run-Out, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

4.7 Wheels and Tires, Matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
rrectness of i
4.8 Flat Spots in Tires From Standing, Determining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

l purpos
5 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

5.1 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
nform
ercia
6 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

6.1 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
m
a
com
tio
7 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

n in
r
te o
thi
48 - Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
1 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
1.1 Overview - Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
iii
co Vo
by lksw
cted Contents
agen
Prote AG.
1.2 Steering Wheel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

2 Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
2.1 Overview - Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
2.2 Steering Column, Checking for Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
2.3 Steering Column, Handling and Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
2.4 Steering Column, Removing and Installing olksw. a. g.e.n .A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
en AG. V
agControl G do
2.5 Electronic Steering ColumnVLock olks w Module J764 e,s n
Removing
ot g and Installing . . . . . . 417
by ua
3 Steering Gear . . . . .ri.se. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .a.nt.e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
d r 419
3.1 Overview - Steering tho eo
s au Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .r .ac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
3.2 Steering Gear, Removing
s and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
ce
e
nl
3.3 Boot, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
pt
du
an
itte
3.4 Tie Rod, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
y li
erm
ab
3.5 Tie Rod End, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
ility
ot p
3.6 Steering Gear, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
wit
, is n
h re
4 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
hole
spec
4.1 Steering Angle Sensor G85 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
es, in part or in w
t to the co
5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
6 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
iv Contents
00 – General, Technical Data

1 Safety Precautions
(Edition 06.2015)
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions when Working on Vehicles with Start/
Stop System”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precautions when Working on Subframe”,
page 1
1.1 Safety Precautions when Working on

Vehicles with Start/Stop System
WARNING
If vehicle will be driving on the streets, all screws and nuts must
be tightened properly!
WARNING
Risk of injury due to the engine automatically starting on vehi‐

cles with a Start/Stop system.
♦ For vehicles with an active Start/Stop system, the engine
can automatically start if necessary.
♦ Make sure the Start/Stop System is off whenever working
on the vehicle. Turn off the ignition and turn it back on only agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
when necessary. V olksw
oes
not
g y ua
db ran
rise tee
tho or
au
1.2 Safety Precautions when Working on s ac
s
ce
e
Subframe
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Welding and alignment work on supporting or wheel carrying
erm
ab
ility
suspension components is not permitted.
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Always replace corroded bolts/nuts.

h re
hole
spec
♦ Bonded rubber bushings have a limited range of motion.
es, in part or in w
Therefore, only tighten the threaded connections on the com‐ t to the co

ponents with bonded rubber bushings when the wheel bearing
housing is lifted (curb weight position). Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight Position, Lifting Vehicles
rrectness of i
with Coil Spring”, page 5 .

l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Safety Precautions 1
2 Repair Information
⇒ “2.1 Shock Absorber Leaks”, page 2
⇒ “2.2 Shock Absorber Noises”, page 2
⇒ “2.3 Shock Absorbers, Checking when Removed”, page 3
⇒ “2.4 Steering Gear”, page 3
⇒ “2.5 Seals and Gaskets”, page 4
⇒ “2.6 Bolts and Nuts”, page 4
⇒ “2.7 Electrical Components”, page 4
with Coil Spring”, page 5
2.1 Shock Absorber

agen
Leaks
AG. Volkswagen AG d
w oes
olks no
Shock absorbers are frequently
db
yV rejected and exchanged because
t gu
ara
of leaks. Examinations
orise on the test stand and on the vehicle havente
e
shown that the replacement
aut
h
of a large number of rejected shock or a
absorbers was snot justified.
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
Slight leaking of oil (“sweating”) at piston rod seal is no reason to
du
an
itte
replace a shock absorber. A shock absorber damp with oil is OK

y li
erm
under the following circumstances: ab

ility
ot p
♦ Oil leakage (shaded in illustration) is visible, but dull, matte wit

, is n
h re
and possibly dry due to dust.
hole
spec
♦ Oil excretion extends from upper shock absorber connection

es, in part or in w
t to the co
(piston rod oil seal) no further than lower spring plate -arrow-
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
2.2 Shock Absorber Noises
Prote AG.
Shock absorbers are frequently rejected and exchanged because

of rumbling noises. Examinations on the test stand and vehicle
have shown that there was not complaint with approximately 70%
of the rejected shock absorbers. The replacement was not justi‐
fied.
With complaints that are interpreted as rumbling or knocking
sounds, proceed as follows.
– Determine where, when and how the sounds change during a
road test on a dry stretch of road with irregularities.
2 Rep. Gr.00 - General, Technical Data

Note
Shock absorbers are the cause of noises only in the rarest of ca‐
ses. AG. Volkswagen A
agen G do
es n
ksw
Vol ot g
2.3 Shock Absorbers, Checking when Re‐
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
au
th
moved or
ac
ss
ce
e
Defective shock absorbers are noticeable when driving due to

nl
pt
du
loud rumbling noises - a result of wheel hopping - especially on
an
itte
y li
poor stretches of road. Moreover, they can be recognized by a
erm
ab
large loss of oil.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Shock absorbers are maintenance-free, shock absorber oil can‐
not be filled.
rrectness of i
A removed shock absorber can be checked by hand as follows:
l purpos
– Push the shock absorber together by hand.

• Piston rod must move with even resistance throughout entire
nf
ercia
o
stroke and without jerking.
rm
m
atio
m
– Release piston rods.

o
n in
or c
• For shock absorbers with sufficient gas pressure, the piston

thi
te
sd
a
rod returns automatically to its starting position.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Note Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ If this is not the case, the shock absorber does not necessarily
co Vo
by lksw
cted
need to be replaced. As long as oil loss is not large, the effec‐
agen
Prote AG.
tiveness represents that of a standard shock absorber.
♦ The damping function is also completely available without gas
pressure, as long as there is no large loss of oil. However, this
can increase the noise level.
2.4 Steering Gear

Extreme caution, cleanliness, and properly functioning tools are
an essential requirement in performing a faultless and successful
steering gear repair. The general safety precautions also always
apply when servicing the vehicle.
A series of applicable general notes for individual repair proce‐
dures - otherwise listed several times at many points in the repair
manual - has been collected here. They apply to this repair man‐
ual.
For a complete description of the structure and function of the
electro-mechanical power steering system. Refer to the Self-
Study Program ⇒ Self Study Program No. 317 ; The Electro-
Mechanical Power Steering Design and Function .
♦ Thoroughly clean connecting points and their surrounding
areas before loosening.
♦ When installing steering gear, make sure the alignment
sleeves are correctly positioned between the bracket and
steering gear.
2. Repair Information 3
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover them so

that they do not get dirty. Use foil and paper. Only use lint-free
cloths.
♦ Only install clean parts: remove the replacement parts from
their packaging just before installing them.
♦ Use greases and sealants that are identified by part numbers
exclusively.
♦ Carefully cover or seal opened components if the repair is not
performed immediately.
2.5 Seals and Gaskets

♦ Always replace the gaskets and seals.
♦ After removing seals, inspect contact surface on housings and
shafts for burrs and damage and repair if necessary.
♦ Remove all sealant residue of fluid seals from sealing surfa‐
ces. Sealant residue must not enter the steering gear housing
when doing this.
2.6 Bolts and Nuts

♦ Loosen and tighten the bolts and nuts from the covers and
housings diagonally. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks no
♦ Do not cant but loosen d b and tighten especially sensitive parts
yV t gu
ar
in diagonal manner orisein stages, for example servo motor withante
eo
control module.auth ra
ss c
♦ Tightening specifications for non-lubricated bolts and nuts are
ce
e
nl
pt
given.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
♦ Always replace self-locking nuts and bolts.

ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
2.7 Electrical Components

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Surely everyone has been shocked at one time or another when

coming into contact with a metal object. The reason for this is the
build-up of static electricity in the human body. This charging can
rrectness of i
lead to malfunctions by touching electrical components in the

steering gear and the steering column.
l purpos
– Touch a grounded object, for example, a water pipe or a ve‐

hicle hoist, before working on electrical components. Do not
nf
ercia
touch the connector terminals.

orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.8 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight Position,

Lifting Vehicles with Coil Spring
⇒ “2.8.1 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight, Lifting Vehicles with Coil
Spring, Front Axle”, page 5
⇒ “2.8.2 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight, Rear Axle, Lifting Vehi‐
cles with Coil Spring”, page 6
2.8.1 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight, Lifting

Vehicles with Coil Spring, Front Axle
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931-
♦ Tensioning Strap - T10038-
♦ Engine/Gearbox Jack Adapter - Wheel Hub Support - T10149-
Caution
All bolts on suspension components with bonded rubber bush‐

ings must always be tightened in curb weight position (unloa‐
ded condition).
Bonded rubber bushings have a limited range of motion.
Axle components with bonded rubber bushings must be
brought into the position they will be in when driving before they
are tightened (curb weight position).
Otherwise, the bonded rubber bushing will have tension, which
will reduce the service life.
By raising appropriate suspension using Engine and Gearbox wagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
Jack - VAS6931- and Engine/Gearbox Jack Adapter - Wheel VolHub
ks s no
t gu
by
Support - T10149- , this position can be simulated onristhe
e hoist.
d ara
nt ee
tho or
Before the Applicable Suspension Is Raised, the Vehicle
au Must Be ac
ss
Secured to the Hoist Lifting Arms Using Tensioning Straps -
ce
e
nl
T10038- .
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
WARNING ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
The vehicle could fall off the hoist if it is not secured.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Turn the wheel hub until one of the holes for the wheel bolts
is on top.
rrectness of i
– Install the Engine/Gearbox Jack Adapter - Wheel Hub Support

- T10149- with wheel bolt on wheel hub.
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
The Bolts/Nuts Must Only Be Tightened Once Dimension -a- be‐

tween the Center of the Wheel Hub and the Lower Edge of the
Wheel Housing Has Been Reached.
The dimension -a- is dependent on the height of the installed
suspension:
Chassis 1) Standing Height -a- in mm

Basic (G01/G02/G07/G18/G22 383 ± 10 mm
+2UA)
Sport (G01/G02 +GM1/ G07 368 ± 10 mm
+2UC/ G21,G26)
Raised (G01/G02 +2UF) 398 ± 10 mm
DCC (G03+2UH/ G03+2UQ) 373 ± 10 mm
GTD (G06 + 2UC + GM03/ G05 368 ± 10 mm
+ 2UJ + GM03)
GTI (G06+2UC/ G06 + 2UJ/ 368 ± 10 mm
G04 + 2UM)
BlueMotion (G01G02 +2UP 368 ± 10 mm
+GM1 G07+2UC/ G21/G26)
GTI heavy duty suspension 383 ± 10 mm
(G06 + 2UN)
GTE (G20/G23) 383 ± 10 mm
Golf R (G04 + 2UK + QZ0/ G04 363 ± 10 mm
+ 2UL + QZ0/ G04 +2UK + 1N7/
G04 + 2UL + 1N7)
Alltrack (G24/ G25) 397 ± 10 mm
Alltrack DCC (G27) 392 ± 10 mm
1)The type of vehicle suspension is indicated on the vehicle data
label. The suspension is indicated by a PR number. Allocation of
the PR number according to the suspension. Refer to
⇒ “3.13 Vehicle Data Label”, page 363 .
– Lift the wheel bearing housing using the Engine n Aand
G. VoGearbox
lkswagen AG
wage
Jack - VAS6931- until dimension -a- is reached. does
olks not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
WARNING tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
♦ Do not lift or lower the vehicle when the engine and gear‐
nl
pt
du
box jack is under the vehicle.

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Do not leave the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931-

ility
ot p
under the vehicle any longer than necessary.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Tighten the applicable bolts and nuts.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Lower the wheel bearing housing.

– Remove the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- from under
rrectness of i
the vehicle.
l purpos
– Remove the Engine/Gearbox Jack Adapter - Wheel Hub Sup‐

port - T10149- .
nf
ercia
or
2.8.2 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight, Rear

m
m
atio
m
Axle, Lifting Vehicles with Coil Spring

o
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
6
op Vo
by c lksw
Rep. Gr.00 - General, Technical Data Prote
cted AG.
agen

Caution
All bolts on suspension components with bonded rubber bush‐

ings must always be tightened in curb weight position (unloa‐
ded condition).
Bonded rubber bushings have a limited range of motion.
Axle components with bonded rubber bushings must be
brought into the position they will be in when driving before they
are tightened (curb weight position).
Otherwise, the bonded rubber bushing will have tension, which
will reduce the service life.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
By raising axle on one side using thedEngineby V and Gearbox Jack gu
ara
- VAS6931- and Engine/Gearbox Jack orise Adapter - Wheel Hub Sup‐ nte
eo
port - T10149- , this position canaut be simulated on the hoist.
h
ra
ss c
Before Lifting the Axle on One Side, the Vehicle Must Be Secured
ce
le
un
pt
on Both Sides to the Hoist Lifting Arms Using Tensioning Strap -
an
d
itte
T10038- .
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
1- Tensioning Strap - T10038-
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
WARNING
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The vehicle could fall off the hoist if it is not secured.
rrectness of i
– Turn the wheel hub until one of the holes for the wheel bolts
is on top.
l purpos
– Install the Engine/Gearbox Jack Adapter - Wheel Hub Support

- T10149- with the wheel bolt.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
The Bolts/Nuts Must Only Be Tightened Once Dimension -a- be‐

tween the Center of the Wheel Hub and the Lower Edge of the
Wheel Housing Has Been Reached.
The dimension -a- is dependent on the height of the installed
suspension:
Chassis 1) Standing Height -a- in mm

Basic (G01/G02/G07/G18/G22 385 ± 10 mm
+2UA)
Sport (G01/G02 +GM1/ G07 370 ± 10 mm
+2UC/ G21,G26)
Raised (G01/G02 +2UF) 400 ± 10 mm
DCC (G03+2UH/ G03+2UQ) 375 ± 10 mm
GTD (G02+2UC/ G06 + 2UC + 370 ± 10 mm
GM03/ G05 + 2UJ + GM03)
GTI (G06+2UC/ G06 + 2UJ/ 370 ± 10 mm
olks
wage es n
ot g
G04 + 2UM) db
yV ua
ran
ise
BlueMotion (G01G02 +2UP 370 tho± 10 mm
r tee
or
+GM1 G07+2UC/ G21/G26) ss au ac
ce
GTI heavy duty suspension 385 ± 10 mm
le
un
pt
(G06 + 2UN)
an
d
itte
y li
rm
GTE (G20/G23) 395 ± 10 mm
ab
pe
ility
Golf R (G04 + 2UK + QZ0/ G04 365 ± 10 mm
ot
wit
, is n
+ 2UL + QZ0/ G04 +2UK + 1N7/
h re
hole
G04 + 2UL + 1N7)
spec
es, in part or in w
Alltrack (G24/ G25) 398 ± 10 mm
t to the co
Alltrack DCC (G27) 393 ± 10 mm
1)The type of vehicle suspension is indicated on the vehicle data
rrectness of i
label. The suspension is indicated by a PR number. Allocation of
l purpos
the PR number according to the suspension. Refer to

nform
ercia
– Lift the wheel bearing housing using the engine/gearbox jack

until dimension -a- is reached.
m
a
com
tion in
r
WARNING
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
♦ Do not lift or lower the vehicle when the engine and gear‐
um
fo
box jack is under the vehicle.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Do not leave the engine and gearbox jack under the ve‐ . C rig
ht ht
hicle any longer than necessary.
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Tighten the applicable bolts and nuts.

– Lower the wheel bearing housing.
– Remove the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- from under
the vehicle.
– Remove the Engine/Gearbox Jack Adapter - Wheel Hub Sup‐
port - T10149-

Suspension,
AG. Volkswagen Wheels,
A
Steering - Edition 06.2015
n G do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
3 Vehicles Involved in Collisions, Eval‐ thoris tee
or
au
uating ss
ac
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “3.1 Collision Vehicle Evaluation Checklist”, page 9
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
3.1 Collision Vehicle Evaluation Checklist
ility
ot p
wit
When servicing load-bearing or wheel-supporting components on is n
h re
ole,
vehicles involved in a collision, damages on the suspension could
spec
remain undiscovered. These undiscovered damages may lead to
urposes, in part or in wh
severe damage in continued vehicle operation. Therefore, on ac‐
t to the co
cident vehicles, the listed components must be checked in the
described manner and sequence, independent of performing an
axle alignment. If no deviations from the specified values were
rrectne
determined during an axle alignment, then no deformations of the
chassis are present.
ss o
Visual Inspection and Function Check of the Steering System
cial p
f inform
♦ Visual inspection for deformations and cracks
mer
atio
m
♦ Check for play in tie rod joints and steering gear

o
n
c
i
or
n
♦ Visual inspection for faulty bellows and grease boots
thi
te
sd
iva
o
♦ Check electric and hydraulic lines and hoses for chafe marks,
pr
cum
r
fo
cuts and kinks.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Check hydraulic lines, threaded connections and steering gear C py
ht. rig
for leaks rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ Make sure the steering gear and lines are securely fastened. Prote
cted AG.
agen
♦ Check for correct function over the entire steering angle by

turning the steering wheel from stop to stop. Steering wheel
must be able to rotate an even force without getting caught.
Visual and Function Test for the Suspension
• The sequence of the following test steps must be maintained.
♦ Check all components shown in the overviews for deforma‐
tion, cracks and other damage.
♦ Replace the damaged components
♦ Perform a vehicle alignment on a Volkswagen AG approved
alignment rack.
Visual and Function Test for Wheels, Tires
♦ Check for run-out and imbalance.
♦ Check tires for cuts and impact damage on tread and flanks.
Refer to
⇒ “4 Wheel/Tire Vibration, Causes and Solution”, page 365 .
♦ Check the tire pressure; for the correct tire pressure, refer to
the tire pressure label on the driver side B-pillar or on the fuel
filler door.
Replace the tire if the rim and/or the tire are damaged. This also
applies when the crash details and damage to the vehicle point
to possible non-visible damages.
Another deciding factor is the age of the tires: the tires must not
be older than 6 years.
If in Doubt:
• As soon as a safety risk cannot be ruled out, the tire(s) must
be replaced.
3. Vehicles Involved in Collisions, Evaluating 9

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
b yV gu
ara
ed
Golf 2013 ori➤
s , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ntee
th or
Suspension,
au Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Entire Vehicle
an
d
itte
y li
Check other vehicle systems, for example:
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
♦ Brake system including ABS
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Exhaust system and passenger protection by visual and func‐
hole
spec
tion check
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Test values, adjustment values and notes can be found in re‐
spective repair manuals/ELSA.
rrectness of i
This test is for checking the chassis on a vehicle, that has been
in a collision. The test does not cover the entire vehicle.
l purpos
Electronic Vehicle Systems
nform
ercia
Safety related systems, such as: ABS/EDS; Airbag; electronically

controlled suspension systems; electro-mechanical; electro-hy‐
m
a
draulic steering and other driver assist systems, must be checked
com
tio
for possible stored fault messages. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic
n in
r
te o
Tester . If faults were stored in the DTC memory for the system
thi
s
iva
mentioned, then these systems must be serviced according to the
do
r
rp
c
specifications in the repair manual/ELSA. After performing re‐
um
fo
pairs, check the fault stored in the DTC memory of the affected
en
ng
t.
yi
system again, to make sure that proper function can be ensured
Co
Cop py
again. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Disposal
⇒ “4.1 Front Gas-Filled Shock Absorbers, Venting and Draining”,
page 11
⇒ “4.2 Rear Gas-Filled Shock Absorbers, Venting and Draining”,
page 12
4.1 Front Gas-Filled Shock Absorbers,

Venting and Draining
⇒ “4.1.1 Front Shock Absorbers, Venting and Emptying, Standard
Shock Absorber”, page 11
⇒ “4.1.2 Front Shock Absorbers, Venting and Emptying, DCC
4.1.1 Front Shock Absorbers, Venting and

Emptying, Standard Shock Absorber
– Secure the gas-filled shock absorber vertically in vise, with
piston rod facing down.
WARNING
Wear protective eyewear while drilling.
wage e
– Drill a 3 mm hole -A-
yV
through
olks the shock absorbers outer
not
g tube. b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
Note au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Gas escapes when drilling.

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Continue drilling until the tube inside is drilled through (ap‐

ot p
proximately 25 mm deep).
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Drill a second 6 mm hole -B- through the outer and inner shock
spec
absorber tubes.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Hold the shock absorber over an appropriate container for

catching oil. Move the piston rod repeatedly through the entire
stroke until no more oil flows out.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Disposal 11
4.1.2 Front Shock Absorbers, Venting and

Emptying, DCC Shock Absorber
– Tension the gas-filled shock absorber vertically in the vise.
swage es n
WARNING byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Wear protective eyewear
auth while drilling. or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Drill a 3 mm hole -A- through the shock absorber outer tube.

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
Note
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
absorber tubes.
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
4.2 Rear Gas-Filled Shock Absorbers, Vent‐
r
te o
thi
ing and Draining

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
⇒ “4.2.1 Rear Shock Absorbers, Venting and Emptying, Standard

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
⇒ “4.2.2 Rear Shock Absorbers, Venting and Emptying, DCC
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.2.1 Rear Shock Absorbers, Venting and

Emptying, Standard Shock Absorber
WARNING
Note

absorber tubes.

4.2.2 Rear Shock Absorbers, Venting and

Emptying, DCC Shock Absorber
WARNING

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Note rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
Gas escapes when drilling. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
absorber tubes.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Disposal 13
5 Special Tools olksw

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Special tools and workshop aut
h
ra
equipment required ss c
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Engine and Gearbox Jack -
an
d
itte
VAS6931-
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ Engine/Gearbox Jack
h re
hole
Adapter - Wheel Hub Sup‐
spec
port - T10149-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

40 – Front Suspension
1 Front Axle
⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Front Axle”, page 15
1.1 Component Location Overview - Front Axle
I - Refer to
⇒ “2 Subframe”, page 16
II - Refer to
⇒ “3 Suspension Strut and Up‐
per Control Arm”, page 66
III - Refer to n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
⇒ “4 Lower Control Arm and byV
o ot g
ua
Ball Joint”, page 76 ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
IV - Refer to ss
a ac
⇒ “5 Wheel Bearing”,
ce
e
nl
page 91
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Front Axle 15
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014au➤
t , e-Golf 2014 ➤ ra
c
s
Suspension, Wheels, Steerings - Edition 06.2015
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
2 Subframe
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Subframe”, page 16
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “2.2 Subframe without Steering Gear, Removing and Installing”,
spec
page 17
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “2.3 Subframe with Steering Gear, Removing and Installing”,
page 24
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.4 Subframe, Servicing”, page 45
l purpos
⇒ “2.5 Stabilizer Bar, Removing and Installing”, page 51

⇒ “2.6 Coupling Rod, Removing and Installing”, page 55
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.7 Thread in Longitudinal Member, Servicing”, page 56

m
a
com
tio
⇒ “2.8 Subframe, Securing”, page 56
n in
r
te o
thi
⇒ “2.9 Subframe, Lowering”, page 59
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
2.1 Overview - Subframe
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
1 - Stabilizer Bar with Rubber
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Bushings by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Stabilizer Bar,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 51 .
2 - Nut
❑ 65 Nm
❑ Replace after removing
❑ Counterhold at socket
head of joint bolt when
tightening
3 - Suspension Strut
4 - Coupling Rod
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Coupling Rod,
ling”, page 55 .
5 - Subframe
❑ Securing. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Subframe, Secur‐
ing”, page 56 .
❑ Lowering. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Subframe, Low‐
ering”, page 59 .
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling, without Steering
Gear. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Subframe without
Steering Gear, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
17 .
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling, with Steering Gear. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Subframe with Steering Gear, Removing and Installing”, page 24 .
16 Rep. Gr.40 - Front Suspension

6 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +180°
7 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm +180°
8 - Left Support
9 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm +90°
10 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +180°
11 - Right Support
AG. Volkswagen
12 - Lower Bonded Rubber Bushing ksw for Pendulum Support
agen AG do
es n
Vol ot g
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒
ed b“2.4 Subframe, Servicing”, page 45
y ua.
ran
is tee
or
13 - Upper Bonded Rubber
au
th Bushing for Pendulum Support or
ac
ss
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “2.4 Subframe, Servicing”, page 45 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
14 - Nut
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ 65 Nm
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Counterhold at socket head of joint bolt when tightening
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.2 Subframe without Steering Gear, Re‐
moving and Installing
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.2.1 Subframe without Steering Gear, Removing and Instal‐

l purpos
ling, Except e-Golf”, page 17

⇒ “2.2.2 Subframe without Steering Gear, Removing and Instal‐
nf
ercia
ling, e-Golf”, page 21

rm
m
atio
m
2.2.1 Subframe without Steering Gear, Re‐

o
n in
or c
moving and Installing, Except e-Golf

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Removing
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Subframe is removed together with control arms.
Only Golf GTE

– De-energize the high-voltage system. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr.
93 ; High Voltage System, De-Energizing .
Continuation for All Vehicles
– Loosen the wheel bolts.
2. Subframe 17
– Raise the vehicle.

– Remove the wheels.
– Remove the lower noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise Insulation .
– Remove the exhaust system bracket from the subframe
-arrows-.
– Remove the bolts -1- for the pendulum support.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
– Remove the left and right nut -1- from the coupling rod -3-.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Remove the coupling rod -3- from the stabilizer bar -2- on the
erm
ab
left and right sides.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
– Remove the nuts -arrows- on the left and right side of the ve‐
inform
hicle.
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Vehicles with Level Control System Sensor

– Disconnect the connector -1- from the Left Front Level Control
System Sensor - G78- or Right Front Level Control Sensor -
G289- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
– Remove the clipsris-1e and 2- for the wiring harness -3- fromrathe
d b a
nte
subframe and uthetho steering gear. eo
ra
s a c
Only Golf GTE s
ce
le
un
pt
Unclip the high-voltage cable from the subframe.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Remove the steering gear bolts -1-.
– Pry the steering gear out of the subframe alignment sleeves.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
– Place the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- -1- under the
by
cted agen
Prote
subframe.
AG.
– Secure the subframe (refer to

⇒ “2.8 Subframe, Securing”, page 56 ) and lower it approx‐
imately 10 cm.
2. Subframe 19
– Remove the expanding clip -arrow-.

– Lower the subframe using the Engine and Gearbox Jack -
VAS6931- .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Secure the subframe on the Engine and Gearbox Jack -
VAS6931- .
l purpos
– Secure the steering gear on the body.
nform
ercia
Installing
m
a
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following:
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Tighten nuts -arrows-.
Note
Tighten the nuts -arrows- in curb weight position. Refer to

Spring, Front Axle”, page 5 .
– For vehicles with a level control system sensor, perform the

basic setting for the wheel damping electronics. Refer to Ve‐
hicle Diagnostic Tester .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Subframe”,
gen AG
page 16
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
lksw not
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Overviewd b-ySteering
Vo Gear”, page 419 gu
ara
e nte
ris
♦ Pendulum support bolts.
ut
ho Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Subframe eo
ra
Mount; Overviewss-aSubframe Mount . c
ce
le
♦ Noise insulation bolts. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ;

un
pt
an
d
Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise Insulation .

itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Exhaust system to subframe. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust
pe
ility
ot
Pipes/Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Refer to
hole
spec
⇒ “1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening Specifications”, page 340
es, in part or in w
t to the co
If the steering wheel is still crooked after using the Subframe
Alignment Assembly Tool Kit- Locating Pins - T10486/1- then an
axle alignment is necessary. In this case the record it in the ve‐
rrectness of i
hicles axle alignment log.
l purpos
2.2.2 Subframe without Steering Gear, Re‐

moving and Installing, e-Golf
nform
mercia

com
tion in
r

te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
Removing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Note co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Subframe is removed together with control arms.

– Remove the battery impact guard. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 66 ; Underbody Trim Panel; Overview - Underbody
Panels .
2. Subframe 21
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Remove the bolts -1- for the pendulumVosupport.
lksw not
gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Remove the nuts -arrows- on the left and right side of the ve‐ py by
co Vo
hicle.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

G289- .

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Remove the bolts -1- Vfor
olksthe steering gear.
wa not
y gu
db ara
– Pry the steeringorigear
se out of the subframe alignment sleeves. nte
th eo
s au r ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
subframe.
l purpos

imately 10 cm.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
VAS6931- .
– Secure the subframe on the Engine and Gearbox Jack -

VAS6931- .
– Secure the steering gear on the body.
Installing
2. Subframe 23
Note


♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Subframe”, page 16
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Overview - Steering Gear”, page 419
♦ Pendulum support bolts. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Subframe
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Mount; Overview - Subframe Mount . lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
y
♦ Noise insulation bolts. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66ise; d b ara
nte
Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise Insulation . uthor eo
a ra
s c
♦ Battery impact guard bolts. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
s Gr.
ce
e
66 ; Underbody Trim Panel; Overview - Underbody Panels .

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Refer to
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.3 Subframe with Steering Gear, Remov‐
rrectness of i
ing and Installing
l purpos
⇒ “2.3.1 Subframe with Steering Gear, Removing and Installing,

except e-Golf”, page 24
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.3.2 Subframe with Steering Gear, Removing and Installing,

m
at
e-Golf”, page 29
om
ion
c
in t
2.3.1 Subframe with Steering Gear, Remov‐
or
his
ate
ing and Installing, except e-Golf do

priv
cum
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Puller - Ball Joint - T10187-
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Turn the steering wheel in the straight position and remove the
ignition key so that the steering wheel lock engages.
Vehicles with “Keyless Access” Keyless Locking and Starting
System
– Switch the ignition off and open the driver door so the steering
wheel lock engages.
Only Golf GTE


– Disconnect the battery. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
Gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting .
– Remove the bolts -1- and fold the footwell trim panel -2- in the
direction of -arrow- into the vehicle interior.
– Remove the bolt -1- from the universal joint -2-. Then remove
the universal joint in direction of -arrow-.
Caution
If the universal joint is separated from the steering gear, the

following work cannot be performed:
♦ Connect the battery.
♦ Switch the ignition on.
♦ Turn the steering gear.
♦ Turn the steering column.
These points must be observed since performing these actions
could cause irreparable damage. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw ol not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
– Loosen the wheel ho eo
aut bolts. ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec

-arrows-.
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 25
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
hicle.
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the control arm from the ball joint.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Loosen the nut from the tie rod end, but do not unscrew yet.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
– Using the Puller - Ball Joint - T10187- -1-, press the tie rod end
or
thi
off of the wheel bearing housing and remove the nut.

te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
Caution
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
To protect the thread, screw the nut on the pin a few turns.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
thor Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant
eo 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
u ra
ss a Suspension, Wheels, c Steering - Edition 06.2015
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
G289- .
ility
ot p
wit
Continuation for All Vehicles is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f in
– Disconnect the connector -1- for the Oil Level Thermal Sensor
form
mer
- G266- .
atio
om
– If equipped, disconnect the connector -2- from the After-Run
n
c
i
or
n
Coolant Pump - V51- . To do so, open the catch -3- in the
thi
te
sd
a
direction of -arrow- and release the connector.

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the clips -1 and 2- for the wiring harness -3- from the
subframe and the steering gear.
Only Golf GTE
subframe.
imately 10 cm.
2. Subframe 27
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and remove the heat shield -1- from
the steering gear.
Note
Different heat shields -1- are installed depending on the engine.

On some engine versions, the connectors for the steering gear
are accessible without having to remove the heat shield.
– Disconnect the connectors -1 and 2- from the steering gear.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Unclip the wiring harness -1- from the steering gear -2-
es, in part or in w
-arrows-.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
VAS6931- .
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Secure the subframe to the Engine and Gearbox Jack -

VAS6931- with the accompanying strap.
Installing
Note
♦ Coat the seal on the steering gear with lubricant such as soft
soap before installing the steering gear.
♦ After attaching steering gear to the universal joint, make sure
that seal on steering gear is positioned on the mounting plate
without and kinks and is sealed correctly. The opening to the
footwell must be sealed correctly. Ingress of water and/or . Volkswagen AG
noises may be the result. swa
gen AG does
olk not
yV gu
♦ Make sure sealing surfaces are clean. edb ara
nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Note
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
♦ Refer to ⇒ “5.1 Overview - Wheel Bearing”, page 91

m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Steering Column”, page 398
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
um
fo
Mount; Overview - Subframe Mount .

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 26 ;
agen
Prote AG.
Exhaust Pipes/Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .
♦ Refer to

ing and Installing, e-Golf
2. Subframe 29
Removing
System
wheel lock engages.
– Remove the bolts -1- and fold the footwell trim panel -2- in the
direction of -arrow- into the vehicle interior.
Caution
AG. Volkswagen AG d
If the universal joint is separated from the steering gear,lksthe
wage
n oes
not
following work cannot be performed: db
y Vo gu
ara
e nte
ris
♦ Connect the battery. tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit

, is n
h re
could cause irreparable damage.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia

rm
m
atio

om
Panels .
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut
– Remove the left and right nut -1- from
ss a the coupling rod -3-. ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
hicle.
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
m
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
2. Subframe 31
Suspension, Wheels, n AG. Volks-wEdition
geSteering
agen AG
d06.2015
k not swa oes
Vol gu
d by ara
Vehicles with Leveloris Control System Sensor
e nte
th eo
u ra
– Disconnect ss the connector -1- from the Left Front Level Controlc
a
ce
e
nl
pt
G289- .
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
subframe.
nf
ercia
or
imately 10 cm.
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and remove the bracket -1- from
cted agen
Prote AG.
the steering gear.

-arrows-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
– Remove the expanding clip -arrow-. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
VAS6931- .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Installing
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following: by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
footwell must be sealed correctly. Ingress of water and/or
noises may be the result.
♦ Make sure sealing surfaces are clean.
2. Subframe 33
– Tighten nuts -arrows-. AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
Note hor eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Spring, Front Axle”, page 5 . itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
♦ Battery impact guard bolts. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
um
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Refer to
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ “1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening Specifications”, page 340 p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
If the steering wheel is still crooked after using the Subframe Prote AG.

ing and Installing, RHD, except e-Golf

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
orise Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf
nte Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
h eo
aut Suspension, Wheels, ra
c
Steering - Edition 06.2015
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
or
his
e
Vehicles with “Keyless Access” keyless locking and starting sys‐

at
do
riv
tem
p
cum
for
en
g
n
t.
yi Co
op
wheel lock engages. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Only Golf GTE
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the bolt -1-.
– Slide the footrest -2- upward in the -direction of the arrow- and
remove it.
– Fold back the carpet.
2. Subframe 35
the universal joint in -direction of arrow-.
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Loosen the wheel bolts. byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
– Raise the vehicle. aut
h
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
-arrows-.
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi

te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

hicle.
n AG. Volkswagen AG
– Loosen the nut from the tie orod
lksw end, but do not unscrew
age does yet.
no
yV t gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Caution t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
Vehicles with level control system sensor

inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
iv
o
pr

um
r
fo
G289- .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Continuation for All Vehicles t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 37
- G266- .
-direction of the arrow- and release the connector.
– Remove the clips -1- and -2- for the wiring harness -3- from
the subframe and the steering gear.
Only Golf GTE
– Place the Engine and Gearbox Jack

agen
AG. V- oVAS6931-
lkswagen AG -1- under the
does
subframe. Volksw not
g y ua
db ra
– Secure the subframe
ho
ris (refer to
e nte
eo
⇒ “2.8 Subframe,
au Securing”, page 56 ) and lower it approx‐
t ra
c
imately 10 cm.
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Disconnect the connectors -1- and -2- from the steering gear.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

-arrows-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
VAS6931- .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
Installing
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Note
2. Subframe 39
Note

– For vehicles with a level control system sensor, perform the n AG. Volkswagen A
olks
wage
G do
es n
ot g
hicle Diagnostic Tester . d by V ua
r e an
ris tee
Tightening Specifications tho or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Refer to
nform
ercia
If the steering wheel is still crooked after using the Locating Pins
m
a
com
ti
- T10486/1- then an axle alignment is necessary. In this case the
on in
record it in the vehicles axle alignment log.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
g
ing and Installing, RHD, e-Golf

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Special tools and workshop equipment required rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. VSuspension,
olkswagen AG Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015
agen does
olksw not
y V gu
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm ed-b VAG1332- ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
tem
om
n in
or c
thi
te
wheel lock engages.
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
remove it.
2. Subframe 41
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golfth2014
or ➤ eo
u ra
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition s06.2015
sa c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Caution
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Turn the steering gear. l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the wheels. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise Insulation . Prote
cted AG.
agen

Panels .

hicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
– Using the Puller - Ball Joint - T10187- -1-, press the tie rod end ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Caution
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
G289- .
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
subframe.
imately 10 cm.
2. Subframe 43
the steering gear.
– Unclip the wiring harness -1- from the steering gear -2- n AG. Volkswagen AG do
-arrows-. wage es n
olks ot
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
VAS6931- .
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Installing
Note
Note

Spring, Front Axle”, page 5 . n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
– For vehicles with a level control system sensor, performo
ir se the
d ran
tee
basic setting for the wheel damping electronics. Refer
auth to Ve‐ or
ac
hicle Diagnostic Tester . ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Battery impact guard bolts. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. nf

ercia
orm
m
♦ Refer to
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi

te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
2.4 Subframe, Servicing pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
AG.
♦ Bearing Installer - Wheel Hub/Bearing Kit - T10205-

♦ Hydraulic Press - VAS6178-
♦ Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot Pump - VAS6179-
2. Subframe 45
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ Volksw
oes
not
by gu
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 ised ara
nte
or eo
h
ut ra
♦ Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - VAS6779A- ss a c
ce
le
un
♦ Press Plate - VW401-
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Press Piece - Multiple Use - VW412-
rm
ab
pe
ility
Replacing the Bonded Rubber Bushing for the Pendulum Sup‐
ot
wit
, is n
port.
h re
hole
spec
– If equipped, remove the front noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body
es, in part or in w
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise In‐
t to the co
sulation .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Remove the bolts -1- for the stabilizer bar.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
• Leave the stabilizer bar in the installation position on the ve‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
hicle.
– Remove the pendulum support. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ;
Subframe Mount; Pendulum Support, Removing and Instal‐
ling .
Pressing out the Bonded Rubber Bushing

– Install the Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - VAS6779A-
on the subframe as shown.
– Position the Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - Thrust
Piece - VAS6779/1- -1- with the flat side -arrow- on the bonded
rubber bushing in the direction of travel.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
1 - Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - Thrust Piece -
Prote AG.
VAS6779/1-
2 - Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - Tube - VAS6779/4-
3 - Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit -Thrust Piece -
VAS6779/5-
4 - Hydraulic Press - VAS6178- with Bearing Installer - Wheel
Hub/Bearing Kit - Pressure Head - T10205/13-
5 - Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - Hexagon Nut -
VAS6779/3-
6 - Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit -Threaded Rod -
VAS6779/2-
2. Subframe 47
– Press out both bonded rubber bushings until the upper bonded
rubber bushing -2- is visible in the pendulum support opening
-arrow- in the subframe.
– Perform a visual inspection of the upper bonded rubber bush‐
ing outer race -2-.
• If the upper bonded rubber bushing outer race -2- is deformed,
it must be destroyed through the opening for the pendulum
support -arrow- in the subframe.
– Using a chisel or similar tool -1-, make a break in the upper
bonded rubber bushing outer race -2-.
Note
This work sequence is necessary to prevent tilting of the bonded

rubber bushing outer race in the area of the pendulum support
opening in the subframe.
– Completely press out both bonded rubber bushings at the

same time.
Preparing Bonded Rubber Bushings before Pressing In

– Place the bonded rubber bushings -1 and 2- on top of each
other so the openings -arrows- lay directly over each other. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Tighten the bonded rubber bushings -1 and 2- using theborig‐
yV
ol not
gu
ara
inal bolt -3- hand tight. rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Place the bonded rubber bushing -1- with the bolt head facing
spec
es, in part or in w
up in the larger diameter of the Rubber Bushing Assembly
t to the co
Device Kit - Funnel - VAS6779/6- -2-.
– Align the bonded rubber bushing -1- in the Rubber Bushing
Assembly Device Kit - Funnel - VAS6779/6- -2-. The opening
in the bonded rubber bushing must directly face the recess rrectness of i
l purpos
-arrows- in the Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - Funnel

- VAS6779/6- -2-.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press the bonded rubber bushing -3- in the Rubber Bushing

Assembly Device Kit - Funnel - VAS6779/6- until it stops as
shown in the illustration.
1- Press Piece - Multiple Use - VW412-
2- Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit -Thrust Piece -
VAS6779/5- , the side with the letter »A« points up
3- Bonded Rubber Bushing
4- Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - Funnel -
VAS6779/6-
5- Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - Tube - VAS6779/4-
6- Press Plate - VW401-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
– Insert the Rubber Bushing Assembly Device ed by Kit - Counterhold gu
ara
- VAS6779/7- -1- into the subframe. ho ris nte
eo
aut ra
– Insert the Insert - VAS6779/7-1A-s -2- into the pendulum sup‐
s c
port opening in the subframe.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Fasten the Insert - VAS6779/7-1A- onto the Rubber Bushing
y li
erm
ab
Assembly Device Kit - Counterhold - VAS6779/7- -1-.
ility
ot p
wit
– Make sure that the Insert - VAS6779/7-1A- -2- is seated cor‐
, is n
h re
rectly in the subframe opening -arrow-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
Installing the Bonded Rubber Bushings

or
thi
te
sd
a
– Screw the Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit -Threaded

iv
o
r
rp
cu
Rod - VAS6779/2- -7- into the Rubber Bushing Assembly De‐

o
m
f
vice Kit - Counterhold - VAS6779/7- -1-.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Attach the Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - VAS6779A- t. C rig
gh ht
to the subframe as shown. yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 49
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
1 - Rubber Bushing aut
Assembly Device Kit - Counterhold - ra
s c
VAS6779/7- s
ce
le
un
pt
2 - Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - Funnel - VAS6779/6- ,

an
d
itte
y li
-arrow marking- on the Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit -

rm
ab
Funnel - VAS6779/6- must align in the center of both bolts

pe
ility
ot
-arrow-.
wit
, is n
h re
3 - Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - Thrust Piece -

hole
spec
VAS6779/9-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4 - Hydraulic Press - Bushing Tool Kit - Incremental Ring -

VAS6779/8- , the marking -I- on the Hydraulic Press - Bushing
Tool Kit - Incremental Ring - VAS6779/8- must align with the
rrectness of i
marking -X- on the Hydraulic Press - Bushing Tool Kit - Thrust

Piece - VAS6779/9-
l purpos

nform
ercia
6 - Hydraulic Press - Bushing Tool Kit - Hexagon Nut -

m
a
com
VAS6779/3-
tion in
r
te o
7 - Hydraulic Press - Bushing Tool Kit - Threaded Rod -

thi
s
iva
VAS6779/2-
do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Press in both bonded rubber bushings at the same time.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
50
cted agen
Prote
Rep. Gr.40 - Front Suspension
AG.
– Remove the Rubber Bushing Assembly Device Kit - VAS6779-

from the subframe and check the position of the pressed in
bonded rubber bushing.
– Fasten the stabilizer bar with the subframe and the coupling
rod.
– Install the pendulum support. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Sub‐
frame Mount; Pendulum Support, Removing and Installing .
– Install the front noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
♦ Pendulum support bolts except e-Golf. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr.
10 ; Subframe Mount; Overview - Subframe Mount .
♦ e-Golf pendulum support bolts. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Sub‐
frame Mount; Overview - Subframe Mount .
2.5 Stabilizer Bar, Removing and Installing

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Remove the wheels. Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
d
– If equipped, remove the lower noiseorinsulation.
ise Refer to ⇒ nte
eo
Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Noiseaut Insulation; Overview -
h
ra
Noise Insulation . ss c
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
-arrows-.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 51
hicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re

ole,
spec
t to the co

G289- .
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the nut -1-.

– Remove the bracket -2- for the Left Front Level Control System
Sensor - G78- or Right Front Level Control Sensor - G289-
from the control arm -3-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the Left Front Level Control System Sensor - G78-
es, in part or in w
-2- or Right Front Level Control Sensor - G289-
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bolts -1- for the stabilizer bar.
2. Subframe 53
– Remove the bolts -1- for the steering gear.

– Pry the steering gear out of the subframe alignment sleeves.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
subframe.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
imately 10 cm.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
– Lower the subframe with the Engine and Gearbox Jack -
atio
m
VAS6931- until the stabilizer bar can be removed toward the

o
n in
or c
rear.
thi
te
sd
iva
Installing
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Note cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ The level control system sensor lever must point toward vehi‐
cle exterior.
♦ The thread on the vehicle level sensor must be installed into
the exterior hole in the control arm. The tab on the vehicle level
sensor bracket must lock into the inner hole in order to assure
a correct installation position.

Note


♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Front Level Control System Sensor”,
page 327
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Pendulum support bolts except e-Golf. Refer to ⇒ lkRep.
wageGr.
n oes
o s not
10 ; Subframe Mount; Overview - Subframe Mount
db
y V . gu
ara
e nte
ris
♦ e-Golf pendulum support bolts. Refer to u⇒thoRep. Gr. 10 ; Sub‐ eo
ra
frame Mount; Overview - Subframe Mount
ss
a . c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Refer to
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
2.6 Coupling Rod, Removing and Installing

nf
ercia
Special tools and workshop equipment required orm

m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
Removing
thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Remove the nut -arrow- and the coupling rod -1- from the sus‐
t.
yi Co
pension strut. Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 55
– Remove the nut -1- from the coupling rod -3-.

– Remove the coupling rod -3- from the stabilizer bar -2-.
Installing
. Volkswagen AG
wa gen AG d
• Tighten the coupling rod nuts on Vthe olkssuspension strut or sta‐ s not g
oe
bilizer bar, counterholding onethed by multi-point socket head if ua
ran
necessary. thoris tee
o
au ra
Tightening Specifications ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
2.7 Thread in Longitudinal Member, Servic‐
ot
wit
, is n
ing
h re
hole
spec
It is possible to service the threads of the weld nuts in the longi‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
tudinal member depending on certain conditions. Refer to ⇒ Body
Repair; Rep. Gr. 50 .
2.8 Subframe, Securing
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
♦ For certain assemblies on the vehicle, subframe or complete

m
a
com
front axle must be removed.
tion in
r
te o
♦ The original position of the subframe to the body is ensured

thi
by using four Subframe Alignment Assembly Tool Kit- Locat‐ s
iva
do
r
ing Pins - T10486/1- .

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
♦ Subframe Alignment Assembly Tool Kit- Locating Pins -
yi Co
op
T10486/1- (quantity 2) are part of the Assembly Tool, Sub-
C py
t. rig
gh
frame Alignment - T10486- . If the Assembly Tool, Sub-frame
ht
pyri by
Vo
Alignment - T10486- is already in the service operation, then
co lksw
by
cted agen
only the supplement from the Subframe Alignment Assembly Prote AG.
Tool Kit- Locating Pins - T10486/1- (quantity 2) are required.
♦ If the Assembly Tool, Sub-frame Alignment - T10486- is not
already in the service operation, then the Assembly Tool, Sub-
frame Alignment - T10486A- is used. This has four Subframe
Alignment Assembly Tool Kit- Locating Pins - T10486/1- and
two Locating Pins - T10486/2- The Locating Pins - T10486/2-
are not necessary for the following steps.

♦ Four Subframe Alignment Assembly Tool Kit- Locating Pins -
T10486/1-
♦ Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- with Universal Support
Plate - VAG1359/2-
Only Golf GTE
– If equipped, remove the front and rear noise insulation. Refer
to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview
- Noise Insulation .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
not Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
oes
olksw
yV gu
araSuspension, Wheels, Steering -
ed b
nte
Edition 06.2015
ris
ho eo
ut ra
– Remove
ss a the pendulum support bolts -1- from the transmission.
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectnes
s o
subframe.
cial p
f inform
– If necessary, clean the threads of the Locating Pins -
mer
T10486/1- .
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
• To secure the subframe, the Locating Pins - T10486/1- must

be installed at the positions -3, 5, 7, and 8- one after the other.
Note
The Subframe Alignment Assembly Tool Kit- Locating Pins -

T10486/1- may only be tightened to a maximum of 20 Nm, since
otherwise the locating pin threads will be damaged.
Rear Subframe, Securing
– Remove the bolts -1-.

– Remove the bolt -3- and the support -4-.
2. Subframe 57
– Insert the Subframe Alignment Assembly Tool Kit- Locating

Pins - T10486/1- -1- and tighten to 20 Nm.

– Remove the bolt -5- and the support -6-.
Pins - T10486/1- and tighten to 20 Nm.
Front Subframe, Securing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re

ole,
Pins - T10486/1- -1- and tighten to 20 Nm.

spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Pins - T10486/1- and tighten to 20 Nm.
• Securing the subframe is completed when all above men‐
tioned bolts are replaced with Subframe Alignment Assembly
Tool Kit- Locating Pins - T10486/1- one after the other.
• The subframe position is now secured.
Subframe Alignment Assembly Tool Kit- Locating Pins -
T10486/1- , Removing
Removal is performed in the reverse order. Note the following:
– Always only remove one locating pin and replace it with a new
bolt.
basic setting for the wheel damping electronics using the. Re‐
fer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
♦ Pendulum support bolts except e-Golf. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr.
10 ; Subframe Mount; Overview - Subframe Mount .
♦ e-Golf pendulum support bolts. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Sub‐
frame Mount; Overview - Subframe Mount .
2.9 Subframe, Lowering

AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “2.9.1 Subframe, Lowering, Except e-Golf”, page 59 agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
⇒ “2.9.2 Subframe, Lowering, e-Golf”, page 62 orise nte
h eo
ut ra
2.9.1 Subframe, Lowering, Except e-Golf s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab

pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re
hole
Removing
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
System
l purpos
wheel lock engages.
nform
ercia
Only Golf GTE

m

com
tio

n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
59
cted agen
Prote
2. Subframe
AG.

– Remove the bolt -1- and fold the footwell trim panel -2- in the
direction of the -arrow- into the vehicle interior.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o
– Remove the bolt -1- from the universal joint -2-. Thenaut remove
h eo
ra
the universal joint in direction of -arrow-. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Caution
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
-arrows-.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen Suspension, Wheels,
oes Steering - Edition 06.2015
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
e
– Remove the left and right nut h-1-ris from the coupling rod -3-. nte
ut o eo
ra
a
– Remove the coupling rod -3-
s from the stabilizer bar -2- on the
s c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

G289- .
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 61
subframe.
⇒ “2.8 Subframe, Securing”, page 56 ) and lower it approxi‐
mately 10 cm.
Note
Be careful not to overstretch the wire for the steering and the Oil
Level Thermal Sensor - G266- .
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Note by
Vo gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Coat the sseal on the steering gear with lubricant such as soft
h
♦ au
t ra
c
soap before
s installing the steering gear.
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
that seal on steering gear is positioned on the mounting plate y li

erm
without and kinks and is sealed correctly. The opening to the ab

ility
ot p
footwell must seal correctly. Ingress of water and/or noises wit

, is n
may be the result.

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the Subframe Alignment Assembly Tool Kit- Locating

Pins - T10486/1- .
rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c

in t
or
his
te

a
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
Mount; Overview - Subframe Mount . Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
♦ Noise insulation bolts. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; gh ht
yri by
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.9.2 Subframe, Lowering, e-Golf

Removing


System
wheel lock engages.
direction of the -arrow- into the vehicle interior.
Caution

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oe w s no
olks
ed
by
V t gu
ara
ris nte
♦ Switch the
au
thoignition on. eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab

pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
Panels .
l purpos
the steering gear.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 63
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Vehicles with Level Control System Sensor agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
– Disconnect the connector -1- from theoLeft
ris Front Level Control
ed
nte
System Sensor - G78- or Right Front aut Level Control Sensor -
h eo
ra
G289- . ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Continuation for All Vehicles an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

subframe.
mately 10 cm.
Note
Be careful not to overstretch the wire for the steering and the Oil
Level Thermal Sensor - G266- .
Installing
Note
footwell must seal correctly. Ingress of water and/or noises
may be the result.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
– Remove the Locating Pins by V - T10486/1- .
olk not
gu
d ara
ise n
– For vehicles with thao level control system sensor, perform the tee o
r
basic setting for authe wheel damping electronics. Refer to Ve‐ ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit

, is n
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia
If the steering wheel is still crooked after using the Locating Pins
orm
- T10486/1- then an axle alignment is necessary. In this case the

m
atio
m
record it in the vehicles axle alignment log.

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Subframe 65
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw n
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf bVariant
yV
ol
2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ot gua
d ran
Suspension, Wheels,
oris
e Steering - Edition 06.2015 tee
h
aut or
ac
ss
ce
3 Suspension Strut and Upper Control
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Arm
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Suspension Strut and Upper Control Arm”, page
wit
, is n
66
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “3.2 Suspension Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 67
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “3.3 Suspension Strut, Servicing”, page 74
3.1 Overview - Suspension Strut and Upper Control Arm
rrectness of i
l purpos
1 - Spring Support
❑ Note the installation po‐
nform
ercia
sition
m
at
2 - Shock Absorber
om
ion
c
❑ Different versions. Re‐
in t
or
fer to Parts Catalog.
his
ate
do
priv
c
3 - Bolt
um
for
en
g
❑ 70 Nm +180°
n
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Replace after removing t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ The bolt tip must face in cop Vo
by lksw
direction of travel. cted agen
Prote AG.
4 - Wheel Bearing Housing

5 - Nut
6 - Protective Cover
7 - Coil Spring
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Suspension
Strut, Servicing”,
page 74 .
❑ Surface of spring coil
may not be damaged.
8 - Deep-Groove Ball Bearing
9 - Stop Buffer
❑ Different versions. Refer to Parts Catalog.
10 - Strut Mount
❑ Note the installation position. Refer to ⇒ page 71 .
11 - Nut
❑ 60 Nm
12 - Body Front
13 - Bolt
❑ 15 Nm +90°

14 - Cover
3.2 Suspension Strut, Removing and Instal‐

ling
♦ Spreader Tool - 3424-
♦ Drive Shaft Remover - T10520-
Removing
– Loosen drive axle bolt on the wheel hub. Refer to
⇒ “6.4 Drive Axle Threaded Connection, Loosening and Tight‐
ening”, page 127 .
Caution
The wheel bearing must not be under load when the drive axle
threaded connection on the wheel side is loose.
If the wheel bearings are under the load of the vehicle weight,
the wheel bearing will be damaged. This reduces the service
life of the wheel bearings.
The drive axle bolt may be loosened maximum 90° when the
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
. Volkswag
Vehicles without a drive axle wagmust
en AG not be moved,
en AG
dootherwise
es n the
wheel bearing will be Volks
damaged. If a vehicle must be ot gmoved,
by uara
be sure to note the
ris following:
ed nte
tho eo
♦ Install an
ss
auouter joint in place of the drive axle. ra
c
ce
e
♦ Tighten the outer joint to 120 Nm.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility

ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec
– Remove the wheel.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the nut -arrow- and the coupling rod -1- from the sus‐
pension strut.
rrectness of i
– Disengage the wire for the ABS speed sensor from the sus‐
pension strut.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Suspension Strut and Upper Control Arm 67

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Golf 2013 ➤ ,hoGolf
ris Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ tee
t or
Suspension, auWheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
– Remove the nuts -arrows-.
orm
m
– Remove the wheel bearing housing with the ball joint from the
atio
m
control arm.
o
n in
or c
thi
e
– Remove the drive axle outer joint from the wheel hub.
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
If the Drive Axle Cannot Be Pulled out of the Wheel Bearing, Then
o
m
f
the Drive Axle Can Be Pushed out of the Wheel Bearing Using
en
ng
t.
yi Co
the Drive Shaft Remover - T10520- . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Before using the Drive Shaft Remover - T10520- , make sure that
the thrust piece -1- is installed.
Using the Drive Shaft Remover - T10520- :
– Secure the Drive Shaft Remover - T10520- -1- with three

wheel bolts -2- on the wheel hub, so that the drive axle -3- can
be pressed out.

– Follow the specified sequence exactly.

I - Tighten the knurled nut -1- hand-tight.
II - Only turn the bolt -2- using a wrench and press out the drive
axle using the Drive Shaft Remover - T10520- .
Note
At the end of the tasks or to set back, the spindles must be brought
back into the original position so that the hydraulic operation can
be used.
– Secure the drive axle to the body using wire.
Caution
The drive axle must not hang down, otherwise the inner joint
will be damaged by over bending.
Vehicles with Adaptive Chassis DCC
– Disconnect the connector -1- from the shock absorber -2-.
Note
If there is moisture in the connector area, blow compressed air on

the contacts on the shock absorber and the connectors.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
– Insert a screwdriver -1- in the brake rotor between the brake
ce
e
nl
pt
caliper and brake carrier.

du
an
itte
y li
erm
– Secure the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- using En‐

ab
ility
gine/Gearbox Jack Adapter - Wheel Hub Support - T10149-

ot p
wit
-2- to wheel hub with a wheel bolt.

, is n
h re
hole
spec
WARNING
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Do not lift or lower the vehicle when the Engine and Gear‐
box Jack - VAS6931- is under the vehicle. The vehicle
rrectness of i
could slip off the hoist.

l purpos

under the vehicle any longer than necessary.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Disconnect the threaded connection for the wheel bearing

housing/suspension strut -arrow-.
– Insert Spreader Tool - 3424- into wheel bearing housing slot.
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Pay attention that the Spreader Tool - 3424- is only insertedbyinVol not
gu
ara
the wheel bearing housing. Only insert it far enough thatristhe sus‐
ed
nte
pension strut metal retainer is not damaged. aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
– Turn the ratchet 90° and remove it from the Spreader Tool -
nl
pt
du
an
3424- .
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Press the brake rotor toward the suspension strut by hand.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Otherwise the shock absorber tube could tilt in the wheel bearing
h re
housing hole.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Lower the wheel bearing housing -1- using the Engine and
Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- in the direction of -arrow-.
– Lower the wheel bearing housing -1- so that the shock ab‐
rrectness of i
sorber tube hangs freely -arrow-.
l purpos
– Fasten the ball joint to the control arm again and secure the
wheel bearing housing to the subframe.
nform
ercia
– Remove the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- from un‐

derneath the Engine/Gearbox Jack Adapter - Wheel Hub Sup‐
m
at
om
i
port - T10149- .
on
c
in t
or
his
ate
WARNING
do
priv
cum
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op
under the vehicle any longer than necessary. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Remove the seal from the entire length of the plenum chamber
Prote AG.
cover.
– Remove the clips.

– Lift the plenum chamber cover -1- to maximum 60 mm.

a - 60 mm
– Remove the bolts -1- for upper strut mount and remove shock
absorber mount.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
– Position the suspension strut so that the iarrows
se
d b -1- are always ara
nte
inside. thor eo
au ra
s c
– One of the two arrows -1- on the spring
s plate -2- must point in
ce
le
the direction of travel.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Insert the suspension strut and fasten the bolts -1- to the body.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , de-Golf
by
V 2014 ➤ gu
ara
e
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - hEdition
oris 06.2015 nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
– Place the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- under the
ce
le
un
Engine/Gearbox Jack Adapter - Wheel Hub Support - T10149-
pt
an
d
and secure the wheel bearing housing.
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Untie the wheel bearing housing from the subframe.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the wheel bearing housing with the ball joint from the Cop py
ht. rig
control arm. opy
rig by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lower the wheel bearing housing -1- using the Engine and
Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- in the direction of -arrow-.
– Push the wheel bearing housing with the Engine and Gearbox
Jack - VAS6931- upward and install it on the suspension strut
at the same time.
– Re-bolt the ball joint to the control arm and push the wheel
bearing housing upward again until the end position on the
suspension strut is reached.

– Remove the Spreader Tool - 3424- .
– Insert the new bolt with tip facing the direction of travel.
– Fasten the wheel bearing housing with the new nut -arrow- to
the suspension strut.
Note
cle exterior.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Tighten nuts -arrows-. rised b ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
♦ Refer to rrectne
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Suspension Strut and Upper Control Arm”,
s
page 66
s o
cial p
f in
♦ Refer to
form
mer
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Lower Control Arm and Ball Joint”,

atio
page 76
om
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
va
♦ Refer to
i
o
pr
cum

r
fo
en
ng
page 327
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Refer to ⇒ “6.2 Overview - Drive Axle”, page 101 ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
♦ Refer to
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 en AG. Volkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
3.3 Suspension Strut, Servicing
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
Special tools and workshop equipment au
required
ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Tensioner - VAG1752/1-
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Retainer w/Inserts -
ot
wit
, is n
VAG1752/4-
h re
hole
spec
♦ Shock Absorber Set - T10001-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Ratchet (Commercially Available)
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 Insert - Ring Wrench - 21mm -
VAG1332/7-
rrectness of i
– Remove the suspension strut. Refer to ⇒ page 67 .
l purpos
Removing Spring
nform
ercia
– Clamp the Spring Compressor Kit - Strut Clamping Block -

VAG1752/20- -4- in a vise.
m
a
com
tion in
– Tighten the suspension strut in the Spring Compressor Kit -
r
te o
Strut Clamping Block - VAG1752/20- -4-.
thi
s
iva
do
r
– Pretension the coil spring using the Spring Compressor Kit -

rp
cum
fo
Spring Tensioner - VAG1752/1- until the upper deep-groove
en
ng
t.
yi
ball bearing is free.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
1- Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
2- Shock Absorber Set - Extension SW7 - T10001/8- cted agen
Prote AG.
3- Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Tensioner - VAG1752/1-

4- Spring Compressor Kit - Strut Clamping Block -
VAG1752/20-
5- Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Retainer w/Inserts -
VAG1752/4-
6- Shock Absorber Set - Socket - T10001/5-
7- Shock Absorber Set - Reversible Ratchet - T10001/11-
WARNING
First preload the spring enough so that tension is relieved on

upper spring plate.
– Make sure the coil spring fits correctly inside the Spring Com‐
pressor Kit - Spring Retainer with Inserts - VAG1752/4-
-arrow-.

Spring, Installing
– Place the spring support -1- in the shock absorber -2-.
– Place the coil spring -3- with the Spring Compressor Kit -
Spring Tensioner - VAG1752/1- on the lower spring support.
The end of the spring coil must rest against the stop -arrow-.
– Assemble all additional parts and tighten the new nut on the
piston rod.
– Relieve the tension on the Spring Compressor Kit - Spring
Tensioner - VAG1752/1- and remove it from the coil spring.
– Remove the suspension strut from the Spring w Compressor
gen AG
. VolksKit
wagen AG
does
s a
- Strut Clamping Block - VAG1752/20- . y Volk not
gu b ara
ed nte
– Install the suspension strut. Refer tto
ho
ris e or
⇒ “3.2 Suspension Strut, Removings au and Installing”, page 67 . ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ Refer to
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Suspension Strut and Upper Control Arm”,
ility
ot p
page 66
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Lower Control Arm and Ball Joint

⇒ “4.1 Overview - Lower Control Arm and Ball Joint”, page 76
⇒ “4.2 Lower Control Arm, Removing and Installing”, page 77
⇒ “4.3 Ball Joint, Checking”, page 82
⇒ “4.4 Ball Joint, Removing and Installing”, page 83
⇒ “4.5 Lower Control Arm Bonded Rubber Bushing, Replacing”,
page 86
4.1 Overview - Lower Control Arm and Ball Joint

ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Wheel Bearing
Housing, Removing and
Installing”, page 91 .
2 - Nut
❑ 60 Nm
3 - Ball Joint
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.4 Ball Joint, Re‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
moving and Installing”, lksw
agen oes
not
page 83 . d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
4 - Nut ut
ho eo
ra
a
❑ 40 Nm +45° ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
y li
❑ Tighten in the curb

erm
ab
weight position. Refer to

ility
ot p
⇒ “2.8.1 Wheel Bearing

wit
is n
in Curb Weight, Lifting

h re
ole,
Vehicles with Coil

spec
Spring, Front Axle”,

page 5 .
t to the co
5 - Lower Control Arm

rrectne
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Lower Control
ss
Arm, Removing and In‐

o
cial p
stalling”, page 77 .
inform
mer
6 - Front Bonded Rubber

atio
Bushing
om
n
c
❑ Replacing. Refer to
i
or
n thi
e
⇒ “4.5.1 Front Lower Control Arm Bonded Rubber Bushing, Replacing”, page 86 .
t
sd
iva
o
pr
7 - Bolt
um
r
fo
en
ng
❑ 70 Nm +180°
t.
yi Co
Cop py
❑ Replace after removing ht. rig
rig ht
py by
❑ Tighten in the curb weight position. Refer to co Vo
by lksw
cted
⇒ “2.8.1 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight, Lifting Vehicles with Coil Spring, Front Axle”, page 5 .
agen
Prote AG.

8 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +180°
9 - Rear Bonded Rubber Bushing
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “4.5.2 Lower Control Arm Rear Bonded Rubber Bushing, Replacing”, page 88 .
10 - Nut
11 - Subframe
4.2 Lower Control n Arm,

AG. VolksRemoving
wagen AG and In‐
wage does
stallingby Volks not g
ua
d ran
ise
⇒ “4.2.1 LowerutControl
ho
r
Arm, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
tee
or
with Manual sTransmission,
s a DSG® Transmission 0CW”, ac
page 77
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
⇒ “4.2.2 Lower Control Arm, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
itte
y li
with DSG® Transmission 0D9”, page 79
erm
ab
ility
ot p
4.2.1 Lower Control Arm, Removing and In‐
wit
, is n
h re
stalling, Vehicles with Manual Transmis‐
hole
spec
sion, DSG® Transmission 0CW
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at

om
ion
c
in t
r
– If equipped, remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Ex‐

o
his
te
terior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise Insu‐

a
do
riv
lation .
p
cum
for
en
g
– Loosen the wheel housing liner in the rear area and fold for‐
n
t.
yi Co
op
ward. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Vehicles with Level Control System Sensor cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
4. Lower Control Arm and Ball Joint 77


– Remove the control arm from the ball joint and then turn the
wheel bearing housing toward the outside to take the load off
the control arm.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
– Remove the bolts -arrows-. While doing so, counterhold
utho
at the eo
ra
a
rear bolt at the top of the nut. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Swivel the control arm -1- toward the rear and then remove it
l purpos
from the subframe in direction of -arrow-.
nform
Installing
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert the rear control arm -1- into the subframe in direction of
-arrow- and swivel it forward.
Note
The rear bolt must be attached with a new nut.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
orise Golf 2013 ➤nte, Golf Variant 2014 ➤
eo
, e-Golf 2014 ➤
h
s aut
Suspension, r aWheels, Steering -
c Edition 06.2015
s
ce
e
nl
– Tighten the bolts -arrows- while doing so counterhold the rear
pt
du
an
top bolt at the nut.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Note
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Tighten the bolts -arrows- and nuts in curb weight position. Refer
es, in part or in w
to
t to the co
rrectness of i
Further installation is the reverse order of removal. Note the fol‐
l purpos
lowing:
nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
cle exterior.
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
a correct installation position. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– For vehicles with a level control system sensor, perform the cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to
page 76
♦ Refer to
page 327
♦ Refer to
4.2.2 Lower Control Arm, Removing and In‐

stalling, Vehicles with DSG® Transmis‐
sion 0D9
Removing
lation .
– Loosen the exhaust system double clamp. Refer to ⇒ Rep.
Gr. 26 ; Exhaust Pipes/Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .


-arrows-. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the pendulum support bolts -1-.
– Loosen the wheel housing liner in the rear area and fold for‐
ward.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Remove the nut -1-. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.


– Remove the control arm from the ball joint and then turn the
wheel bearing housing toward the outside to take the load off
the control arm.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-. While doing so, counterhold at the

rear bolt at the top of the nut.
– Push the transmission far enough forward until the front bolt
can be removed. When pushing forward, make sure that the
exhaust pipe on the subframe does not tilt.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
– Swivel the control arm -1- toward the rear and then remove it
pt
du
an
from the subframe in direction of -arrow-.
itte
y li
erm
ab
Installing
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Insert the rear control arm -1- into the subframe in direction of
nform
ercia
-arrow- and swivel it forward.

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
Note
his
ate
do
priv
The rear bolt must be attached with a new nut.

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Tighten the bolts -arrows- while doing so counterhold the rear

top bolt at the nut.
Note
Tighten the bolts -arrows- and nuts in curb weight position. Refer
to
Further installation is the reverse order of removal. Note the fol‐ wagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
lowing: yV
olks s no
t gu
b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
Note au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
cle exterior.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Refer to
nform
ercia
page 76
m
a
com
tio
♦ Refer to
n in
r
te o
thi
page 327
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
♦ Refer to
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Mount; Overview - Subframe Mount . p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ Noise insulation bolts. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Prote AG.

4.3 Ball Joint, Checking

Axial Play, Checking
– Forcefully pull the control arm down in the direction of
-arrow- and press it up again.

Radial Clearance, Checking

– Forcefully push the lower part of wheel inward and outward in
the direction of -arrow-.
Note
♦ There should not be any noticeable or visible “play” in either

of the two checks.
♦ Pay attention to the ball joint while performing checks.
♦ Make allowance for any wheel bearing play or “play” in the
upper strut mount
♦ Check the rubber boot for damage and replace the lower ball
joint, if necessary.
4.4 Ball Joint, Removing and Installing

♦ Puller - Ball Joint - 3287A-
♦ Digital Torque Wrench - VAG1756A-
VAG1332/10-
Removing n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
– Loosen drive axle bolt on the wheel hub.
ir se
d Refer to
b ua
ran
⇒ “6.4 Drive Axle Threaded Connection,
tho Loosening and Tight‐ tee
or
ening”, page 127 . ss
au ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Caution an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
Vehicles without a drive axle must not be moved, otherwise the

l purpos
wheel bearing will be damaged. If a vehicle must be moved,

be sure to note the following:
nf
ercia
♦ Install an outer joint in place of the drive axle.

rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
– Remove the nuts -arrows-. s aut ra
c
s
– Pull the drive axle slightly off the wheel hub.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
the Drive Shaft Remover - T10520- .
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

be pressed out.


Note
be used.

– Move the control arm downward as much as needed.
– Loosen the nut on the ball joint -2- but do not remove it.
Caution
– Remove the ball joint from the wheel bearing housing using
the Puller - Ball Joint - 3287A- -1-. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
– Remove the nut and the ball jointd-2-.
by
V gu
ara
e nte
ris
Installing utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
– Insert ball joint into wheel bearing housing.
d
itte
y li
erm
– Install drive axle in wheel hub. ab

ility
ot p
wit
– Install the new self-locking nut while counterholding using In‐
is n
h re
ternal Torx Bit - T40- from the Torx® Key Socket Set
ole,
spec
(VAG1603A).
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ lkswage es n
o ot g
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
– Tighten nuts -arrows-. ss
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Note
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Tighten the nuts -arrows- in curb weight position. Refer to
wit
is n
⇒ “2.8.1 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight, Lifting Vehicles with
h re
ole,
Coil Spring, Front Axle”, page 5 .
spec
♦ Make sure the ball joint boot is not damaged or twisted.
t to the co
rrectne
Note
s
s o
cle exterior.
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
– Install the wheel and tighten.
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Tighten drive axle bolt onto the wheel hub. Refer to
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
ening”, page 127 . p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Vehicle must not be standing on its wheels when doing this, oth‐
erwise wheel bearing will be damaged.

♦ Refer to
page 76
♦ Refer to
page 327
♦ Refer to ⇒ “6.2 Overview - Drive Axle”, page 101
♦ Refer to
4.5 Lower Control Arm Bonded Rubber

Bushing, Replacing
⇒ “4.5.1 Front Lower Control Arm Bonded Rubber Bushing, Re‐
placing”, page 86
⇒ “4.5.2 Lower Control Arm Rear Bonded Rubber Bushing, Re‐
placing”, page 88
4.5.1 Front Lower Control Arm Bonded Rub‐

ber Bushing, Replacing
♦ Wishbone Rubber Mount Assembly Tool - T10219-


♦ Press Piece - Rod - VW411-
– Remove the lower control arm. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Lower Control Arm, Removing and Installing”,
page 77 .
– Press out the bonded rubber bushings as shown.
1- Press Piece - Rod - VW411-
2- Wishbone Rubber Mount Assembly Tool - Tube - T10219/1-
(the opening must face the control arm)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
– Align the bonded rubber bushing -1- with the control
s aut arm -2-. ra
c
s
The grooves -3- must point to the control arm -2- as shown.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Apply Installation Lubricant - G 294 421 A1- onto the outside
y li
rm
ab
of the bonded rubber bushing.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Install the bonded rubber bushing as shown.

1- Wishbone Rubber Mount Assembly Tool-Drift - T10219/2-
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tio
3- Wishbone Rubber Mount Assembly Tool - Tube - T10219/1- n in
r
(the opening must face the control arm)

te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Note C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
The bonded rubber bushing will be crooked for a short time at the
by c lksw
cted agen
beginning of the installation. Later it will straighten out. It will not
Prote AG.
be necessary to guide it.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Install the bonded rubber bushing until the
olkscore -1- and the
w not
yV gu
control arm hole -2- are at the same
se
dheight.
b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Press the bushing back slightly in the control arm.
rrectness of i
l purpos
2- Wishbone Rubber Mount Assembly Tool -Tube - T10219/1-
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Dimensions -a and b- must be identical. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Install the lower control arm. Refer to Prote AG.
page 77 .
4.5.2 Lower Control Arm Rear Bonded Rub‐

ber Bushing, Replacing
♦ Bearing Installer - Wheel Bearing - 3345-
♦ Bearing Installer - Multiple Use - 3348-
♦ Bearing Installer - Ball Joint/Bushing/Bearing - VW459-
– Remove the lower control arm.
♦ Vehicles with Manual Transmission, DSG® Transmission
0CW. Refer to
with Manual Transmission, DSG® Transmission 0CW”,
page 77 .

♦ Vehicles with DSG® Transmission 0D9. Refer to

with DSG® Transmission 0D9”, page 79 .
– Press out the bonded rubber bushings as shown.
1- Press Piece - Rod - VW411-
2- Bearing Installer - Multiple Use - 3348-
3- Control Arm
4- Bearing Installer - Wheel Bearing - 3345-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Bonded Rubber Bushing Installed Position
wit
, is n
h re
• The stamped arrow points between the markings -arrows A-
hole
spec
in the control arm.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
• The cam -arrow B- must always point to the outside of the
vehicle. The open kidney-shape points to the vehicle center.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
– Install the bonded rubber bushing as shown.
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
2- Bearing Installer - Ball Joint/Bushing/Bearing - Sleeve -
C py
t. rig
gh
VW459/2- , the inner offset in the sleeve -arrow- points
ht
pyri by
Vo
downward
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3- Control Arm
Note
Install the bonded rubber bushing far enough until the Bearing
Installer - Wheel Bearing - 3345- contacts the control arm.

Bonded Rubber Bushing, Lubricating:

The kidney-shaped area -1- of the bonded rubber bushing must
be lubricated.
– To do so, apply grease in the kidney-shaped area -1- starting
from the top working outward.
– Use the grease -G 052 150 A2- .
– The required quantity of grease for both sides should be ap‐

proximately 1 cm -dimension a- as shown.
• Half of the grease quantity (approximately 0.5 cm) must be
applied per kidney-shaped area.
– The grease quantity must be applied on the top using a com‐
mercially available brush.
– The contact surfaces to the control arm must not come in con‐
tact with grease.
– Install the lower control arm. Refer to
page 77 . en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
lksw n
♦ Vehicles with ManualbyTransmission,
Vo DSG® Transmission
ot g
ua
d ran
0CW. Refer to ⇒opage
rise
78 . tee
h
ut or
♦ Vehicles withss DSG
a ® Transmission 0D9. Refer to ⇒ page 81 . ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5 Wheel Bearing
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Wheel Bearing”, page 91
⇒ “5.2 Wheel Bearing Housing, Removing and Installing”,
page 91
⇒ “5.3 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing”, page 96
5.1 Overview - Wheel

gen AG
Bearing
.Volkswagen AG
d
wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed
1 - Cover Plate horis nte
eo
t
au ra
2 - Bolt ss c
ce
le
❑ 12 Nm
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
3 - Wheel Bearing Unit
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
ling. Refer to
, is n
h re
hole
Unit, Removing and In‐
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Cannot be serviced
4 - Bolt
rrectness of i
❑ 200 Nm +180°
l purpos

❑ Loosening and tighten‐
nform
ercia
ing. Refer to
⇒ “6.4 Drive Axle Threa‐
m
ded Connection, Loos‐

com
tion in
ening and Tightening”,

r
te o
page 127 .
thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
g
❑ There are different ver‐

n
t.
yi Co
sions. Refer to the Parts . Cop py
Catalog.
ht rig
rig ht
py by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
ling. Refer to Prote AG.
6 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +90°
7 - Drive Axle
❑ Do not let the drive axle
hang down. The inner joint could be damaged if it is bent too far.
❑ Lightly coat the splines on the outer joint with assembly paste before installing the outer joint into the
wheel hub. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
5.2 Wheel Bearing Housing, Removing and

Installing
5. Wheel Bearing 91

Removing
– Remove the drive axle bolt. Refer to
Caution
be sure to note the following: agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
♦ Install an outer joint in placed bof
y Vthe drive axle. ua
ran
e
ris tee
♦ Tighten the outer jointauto
tho 120 Nm. or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit

is n
h re
ole,
– Remove the brake caliper and tie it to the vehicle body with
spec
wire. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Front Brakes;

t to the co
Overview - Front Brakes .

– Remove the ABS speed sensor. Refer to ⇒ Brake System;
Rep. Gr. 45 ; Sensors; Right/Left Front ABS Wheel Speed
rrectne
Sensor -G45- / -G47- , Removing and Installing .

– Remove the brake rotor. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr.
ss o
46 ; Front Brakes; Overview - Front Brakes .

cial p
f inform
– Remove and free up the brake line bracket and electrical wires
mer
from the wheel bearing housing.

atio
om
n
c
– Remove the cover plate -1- from the wheel bearing housing
i
or
n thi
e
-arrow-.
t
sd
iva
o
pr
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the tie rod from the wheel bearing housing using the
Puller - Ball Joint - T10187- -1-.
Caution
– Remove the nut and remove the tie rod upward from the wheel
bearing housing.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Vehicles with Level Control System Sensor olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
– Remove the nut -1-. aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Wheel Bearing 93

be pressed out.

Note
be used.

– Place the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- under the
wheel bearing housing.
olkswagen AG
ag en AG. V
– Remove the threadedVol
kswconnection on the wheel
does
bearing
not hous‐
ing/suspensionedstrut
by -arrow-. gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Insert Spreader Tool - 3424- into wheel bearing housing slot.
Note
Pay attention that the Spreader Tool - 3424- is only inserted in

the wheel bearing housing. Only insert it far enough that the sus‐
pension strut metal retainer is not damaged.
– Turn the ratchet 90° and remove it from the Spreader Tool -
3424- .
– Remove the wheel bearing housing from the suspension strut.
Note
If the wheel bearing housing is being replaced, then

. Volkthe
swagball
en AGjoint
must also be replaced. New nuts mustolkbe gen AG
swaused. does
no
yV t gu
db ara
ir se nte
Installing ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Wheel Bearing 95

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
Note orise nte
eo
h
aut ra
s c
Tighten the nuts -arrows- in curb weight position. Refer to s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Note
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
cle exterior.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
basic setting for the wheel damping electronics using the .
rm
m
atio
Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
om
n in
c
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
♦ Refer to
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
page 76 ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
♦ Refer to by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Suspension Strut and Upper Control Arm”, Prote AG.
page 66
♦ Refer to
page 327
♦ Refer to
♦ Speed sensor bolt. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr. 45 ;
Sensors; Overview - Front Axle Speed Sensor .
♦ Bolts for cover plate, brake caliper and brake rotor. Refer to ⇒
Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Front Brakes; Overview - Front
Brakes .
5.3 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing

Caution

– Remove the brake caliper and tie it to the vehicle body with
wire. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Front Brakes;
Overview - Front Brakes .
– Remove the brake rotor. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr.
46 ; Front Brakes; Overview - Front Brakes .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Continuation for All Vehicles agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
97
cted agen
Prote
5. Wheel Bearing
AG.

– Attach the ball joint to the control arm again -arrows-.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove wheel bearing unit from wheel bearing housing.
Caution
• Avoid contaminating with dirt and damaging the seal when

lifting, setting down/storing.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

• The wheel bearing -1- must face up in order to remove the

wheel bearing unit.
• Always set the wheel bearing unit down on the wheel hub
-2-.
• Never reach inside when lifting the wheel bearing.
• Hold the wheel bearing only on the outside.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
cle exterior.
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
sensor bracket must lock into the inner hole in order to assure do
priv
c
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
basic setting for the wheel damping electronics using the. Re‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
fer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to
page 76
♦ Refer to
page 327
♦ Refer to
♦ Brake rotor bolt. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Front
Brakes; Overview - Front Brakes .
5. Wheel Bearing 99
gen AG
- oEdition
.V lkswagen06.2015
AG d
wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed
6 Drive Axle ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
⇒ “6.1 Overview - Drive Axle”, page 100
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
⇒ “6.2 Overview - Drive Axle”, page 101
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “6.3 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing”, page 106
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “6.4 Drive Axle Threaded Connection, Loosening and Tighten‐
h re
ing”, page 127
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “6.5 Drive Axle Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”,
t to the co
page 128
⇒ “6.6 Drive Axle, Disassembling and Assembling”, page 129
rrectness of i
⇒ “6.7 Outer CV Joint, Checking”, page 138
l purpos
⇒ “6.8 Inner CV Joint, Checking”, page 139
6.1 Overview - Drive Axle
nform
mercia
at
om
io
I - Refer to
n
c
in t
or
⇒ “6.2.1 Overview - Drive Axle,
his
ate
CV Joint VL 100”, page 101
do
priv
cum
or
II - Refer to
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
CV Joint VL 107”, page 103
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
III - Refer to cop Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Triple Roller Joint AAR3300i”,
page 105

Difference of Drive Axles in Installed Condition

VL100 VL107 AAR3300i At‐ AAR3300i Bol‐
tached ted
Diameter of inner joint in mm 100 107 - -
Cover between inner joint and - X agen
AG. Volks-wagen AG d
oes -
flange shaft olksw not
V g
by ua
ed ran
Inner joint inserted into transmis‐ - horis - X - tee
sion aut or
ac
(automatic transmission only) ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “6.2.1 Overview - Drive Axle, CV Joint VL 100”, page 101 hole
spec
⇒ “6.2.2 Overview - Drive Axle, CV Joint VL 107”, page 103
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “6.2.3 Overview - Drive Axle, Triple Roller Joint AAR3300i”,
page 105
rrectness of i
6.2.1 Overview - Drive Axle, CV Joint VL 100
l purpos
1 - Outer CV Joint
nf
ercia
o
❑ Only replace completely
rm
m
atio
❑ Removing. Refer to
om
n in
⇒ page 129 .
or c
thi
e
❑ Installing: Using a plas‐

t
sd
iva
tic hammer, drive onto
o
r
rp
cu
the shaft as far as the
o
m
f
en
ng
stop
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Checking. Refer to
. C rig
ht ht
rig
⇒ “6.7 Outer CV Joint, py by
co Vo
Checking”, page 138 .
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2 - Bolt
❑ 200 Nm +180°
ing. Refer to
page 127
3 - Right Drive Axle
4 - Clamp
❑ Tensioning. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tensioning
Clamp on Small Diame‐
ter”“ , page 132 .
5 - CV Boot
❑ Check for tears and
scuffing
❑ Material: Hytrel polye‐
lastomer
6 - Clamp
❑ Tensioning. Refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Clamp on Outer Joint”“ , page 131 .
6. Drive Axle 101

lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ ed by ua
ran
ir s
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 th o tee
or
au ac
ss
7 - Plate Spring
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
❑ Installation position. Refer to
itte
y li
⇒ Fig. ““Installed Location of Spring Washer and Thrust Washer on Outer Joint”“ , page 130 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
wit
, is n
h re
8 - Thrust Ring
hole
spec
❑ Installation position. Refer to
es, in part or in w
⇒ Fig. ““Installed Location of Spring Washer and Thrust Washer on Outer Joint”“ , page 130 .
t to the co
9 - Circlip
rrectness of i
l purpos
❑ Insert in shaft groove
10 - CV Boot for CV joint
nform
ercia
❑ Material: Hytrel polyelastomer m
at
om
i
❑ Without vent hole
on
c
in t
or
❑ Check for tears and scuffing
his
ate
do
riv
❑ Drive off CV joint using drift

p
cum
or
❑ Coat the sealing surface with -D 454 300 A2- before installing it on the CV joint
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
11 - Clamp C py
t. rig
gh ht
❑ Replace after removing yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Tensioning. Refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Clamp on Outer Joint”“ , page 131 . cted agen
Prote AG.
12 - Left Drive Axle

13 - Backing Plate
14 - Internal Multi-Point Bolt
❑ First tighten diagonally to 10 Nm, then tighten diagonally again to the tightening specification
❑ 40 Nm
❑ M8 x 48
15 - Circlip
❑ Remove and install using Circlip Pliers - VW161A-
16 - Seal
❑ Bonding surface on CV joint must not have any grease or oil on it.
17 - Inner CV Joint
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Inner CV Joint, Removing”“ , page 130 .
❑ Installing. Refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Inner CV Joint, Pressing On”“ , page 131 .
❑ Checking. Refer to ⇒ “6.8 Inner CV Joint, Checking”, page 139 .
18 - Plate Spring
❑ Installation position. Refer to ⇒ page 130 .

6.2.2 Overview - Drive Axle, CV Joint VL 107
1 - Bolt
❑ 200 Nm +180°
❑ Before installing, clean
the threads in the CV
joint with a thread tap.
ing. Refer to
page 127
2 - Outer CV Joint wage
es n
olks ot g
❑ Only replace completely d byV ua
ran
ir se
❑ Removing. Refer to tho tee
or
⇒ page 132 . ss
au ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
stop
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “6.7 Outer CV Joint,
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
3 - Circlip
t to the co
rrectness of i
4 - Clamp
l purpos

nf
ercia
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening
rm
m
Clamp on Outer Joint”“ ,

atio
m
page 134 .
o
n in
or c
thi
e
5 - CV Boot
t
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
❑ Material: Hytrel polyelastomer yi

t.
Co
op py
6 - Clamp
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Replace after removing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Tensioning. Refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Tensioning Clamp on Small Diameter”“ , page 134 . Prote AG.
7 - Drive Axle
8 - Clamp
❑ Tensioning. Refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Tensioning Clamp on Small Diameter”“ , page 134 .
❑ Material: Hytrel polyelastomer
❑ Without vent hole
❑ Drive off CV joint using drift
10 - Clamp
6. Drive Axle 103

11 - Backing Plate
12 - Cap
❑ Carefully drive off using a drift
❑ Adhesive surface must be free of oil and grease
13 - Inner CV Joint
14 - Circlip
❑ Remove and install using Circlip Pliers - VW161A- .
15 - Cover
❑ Always replace
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Drive off Cover for Inner Joint”“ , page 133 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ 70 Nm lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
❑ Replace after removing ed by ara
nte
ris
❑ First tighten diagonally to 10 Nm, then tightenuthdiagonally again to the tightening specification
o eo
ra
a c
❑ M10 x 52 ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6.2.3 Overview - Drive Axle, Triple Roller Joint AAR3300i
1 - Bolt
❑ 200 Nm +180°
ing. Refer to
page 127
2 - Outer CV Joint
⇒ page 135 .
❑ Installing: Drive onto
shaft with plastic ham‐
mer until compressed
circlip seats.
⇒ “6.7 Outer CV Joint,
Checking”, page 138 . . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
3 - Circlip yV
olk not
gu
d b ara
❑ Replace after removing orise nte
eo
h
ut
ss a ra
c
ce
e
4 - Clamp
nl
pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening
wit
, is n
Clamp on Outer Joint”“ ,

h re
hole
page 137 .
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

rrectness of i
6 - Clamp
l purpos

nform
ercia
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening the Tensioning Clamp on the Smaller Diameter on the Inner/Outer Joint”“ ,
page 138 .
m
at
om
ion
7 - Drive Axle
c
in t
or
his
te
8 - Triple Roller Star with Rollers

a
do
priv
cum
or
The chamfer -arrow- faces the drive axle splines.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ page 135 . ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
9 - Circlip py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
10 - Clamp
6. Drive Axle 105

⇒ Fig. ““Tightening the Tensioning Clamp on the Smaller Diameter on the Inner/Outer Joint”“ ,
page 138
11 - CV Boot for Triple Roller Joint
12 - Clamp
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening the Tensioning Clamps on the Larger Diameter on the Inner Joint.”“ , page 137 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
13 - Adapter ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
y gu
14 - Joint ise
d b ara
nte
or
❑ Removing. aut Refer to ⇒ page 135 .
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
❑ 70 Nm
ab
pe
ility
❑ M10 x 23
ot
wit
, is n
h re
16 - Joint
hole
spec
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ page 135 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
17 - Circlip
rrectness of i
l purpos
6.3 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing

nform
mercia
⇒ “6.3.1 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing, Left Drive Axle, CV

a
com
tio
Joint VL 100 and VL 107, Except e-Golf”, page 106

n in
r
te o
thi
⇒ “6.3.2 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing, Right Drive Axle,

s
iva
do
CV Joint VL 100 and VL 107, Except e-Golf”, page 110

r
rp
cum
fo
⇒ “6.3.3 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing, Left Drive Axle, CV

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Joint VL 100 and VL 107, e-Golf”, page 114 t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
⇒ “6.3.4 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing, Right Drive Axle,yri
p by
o Vo
CV Joint VL 100 and VL 107, e-Golf”, page 117
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “6.3.5 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing, Triple Roller Joint
AAR3300i Attached”, page 119
⇒ “6.3.6 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing, Triple Roller Joint
AAR3300i Bolted”, page 123
6.3.1 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing,

Left Drive Axle, CV Joint VL 100 and VL
107, Except e-Golf
Caution
When disassembling and performing repairs on a vehicle, the

drive axles must not hang down loosely and contact the stops
in the joint by over bending.

Removing
Caution

– Remove the wheel. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Vo Ex‐ ot g
– If equipped, remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ dBody
by ua
ran
terior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview o-riNoise
se Insu‐ tee
lation . auth or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

rm
m
atio
m
o
n in
c

or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Drive Axle 107

– Remove the nuts -arrows- from the ball joint.

– Disengage the control arm from the ball joint.
– Remove the drive axle from the flange shaft/transmission

-arrows-.
– Push the wheel bearing housing to the left.
– Pull the drive axle out of the wheel hub.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne

s
be pressed out.
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Note
be used.
– Remove the drive axle. n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
Installing d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
Install in reverse order of removal and note
uth the following:
o
or
a ac
ss
• Lightly coat the splines on the outer joint with assembly paste
ce
e
nl
before installing the outer joint into the wheel hub. Refer to the
pt
du
an
Parts Catalog.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Drive Axle 109

Note

Note
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
cle exterior. Vol
ksw
a d oes
not
by gu
ara
The thread on the vehicle level sensor must ise be installed into
d
♦ or
nte
the exterior hole in the control arm. The
au
thtab on the vehicle level eo
ra
sensor bracket must lock into the inner
ss hole in order to assure c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to
rrectness of i
ening”, page 127
l purpos
♦ Refer to
page 327
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
♦ Refer to
or c

thi
te
sd
a
page 76
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
♦ Refer to
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
• For vehicles with a level control system sensor, perform a
headlamp basic setting. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
Gr. 94 ; Headlamp; Headlamp, Adjusting .

Right Drive Axle, CV Joint VL 100 and
VL 107, Except e-Golf
Caution


Removing
Caution
. Volkswagen AG
♦ Tighten the outer jointkto
swa120 Nm.
gen AG does
not
ol
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
– Loosen the wheel
aut bolts. ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.

ility
ot p
Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise Insulation .

wit
is n
h re
ole,

spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Drive Axle 111

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ by
Vol not
gu
d ara
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 orise nte
h eo
aut ra
c
– If installed remove the bolts -1- and the heat shield -2-.
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Remove the drive axle from the transmission flange.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the nuts -arrows- from the ball joint.
nform
ercia
– Disengage the control arm from the ball joint. m
at
– Pivot the suspension strut outward, while doing so push the
om
ion
drive axle out of the wheel bearing unit.
c
in t
or
his
te
a
do
riv
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

be pressed out.

lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Golf d 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf
by ua 2014 ➤
ran
ir se
tho Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition t06.2015 ee
or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
be used.
l purpos
– Remove the drive axle.
nform
ercia
Installing
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
at
do
riv
Parts Catalog.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Drive Axle 113

Note

Note
cle exterior.

AG. Volkswagen
♦ Refer to wage
n AG do
es n
olks
⇒ “6.4 Drive Axle Threaded dConnection,
by
V Loosening and Tight‐ot guar
ening”, page 127 or
ise an
tee
h
ut or
♦ Refer to ss
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
page 327
an
d
itte
y li
rm

ab
pe
ility
ot
♦ Refer to
wit
, is n

h re
hole
page 76
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Refer to
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
mercia

com
tion in
Left Drive Axle, CV Joint VL 100 and VL

r
te o
thi
s
iva
107, e-Golf
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution


Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen Caution oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
The wheel bearing
thor
must not be under load when the drive axleeo
threaded connection
ss au
on the wheel side is loose. ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
lation .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the drive axle from the flange shaft/transmission C py
t. rig
-arrows-.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Pull the drive axle out of the wheel hub. cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Drive Axle 115


be pressed out.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
– Follow the specified sequence exactly. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
At the end of the tasks or to set back, the spindles must be brought t to the co
be used.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the drive axle -1- from the wheel bearing and pivot
upward in the direction of -arrow-.
– Remove the drive axle -1- downward.
Installing
Parts Catalog.
♦ Refer to
ening”, page 127
AG. Volkswagen
♦ Refer to ksw
agen AG do
es n
y Vol
ot g
ua
db e ran
ris t
♦ Noise insulation
ut bolts. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ;or a
ho
ee
Noise Insulation;
ss
a Overview - Noise Insulation . c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Right Drive Axle, CV Joint VL 100 and
ility
ot p
VL 107, e-Golf
wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332- t to the co

rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

nf
ercia
or

m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
Removing
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp

cu
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Caution by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Drive Axle 117


lation .
– Remove the drive axle from the flange shaft/transmission
-arrows-.
– Pull the drive axle out of the wheel hub.
the thrust piece -1- is installed. wage
es n
olks ot g
Using the Drive Shaft Remover - T10520- : byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
wheel bolts -2- on the wheel hub, so that the drive axle -3- can atio
m
be pressed out.
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Note
back into the original position so
AG. that
Volksthe
wagehydraulic
n AG d operation can
agen
be used. Volksw
oes
not
by gu
ara
ed nt
ris
– Remove uthe th drive axle -1- from the
o wheel bearing andepivot
eo
ra
upwardss ain the direction of -arrow-. c
ce
le
un
pt
– Remove the drive axle -1- downward.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Installing
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Parts Catalog.
rrectne
♦ Refer to ss
o
cial p
ening”, page 127

inform
mer
♦ Refer to
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
6.3.5 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing, Tri‐
Cop py
ht. rig
ple Roller Joint AAR3300i Attached

rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
♦ Drive Axle Wedge Tool - T10161-

Caution

Removing
6. Drive Axle 119

Caution
Vehicles without a drive axle must not be emoved,
AG. Volkotherwise
swagen AG the
ag n
wheel bearing will be damaged. VIfolakswvehicle must be moved, does
not
be sure to note the following:ed by gu
ara
is nte
or
♦ Install an outer joint ain
ut place of the drive axle.
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
lation .
rrectness of i
l purpos
Vehicles with Level Control System Sensor nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Remove the nut -1-. Prote
cted AG.
agen


– Remove the wheel bearing housing with the ball joint from the
control arm.
– Pull the drive axle out of the wheel hub and tie it securely to
the body.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
– Secureedthe by Drive Shaft Remover - T10520-gu-1- ara with three
wheel horisbolts -2- on the wheel hub, so that the drive nte
e axle -3- can
be autpressed out. or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne

ss o
cial p
f in

form
mer
atio
om
Note
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
be used.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Drive Axle 121

– Place the Drive Axle Wedge Tool - T10161- -1- between the
transmission housing and the triple roller joint.
– Using a rubber hammer, hit the inner joint on the Drive Axle
Wedge Tool - T10161- and remove it from the transmission.
Installing
– Install new circlip into the groove on the joint pin.
– Engage the outer and inner splines of joint and transmission.
– Grab the drive axle by hand and push it into the joint up to nthe
AG. Volkswagen AG d
stop. olkswage oes
no
V t gu
by ara
– Slide the joint into the transmission with a »tug«.
ris
ed nte
tho eo
The sliding part inside the joint can be usedssfor
au this »jerk«. When ra
c
doing this, do not pull the drive axle too far out of the joint.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Caution
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Never use a hammer or mallet!
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Make sure the drive axle fits securely inside the transmission.
t to the co
The joint pulls against the resistance of the circlip.
rrectne
Caution
When checking, only pull on the joint piece and not on the drive
ss o
axle.
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
– Install the outer joint as far as possible into the wheel hub
o
n
c
splines.
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
– Install the lower noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;

iv
o
r

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
♦ Tighten the nuts -arrows- in curb weight position.uthRefer to
o eo
ra
⇒ “2.8.1 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight, LiftingssVehicles with
a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Note
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
cle exterior.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
♦ Refer to
en
ng
t.
yi Co
⇒ “6.4 Drive Axle Threaded Connection, Loosening and Tight‐ Cop py
ening”, page 127 ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
♦ Refer to
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
page 327
♦ Refer to
page 76
♦ Refer to
6.3.6 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing, Tri‐

ple Roller Joint AAR3300i Bolted
Caution

6. Drive Axle 123

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014
tho ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ tee
or
u
ss
a
- Edition 06.2015 ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Removing
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Caution
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Tighten the outer joint to 120 Nm. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– If equipped, remove the lower noise insulation. Refer to ⇒
Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview -
Noise Insulation .

– Remove the drive axle from the flange shaft/transmission.

– Remove the nuts -arrows-. AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
– Remove the wheel bearing housing d by with the ball joint from the
V gu
ara
control arm. or ise nte
eo
h
ut ra
– Remove the drive axle from
ss a
the wheel hub. c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

be pressed out.
6. Drive Axle 125


axle using the Drive Shaft Remover - T10520- . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
d by ua
ran
e
ris tee
Note utho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
be used.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Installing
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
rrectne
Remove any paint residue and/or corrosion on the outer joint
threads/splines.
ss o
– Insert the drive axle.
cial p
f inform
– Install the outer joint as far as possible into the wheel hub
mer
atio
splines.
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

– Position the drive axle inner joint and tighten the bolts in a
diagonal sequence to 10 Nm.
– Tighten the internal multi-point bolts diagonally to the tighten‐
ing specification.
Note
cle exterior.
wage es n
– For vehicles with a level control system sensor, perform the Vol
ks ot g
by ua
basic setting for the wheel damping electronics. Referiseto Ve‐
d ran
hicle Diagnostic Tester . ut
ho
r tee
or
sa ac
– Install the lower noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body
s Exterior;
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Tighten drive axle bolt onto the wheel hub. Refer to
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to
ening”, page 127
rrectness of i
♦ Refer to
l purpos

page 327 nform
ercia

m
a
com
tio
♦ Refer to
n in

r
te o
thi
page 76
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
♦ Refer to
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise Insulation . p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6.4 Drive Axle Threaded Connection, Loos‐

ening and Tightening
♦ Socket AF 24 mm - T10361A-
6. Drive Axle 127

Caution
Twelve-Point Bolt, Loosening

– With vehicle still resting on wheels, loosen the twelve-point
bolt with Socket AF 24 - T10361A- maximum 90°, otherwise,
wheel bearing will be damaged.
– Lift the vehicle just enough so that the wheels are hanging free.
– Press the brake pedal. A second technician will be needed.
– Remove the twelve-point bolt -arrow-.
Twelve-Point Bolt, Tightening
– Replace the twelve-point bolt for the outer drive axle.
Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
The wheels must not be touching ir se the ground when tightening the
d ran
tee
drive axle. Otherwise, wheeluth bearing may be pre-damaged.
o
or
a ac
ss
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Tighten the twelve-point bolt to 200 Nm.

rm
ab
pe
ility
– Lower the vehicle onto its wheels.

ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Turn the twelve-point bolt an additional 180°.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
6.5 Drive Axle Heat Shield, Removing and

t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
FWD:
l purpos
Component Tightening Specification

Bolts -1- 25 Nm
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AWD:
Nuts -1- 20 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
6.6 Drive Axle, Disassembling and Assem‐ ol not
V gu
d by ara
e
bling ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
⇒ “6.6.1 Drive Axle, Disassembling and Assembling, CV Joint s
ce
le
VL100”, page 129
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “6.6.2 Drive Axle, Disassembling and Assembling, CV Joint
erm
ab
VL107”, page 132
ility
ot p
wit
is n
⇒ “6.6.3 Drive Axle, Disassembling and Assembling, Triple Roller
h re
ole,
Joint AAR3300i”, page 134
spec
6.6.1 Drive Axle, Disassembling and Assem‐
t to the co
bling, CV Joint VL100
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
♦ Press Piece - Rod - VW408A-
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
♦ Press Piece - 37mm - VW416B-
te
sd
iva
o
r
♦ Press Piece - Multiple Use - VW447H-

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
♦ Circlip Pliers - VW161A-

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Clamping Pliers - VAG1682A-
♦ Tripod Joint Tool - T10065-
♦ Slide Hammer Set - VW771-
♦ Puller - Driveshaft - T10382-
Removing the outer CV joint
– Clamp the drive axle with protective jaws in a vise clamp.
– Fold back boot.
– Align the Puller - Driveshaft - T10382- so that the flat side of
the Puller - Driveshaft - T10382/1- faces the Spindles -
T10382/2- .
– Attach the Puller - Driveshaft - T10382- to the Slide Hammer
Set - VW771- .
6. Drive Axle 129

– Remove the CV joint from the drive axle using the Puller -
Driveshaft - T10382- and Slide Hammer Set - VW771- .
1- Puller - Drive Axle - Removing Plate - T10382/1-
2- Puller - Drive Axle - Spindles - T10382/2-
Outer CV Joint, Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installed Location of Spring Washer and Thrust Washer on Outer
rrectness of i
Joint
l purpos
1- Plate Spring
2- Thrust Ring
nform
ercia
– Install the new circlips.

m
a
com
tio
– Slide the new CV boot onto the drive axle if necessary.
n in
r
te o
thi
– Use a plastic hammer to install it on the shaft until the circlip
s
iva
do
engages.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Inner CV Joint, Removing
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Assembling
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV u
ir se
d Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf aVariant
ran
tee 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
o
auth Suspension, Wheels, orSteering -
ac Edition 06.2015
ss
ce
le
Installed Location of the Plate Spring on Inner Joint
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
1- Plate Spring
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Inner CV Joint, Pressing On
nform
mercia
a
com
ti
Note
on in
r
te o
thi
Chamfer on inner diameter of ball hub (splines) must face the
s
iva
do
contact shoulder on the drive axle.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Tightening Clamp on Outer Joint

– Attach the Clamping Pliers - VAG1682A- as illustrated. When
doing this, make sure that edges of the pliers are positioned
in the corners -B arrows- of the clamp.
– Tension clamp by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do not
tilt clamp tool).
Note
♦ The hard material of the CV boot (compared to rubber) makes

it necessary to use a stainless steel hose clamp. It is only pos‐
sible to tighten the hose clamp with Clamping Pliers -
VAG1682A- .
♦ Tightening specification: 25 Nm.
♦ Use the torque wrench -C- with adjustment range 5 - 50 Nm
(for example, Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- ).
♦ Make sure the spindle threads -A- on the pliers move easily.
Lubricate with MOS 2 grease, if necessary.
♦ If difficult to tighten, for example because of dirty threads, the
proper clamping force of the clamping sleeve will not be
reached even when tightened to the specification.
6. Drive Axle 131

Tensioning Clamp on Small Diameter
wage
6.6.2 Drive Axle, Disassembling and Assem‐ lks es n
o ot g
byV ua
bling, CV Joint VL107
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
Special tools and workshop equipment
ss required
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
♦ CV Joint Press Sleeve - VW522-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Press Block - 40-204A-
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Removing the Outer CV Joint

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
r
– Fold back boot.

o
his
ate
do
riv
– Align the Puller - Driveshaft - T10382- so that the flat side of

p
cum
or
the Puller - Driveshaft - T10382/1- faces the Spindles -

f
en
ng
T10382/2- .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
– Attach the Puller - Driveshaft - T10382- to the Slide Hammer
t
gh ht
yri by
Set - VW771- . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

1- Puller - Driveshaft - Removing Plate - T10382/1-
2- Puller - Driveshaft - Spindles - T10382/2-
engages.

Drive off Cover for Inner Joint

– Remove the circlip.
– Remove both clamps, and push the CV boot toward outer joint.
– Drive off the CV boot with a drift.

Assembling

– Press on joint until stop.
– Install the circlip.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Coat the cover sealing surface with -D 454 300 A2- .

itte
y li
erm
ab
– Apply a continuous sealant bead with a 2 to 3 mm diameter in

ility
ot p
the area of the inner holes -arrow- on the clean surface of the
wit
is n
cover.
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
133
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Drive Axle
– Align new cover with screws -arrows- to screw holes.

It Must Be Aligned Exactly Because It Cannot Be Aligned after
Driving On. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
wag does
– Drive cover on with a plastic hammer. olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
– Wipe away any sealant leaking out. tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
tilt clamp tool).
l purpos
nf
ercia
Note
orm
m
atio
m
♦ The hard material of the CV boot (compared to rubber) makes

o
n in
c

or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
VAG1682A- .
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
(for example, Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- ). py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Make sure the spindle threads -A- on the pliers move easily. Prote AG.

Outer CV Joint, Checking. Refer to
⇒ “6.7 Outer CV Joint, Checking”, page 138 .
Inner CV Joint, Checking. Refer to
⇒ “6.8 Inner CV Joint, Checking”, page 139 .
CV Joint, Checking Function. Refer to ⇒ page 140 .
6.6.3 Drive Axle, Disassembling and Assem‐

bling, Triple Roller Joint AAR3300i


♦ Hose Clip Pliers - VAG1275A-
Removing the Outer CV Joint
– Fold back boot.
– Align the Puller - Driveshaft - T10382- so that theaflat
n Aside
G. Voof
lkswagen AG
w ge does
the Puller - Driveshaft - T10382/1- faces theVSpindles
olks - not
gu
y
T10382/2- . se
d b ara
n
ri tee
ho
– Attach the Puller - Driveshaft - T10382-
au
t to the Slide Hammer or
ac
Set - VW771- . ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
1- Puller - Driveshaft - Removing Plate - T10382/1-
ot
wit
, is n
h re
2- Puller - Driveshaft - Spindles - T10382/2-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
engages.
Triple Roller Joint, Disassembling
nform
ercia

m
a
com
ti
– Open both clamps at inner joint and slide back CV boot.

on in
r
te o
thi
– Remove joint from drive axle.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
1 - Pliers (commercially available)
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
- or Circlip Pliers - VW161A-
agen
Prote AG.
– Insert the drive axle into the press.
6. Drive Axle 135

– Press the triple roller star off the drive shaft.

– Pull off CV boot from shaft.
– Clean the shaft, joint and groove for the seal.
Triple Roller Joint, Assembling
– Slide small clamp for joint protective boot onto shaft.
– Slide CV boot onto shaft.
Triple Roller Star, Installing
The chamfer on triple roller star -arrow- faces the shaft. This is
used as an assembly aid.
– Install the triple roller star all the way onto the shaft.
– Make sure the pressure does not increase above 3.0 t.
– If necessary, coat the splines of the drive axle and triple roller
star with Grease - G 052 142 A2- .
– Insert the circlip while making sure it sits properly.
– Press half of the total amount of grease from the repair kit into
the triple roller joint.
– Position the boot adapter on the joint.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Slide joint piece over rollers and secure. lksw
agen oes
not
o
byV gu
– Press the remaining amount of grease from the repair
rised kit into ara
nte
the rear side of the triple roller joint. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Slide the CV boot onto the boot adapter and make sure the
hole
CV boot engages correctly in the groove on the adapter

spec
es, in part or in w
-arrow-.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install the clamping sleeve.
Note
The clamping tab of clamp -arrow A- must be between the secur‐

ing flange of the joint -B arrows-. Only this way can it be ensured
that the internal multi-point bolts can be correctly installed when
installing the drive axle.
Tightening the Tensioning Clamps on the Larger Diameter on the

Inner Joint.
tilt clamp tool).
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Note ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
ut ra
♦ The hard material of the CV
s boot (compared to rubber) makes
s a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
VAG1682A- .
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Use torque wrench -C- with adjustment range 5...50 Nm (for
h re
hole
example Torque Wrench 5-50Nm - VAG1331- ).
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i

l purpos
nf
ercia

orm
m
atio

om
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
tilt clamp tool).

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Drive Axle 137

Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Tightening the Tensioning Clamp on the Smaller Diameterthor on the
is tee
or
Inner/Outer Joint au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
6.7 Outer CV Joint, Checking
l purpos
It is necessary to disassemble the joint whenever replacing the

grease or if the ball surfaces show wear or damage.
nf
ercia
orm
Removing
m
atio
om
n in
– Mark position of ball hub to ball cage and to housing before
or c
thi
disassembling, using an electric engraver or grindstone.
te
sd
iva
o
r
– Swivel the ball hub and ball cage.

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Remove the balls one after the other.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Turn cage until the two rectangular windows -arrow- are

aligned with the joint housing.
– Lift out cage with hub.

– Swing segment of hub into rectangular window of cage.

– Fold hub out from cage.
6 balls for each joint belong to a tolerance group. Check stub axle,
hub, cage and balls for small depressions (pitting build-up) and
chafing. Excessive circumferential backlash in joint makes itself
noticed via tip-in shock. Joint must be replaced in such cases.
Flattening and running marks on the balls are no reason to re‐
place a joint.
Installing AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Install in reverse order of removal and note the bfollowing:
yV
o gu
ara
d
ise nte
– Press in half of the total grease amount utho(40
r
grams) into joint eo
body. ss a ra
c
ce
e
– Insert cage with hub into joint body.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Press in the opposite facing balls one after the other, and the
erm
ab
old position of the ball hub bearing to the ball cage and to the
ility
ot p
joint housing must be replicated.
wit
, is n
h re
– Install new circlip into the hub.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Distribute remaining grease in the joint boot.
t to the co
6.8 Inner CV Joint, Checking
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos
The joint must be disassembled for the following work:

♦ Replace the grease if it is very dirty
nform
ercia
♦ For checking the contact surfaces for wear

m
at
om
ion
♦ For checking the bearings for wear
c
in t
or
his
te
– Swivel the ball hub and ball cage.

a
do
priv
cum
or
– Remove the joint in the direction of the arrow.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the balls from the cage. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Note
agen
Prote AG.
Ball hub and joint piece are paired. Do not interchange.
– Flip out ball hub from ball cage via running path of ball
-arrows-.
– Check the joint, ball hub, ball cage and balls for small broken
off depressions (pitting) and chafing.
Excessive circumferential backlash in joint makes itself noticed
via tip-in shock. Joint must be replaced in such cases. Flattening
and running marks of balls are no reason to replace joint.
Installing
6. Drive Axle 139

Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ en AG. Volkswagen AG
ag does
Vol
ksw not
g
y ua
db ran
rise tee
– Insert ball hub into ball cage via two chamfers. ut The installation
ho or
position is arbitrary. Press balls into cage.ss a ac
ce
e
nl
Ball hub has 2 different distances between ball tracks, a larger
pt
du
an
and a smaller.
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Insert hub with cage and balls upright into joint piece.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
When inserting, make sure that in each case the wide gap -a- at
l purpos
joint piece contacts narrow gap -b- at hub after swinging in.
Chamfer on inner diameter of ball hub (splines) must face large
nf
ercia
diameter of joint piece.
orm
m
atio
m
– Pay attention to the bevel on the inner diameter of the ball hub.
o
n in
c
It must be visible.
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Swing in ball hub, to do so swing out hub far enough from cage Prote AG.
-arrows- so that the balls have the distance of the running
paths.
– Swing in hub with balls by pressing forcefully onto cage

-arrow-.
CV Joint, Checking for Function
CV joint is properly assembled, if ball hub can be slid back and
forth by hand over whole compensation length.

7 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop

equipment required
♦ Digital Torque Wrench -
VAG1756A-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 Insert
- Ring Wrench - 18mm -
VAG1332/10-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Special Tools 141

♦ Torque Wrench 1332

40-200Nm - VAG1332-
♦ Spring Compressor Kit -
Spring Tensioner -
VAG1752/1-
Spring Retainer w/Inserts -
VAG1752/4-
♦ Shock Absorber Set -
T10001-
♦ Ratchet (Commercially
Available)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

. Volkswage
AG n AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
♦ Puller - Ball Joint - 3287A- db ara
rise nte
tho eo
♦ Spreader Tool - 3424- ss au ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
VAS6931-
hole
spec
♦ Digital Torque Wrench -
es, in part or in w
t to the co
VAG1756A-
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Bearing Installer - Wheel

Bearing - 3345-
♦ Bearing Installer - Multiple
Use - 3348-
♦ Press Piece - Rod -
VW411-
♦ Press Piece - Multiple Use
- VW412-
♦ Bearing Installer - Ball
Joint/Bushing/Bearing -
VW459-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
144
cop Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.40 - Front Suspension Prote
cted AG.
agen

40-200Nm - VAG1332-
VAS6931-
♦ Engine/Gearbox Jack
Adapter - Wheel Hub Sup‐
port - T10149-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
♦ Wishbone Rubber Mount olksw
oes
not
Assembly Tool - T10219- byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
♦ Press Plate - VW402- aut
h
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
VW411-
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Bearing Installer - Wheel

Hub/Bearing Kit - T10205-
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
♦ Hydraulic Press -
VAS6178-
♦ Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot
Pump - VAS6179-
♦ Rubber Bushing Assembly
Device Kit - VAS6779A-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
♦ Four Subframe Alignment d by ara
se nte
Assembly Tool Kit- Locat‐thori
eo
ing Pins - T10486/1- s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
VAS6931- with Universal du
an
itte
y li
Support Plate -
erm
ab
VAG1359/2-
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
♦ Drive Axle Wedge Tool - d b ua
ran
ir se
T10161- tho tee
or
au ac
♦ Drive Shaft Remover - ss
ce
e
T10520-
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


VW408A-
VW411-
♦ Press Piece - 37mm -
VW416B-
- VW447H-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Hose Clip Pliers -

VAG1275A-
5-50Nm - VAG1331-
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
♦ Clamping Pliers -
VAG1682A-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


5-50Nm - VAG1331-
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
VAG1682A-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


VW408A-
♦ CV Joint Press Sleeve -
VW522-
♦ Press Block - 40-204A-
VAG1682A-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Slide Hammer Set -

VW771-
♦ Puller - Driveshaft -
T10382-
5-50Nm - VAG1331-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
154
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.40 - Front Suspension

VAG1332/7-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
155
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Special Tools
42 – Rear Suspension
1 Rear Axle
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Rear Axle”, page 156
⇒ “1.2 Rear Axle, Lowering”, page 160
⇒ “1.3 Rear Axle, Removing and Installing”, page 168
1.1 Overview - Rear Axle

⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Rear Axle, Torsion Beam Axle”, page 156
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Rear Axle, Multi-Link Suspension”,
page 157
⇒ “1.1.3 Overview - Rear Axle, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD”,
page 159
1.1.1 Overview - Rear Axle, Torsion Beam Axle

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
I - Refer to ed b ara
nte
is
⇒ “2 Axle Beam”, pagetho184
r eo
au ra
c
II - Refer to ss ce
e
⇒ “6 Suspension Strut/Shock
nl
pt
du
an
Absorber, Spring”, page 237
itte
y li
erm
ab
III - Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “7 Wheel Bearing and Trail‐

wit
, is n
ing Arm”, page 257

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
156 Rep. Gr.42 - Rear Suspension

1.1.2 Overview - Rear Axle, Multi-Link Suspension
I - Refer to
II - Refer to
⇒ “4 Stabilizer Bar”,
page 221
III - Refer to
⇒ “5 Control Arm, Tie Rod”,
page 226
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
157
by c lksw
cted
1. Rear Axle
agen
Prote AG.
IV - Refer to
V - Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
158
AG.
Rep. Gr.42 - Rear Suspension
1.1.3 Overview - Rear Axle, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD
I - Refer to
II - Refer to
⇒ “4 Stabilizer Bar”,
page 221
III - Refer to
⇒ “5 Control Arm, Tie Rod”,
page 226 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Rear Axle 159

IV - Refer to
V - Refer to
VI - Refer to
⇒ “8 Drive Axle”, page 292
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.2 Rear Axle, Lowering

rrectness of i
⇒ “1.2.1 Rear Axle, Lowering, Multi-link Suspension, FWD Except

e-Golf”, page 160
l purpos
⇒ “1.2.2 Rear Axle, Lowering, Multi-link Suspension, FWD e-

Golf”, page 163
nform
ercia
⇒ “1.2.3 Rear Axle, Lowering, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD”,

m
a
com
page 165
ion in
r
te o
1.2.1 Rear Axle, Lowering, Multi-link Suspen‐

thi
s
iva
do
sion, FWD Except e-Golf

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - 3301- rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ Bearing Installer - Control Arm - 3346- cted agen
Prote AG.

Lower the Subframe with Attachments.

Suspension,
AG.Wheels,
VolkswageSteering
nA - Edition 06.2015
n G do
wage es n
Volks ot g
– Remove the rear wheels. ed
by ua
ran
oris tee
– Remove the brake calipers on both sidesauof
th the vehicle and or
ac
hang on the body. ss
ce
le
un
pt
– Remove the springs. Refer to
an
d
itte
⇒ “6.4 Spring, Removing and Installing”, page 248 .
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Remove the rear muffler. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
– Disconnect and free up the right and left connector -1- from
ng
t.
yi Co
the ABS speed sensor. ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
– Disconnect the right and left electromechanical parking brake py by
co Vo
connector -2- from the brake caliper.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove and free up the wiring harness from the retainers
-arrows-.
– Remove the clamps -1- on both sides of the vehicle.

– Free up the brake lines from the bracket.
Note
Do not disconnect the brake line.
1. Rear Axle 161

– Secure both sides of the vehicle on the hoist arms using Ten‐
sioning Straps - T10038- -1-.
WARNING
The vehicle could slide off the hoist if it is not secured.
– Secure the subframe on the two front bolts. Refer to

⇒ “3.2 Subframe, Securing”, page 193 .
– Remove the bolt from the back of the subframe on the right
side -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
– Install the Bearing Installer - Component - 3346/2- with the

nl
pt
du
an
Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - 3301- and Control Arm Bearing
itte
y li
Installer - Nut - 3346/3- into the threaded hole in the longitu‐
erm
ab
dinal member.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
1- Bearing Installer - Component - 3346/2-

h re
hole
spec
2- Subframe
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3- Thrust bearing from Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - 3301-

4- Control Arm Bearing Installer - Nut - 3346/3-
rrectness of i
– Remove the left rear bolt from the subframe.

l purpos
– Turn the Control Arm Bearing Installer - Nut - 3346/3- on the

Bearing Installer - Component - 3346/2- until the subframe is
lowered by dimension -a- = 40 mm.
nform
ercia
Installing the Subframe with Attachments

m
at
om
ion
c

in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3 Subframe”, page 191

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Refer to Cop py
ht. rig
⇒ “1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening Specifications”, page 340 rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 26 ; Prote
cted AG.
agen
• For vehicles with a level control system sensor, perform the
– Evaluate if an axle alignment is needed. Refer to
⇒ “3.7 Need for Axle Alignment, Evaluating”, page 357 .

1.2.2 Rear Axle, Lowering, Multi-link Suspen‐

sion, FWD e-Golf
♦ Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - 3301-
♦ Bearing Installer - Control Arm - 3346-
– Remove the rear wheels.
– Remove the brake calipers on both sides of the vehicle and
hang on the body. n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es
– Remove the springs. by
Vol Refer to
k not
gu
a
⇒ “6.4 Spring,risRemoving
ed and Installing”, page 248 . rante
tho eo
Vehicles with
ss
aLevel
u
Control System Sensor ra
c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
the ABS speed sensor.

rm
m
atio
m
– Disconnect the right and left electromechanical parking brake

o
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
-arrows-.
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Rear Axle 163


Note
WARNING
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Secure the subframe on the two front bolts. Refer to Vol
ksw not
gu
⇒ “3.2.2 Subframe, Securing, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD se- ed by ara
nte
Golf”, page 197 . tho
ri eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Remove the bolt from the back of the subframe on the right
itte
y li
side -arrow-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
not Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
agen oes
olksw
ara Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015
V gu
d by
rise nte
ho eo
– ut the Bearing Installer - Component - 3346/2- with
Install
a r a the
s c
Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - 3301- and Control Arm Bearing
s
ce
le
Installer - Nut - 3346/3- into the threaded hole in the longitu‐

un
pt
an
d
dinal member.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
2- Subframe
h re
ole,
spec
3- Thrust bearing from Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - 3301-
t to the co
– Remove the left rear bolt from the subframe.
rrectne
– Turn the Control Arm Bearing Installer - Nut - 3346/3- on the
Bearing Installer - Component - 3346/2- until the subframe is
s
lowered by dimension -a- = 40 mm.
s o
cial p
f
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
♦ Refer to
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
♦ High-voltage battery pack bolts. Refer to ⇒ Electric Drive;
rig
gh ht
yri by
Rep. Gr. 93 ; High Volt Battery . op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

1.2.3 Rear Axle, Lowering, Multi-Link Suspen‐

sion, AWD
– Remove the brake calipers on both sides of the vehicle and
hang on the body.
1. Rear Axle 165


– Disconnect the connector -1- from the level control system
sensor -2-.
-arrows-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
Note

nform
mercia
at
– Remove the driveshaft from the rear final drive and secure it.
om
ion
Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 39 ; Driveshaft; Driveshaft, Removing

c
in t
or
and Installing .
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

WARNING
– Secure the subframe. Refer to

– Carefully lower the subframe with its attachments approxi‐
mately 20 mm.
– Disconnect the connector from the Haldex clutch above the
final drive.
– Unclip the brake line -1- from the clip -arrow- on the left side.
Note
This will destroy the clip,Aso it will have to be replaced.

G. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
– Carefullyedlower the subframe with its components
by ua
ran approxi‐
mately thor 140 mm.
is tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt

du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Refer to
wit
, is n
⇒ “3.1.3 Overview - Subframe, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD”,

h re
hole
page 193
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Refer to
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos
♦ Driveshaft. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 39 ; Driveshaft; Overview -

Driveshaft
nf
ercia

orm

m
atio
m

o
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Rear Axle 167

1.3 Rear Axle, Removing and Installing

⇒ “1.3.1 Rear Axle, Removing and Installing, Torsion Beam Axle”,
page 168
⇒ “1.3.2 Rear Axle, Removing and Installing, Multi-Link Suspen‐
sion, FWD, except e-Golf and Golf GTE”, page 170
sion, FWD e-Golf”, page 173
sion, AWD”, page 181
1.3.1 Rear Axle, Removing and Installing,

Torsion Beam Axle
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Vol
ksw not
gu
by ara
ed
oris nte
eo
th
au ra
– Remove thess rear wheels. c
ce
e
nl
– Release and disconnect the connector from the Left and Right
pt
du
an
itte
Rear ABS Wheel Speed Sensors - G44 / G46- .

y li
erm
ab
– Remove the right and left brake calipers and tie them to the
ility
ot p
body with wire. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Rear

wit
, is n
h re
Brakes; Overview - Rear Brakes .

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Unclip the wire -1- from the bracket -2- on both sides of the
t to the co
axle beam -arrows-.

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
– Release and disconnect the connector -1- from the Left Rear
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Level Control System Sensor - G76- . . Cop py
rig
ht ht
– Unclip the wire -2- from the clip -arrow-.
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.

– Unclip the brake line -1- on the right mounting bracket from the
clip -arrow-.
Note
This will destroy the clip, so it will have to be replaced.

WARNING
– Place a Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- or Engine and

Gearbox Jack - VAG1383A- underneath.
– Unclip and free up the wire -2- on the mounting bracket -1- and
on the axle beam.
– Mark the position of the bolts -arrows- on the mounting bracket
-1- on the right and left vehicle side and remove them.
– Lightly pretension the rear axle using the Engine/Gearbox
swage
es n
Jack - VAG1383A- or Engine and Gearbox byV
o Jack - VAS6931-
lk ot g
ua
-1-. ir se
d ran
t ee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Rear Axle 169

– Remove the rear axle from the shock absorbers -arrows-.

– Lower the rear axle using the Engine/Gearbox Jack -
VAG1383A- or Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- -1-.
1- Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- or Engine and Gear‐
box Jack - VAG1383A-
2- Universal Support Plate - VAG1359/2- (only for Engine/
Gearbox Jack - VAG1383A- )
Installing
• Tighten the shock absorber threaded connection on the axle
beam in curb weight position. Refer to
⇒ “2.8.2 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight, Rear Axle, Lifting Ve‐
hicles with Coil Spring”, page 6 .
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Axle Beam”, page 184
♦ Refer to
⇒ “6.1.1 Overview - Suspension Strut, Shock Absorber and
Spring, Torsion Beam Axle”, page 237
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening Specifications”, Apage 340
G. Volkswagen n AG do
ks wage es n
♦ Bolts for brake caliper and brake rotor.Vol Refer to ⇒ Brake Sys‐ ot g
by ua
tem; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Rear Brakes;ris
e Overview - Rear Brakes .
d ran
tee
tho or
• For vehicles with a level control
sa
u system sensor, perform the ac
basic setting for the wheels damping electronics. Refer to Ve‐
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an
itte
y li

erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Multi-Link Suspension, FWD, except e-

Golf and Golf GTE
rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
ercia
Removing the Subframe and Its Attachments

m
at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

-arrows-.

– Remove the Left Rear Level Control System Sensor - G76-
-3- from the transverse link.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
e
– Remove the nut -1- and the bolt -2-.horis nte
eo
ut ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
Note
m
atio
om
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Remove the left and right brake caliper and with the brake lines
o
m
f
en
ng
attached secure to the body. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep.

t.
yi Co
Gr. 46 ; Rear Brakes; Overview - Rear Brakes . Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Remove the rear muffler. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Rear Axle 171

WARNING

– Unclip and free up the wire -2- on the mounting bracket -1-.
– Mark the mounting bracket -1- installation position on the
body.
. Volkswagen AG
– Carefully lower the subframe with its components 30kmmwagemax‐
n AG does
imum. Vol s not
gu
by ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen G d
Golf
ksw
agen2013 ➤ , Golf AVariant
oes 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
not
ol
d byV Suspension, Wheels, Steering
gu
ara - Edition 06.2015
ise nte
or eo
h
– Remove the brake line from the clips
s aut -arrows-. ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Note
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ The clips will get damaged while doing this and will have to be
wit
, is n
replaced.
h re
hole
♦ For better illustration, the subframe is shown from above and
spec
is removed.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ The number of clips may vary.
rrectness of i
– Lower subframe with attachments.
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
When lowering, ensure the brake lines and wires have sufficient
m
at
om
clearance.
ion
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Tightening Specifications . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3 Subframe”, page 191 py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ Refer to ⇒ “7.2 Overview - Trailing Arm”, page 261
agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to
Spring, Multi-Link Suspension”, page 238
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Overview - Rear Level Control System Sensor, Multi-
Link Suspension, FWD”, page 329
♦ Refer to
♦ Bolts for brake caliper and brake rotor. Refer to ⇒ Brake Sys‐
tem; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Rear Brakes; Overview - Rear Brakes .

Multi-Link Suspension, FWD e-Golf
1. Rear Axle 173


-arrows-.

– Remove the bolts -2-. olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
ir se
d ran
tee
-3- from the transverse link. utho
or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the nut -1- and the bolt -2-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Note
Gr. 46 ; Rear Brakes; Overview - Rear Brakes .
WARNING

⇒ “3.2.2 Subframe, Securing, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD e-
Golf”, page 197 .
– Push down the tabs -1- on both sides of the cover -2-.
– Push the cover -2- in the direction of -arrow- outward and re‐
move from the deformation element.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Remove the line -1- from the deformation element -2-

-arrows-.
ss o
cial p
– Remove the bolts -3- and the deformation element -2-.

inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Rear Axle 175

– Disengage the line -1- from the mounting bracket -2-.

– Mark the installation position of the mounting bracket -2- on
the body.
– Carefully lower the subframe with its components 30 mm max‐
imum.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the brake line from the clips -arrows-.
Note
replaced.
is removed.
♦ The number of clips may vary.
– Lower subframe with attachments.
Note
When lowering, ensure the brake lines and wires have sufficient
clearance.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Installing the Subframe
d by
Vo
with Attachments gu
ara
ise nte
r
Install in ureverse
tho order of removal and note the following: eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
♦ Refer to
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to
rrectness of i
♦ Refer to
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m
♦ High-voltage battery pack bolts. Refer to ⇒ Electric Drive;

atio
m
Rep. Gr. 93 ; High Volt Battery .

o
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Multi-link Suspension, FWD, Golf GTE
1. Rear Axle 177


– Remove and free up the wiring harnessolfrom
ksw the retainers
age es n
ot g
-arrows-. db
y V ua
ran
e
ris tee
Vehicles with Level Control System
ut Sensor
ho or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Remove the nut -1- and the bolt -2-. Prote AG.


Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Do not disconnect the brake line. agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
– Remove the left and rightuthbrake
or
caliper and with the brake lines eo
attached secure to thess abody. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Perform the preparation work for removing the fuel tank. Refer
itte
y li
to ⇒ Fuel Supply - Gasoline Engines (Hybrid); Rep. Gr. 20 ;
rm
ab
pe
ility
Fuel Tank; Fuel Tank, Removing and Installing .
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
WARNING
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
⇒ “3.2.3 Subframe, Securing, Multi-link Suspension, FWD,

Golf GTE”, page 202 .
m
a
com
tio
– Unclip and free up the wire -2- on the mounting bracket -1-.
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
body.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Rear Axle 179

olkswagen AG
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 swagen AG. V does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
– Remove the bolts -arrows-. ris
e nte
utho eo
ra
– Carefully lower the subframe with its components
ss
a 30 mm max‐ c
imum.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Slightly lift the fuel tank, unclip the brake lines from the sub‐
itte
y li
frame and guide them out.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
The clips will get damaged while doing this and will have to be
t to the co
replaced.
rrectness of i
– On vehicles with a parking heater release and disconnect the
connector from the Metering Pump - V54- .
l purpos
Note
nform
mercia
at
♦ When lowering, ensure the brake lines and wires have suffi‐
om
io
cient clearance.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
♦ A second technician is required to remove the fuel tank.

at
do
priv
cum
for
– Carefully lower the subframe with the fuel tank to do this guide
en
ng
t.
yi Co
the brake lines under the fuel tank. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
– Slightly pull the subframe toward the rear with the Engine and pyri by
Vo
co
Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- .
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pay attention to the lines to the EVAP canister, unclipping
them if necessary.
– Guide the filler neck out between the rear axle and the body.
– Perform the additional procedures for installing the fuel tank.
♦ Refer to
♦ Refer to
♦ Refer to


Multi-Link Suspension, AWD
Removing the subframe and its attachments
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Remove and free up the wiring harness from the retainersksw
agen oes
not
-arrows-. y Vol gu
db e
ara
ris nte
Vehicles with Level Control System Sensor tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Remove the nut -1- and the bolt -2-. Prote AG.
1. Rear Axle 181


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Note ise
d b ara
nte
or eo
th
u ra
Do not disconnect the brake line. ss a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
– Remove the driveshaft from the rear final drive and secure it.
d
itte
y li
Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 39 ; Driveshaft; Driveshaft, Removing
rm
ab
pe
and Installing .
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
WARNING
m
a
com
t
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Unclip and free up the wire -2- on the mounting bracket -1-. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Mark the mounting bracket -1- installation position on the p by
co Vo
lksw
body.
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Carefully lower the subframe with its attachments approxi‐
mately 20 mm.
– Disconnect the connector from the Haldex clutch above the
final drive.
– Carefully lower the subframe with its attachments an addition‐
al 30 mm.
Note
When lowering, make sure there is enough clearance between

the brake lines, electrical lines and centering pins to the drive‐
shaft.

– Remove the brake line on both sides from the clips -arrows-.
Note
replaced.
is removed. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
♦ The number ed of
by Vclips may vary. gu
ara
r is nte
ho eo
ut ra
– Carefully
ss a lower subframe with components. c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Note
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Make sure there is enough clearance for brake lines, electrical
wit
, is n
lines and driveshaft centering pin when lowering.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Refer to
l purpos

page 193 nform
ercia

m
at
om
♦ Refer to
ion
c

in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv
♦ Refer to
um
for

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Link Suspension, FWD”, page 329 . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
♦ Refer to py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Driveshaft. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 39 ; Driveshaft; Overview -
Driveshaft .
1. Rear Axle 183

2 Axle Beam
es n
yV
olks
wage
ot g
b ua
ed ran
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Axle
hor Beam”, page 184
is tee
ut or
a ac
⇒ “2.2 Axle BeamssBonded Rubber Bushing, Replacing”,
page 184
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
2.1 Overview - Axle Beam
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
1 - Cover
h re
ole,
spec
2 - Bolt
t to the co
❑ 50 Nm +45°
rrectne
3 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +360°
ss
o
cial p
f i
❑ Tighten in the curb
nform
weight position. Refer to
mer
atio
m
in Curb Weight, Rear

o
n
c
i
or
n
Axle, Lifting Vehicles
thi
te
with Coil Spring”,

sd
iva
o
r
page 6 .
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
4 - Axle Beam
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
ling. Refer to p by
co Vo
⇒ “1.3.1 Rear Axle, Re‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
moving and Installing,
AG.
Torsion Beam Axle”,

page 168 .
5 - Bonded Rubber Bushing
sition
⇒ “2.2 Axle Beam Bon‐
ded Rubber Bushing,
Replacing”, page 184 .
6 - Mounting Bracket
2.2 Axle Beam Bonded Rubber Bushing,

Replacing
♦ Hydraulic Press - Ball Joint Assembly Tools - T10254-
♦ Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot Pump - Press Kit - T10495-
♦ Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- -2- with Universal Sup‐
port Plate - VAG1359/2-

♦ Hydraulic Press - VAS6178- with Bearing Installer - Wheel

Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot Pump - Press Kit - Tube - T10495/2- ,
Modifying
Caution
To use the Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot Pump - Press Kit - Tube

- T10495/2- properly, it must be modified before using.
The Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot Pump - Press Kit - Tube -
T10495/2A- must not be modified.
– Clamp the Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot Pump - Press Kit - Tube

- T10495/2- in a vise with jaw protectors.
– The red areas -a- must be cut out.
a = 18 mm
– Use a file to deburr the edges after cutting out the areas.
G. Volkswagen AG d
– An -A- must be added to the number identification onagthe
lksw
en Atool. oes
not
The new tool number is now -T10495/2A- . d by Vo gu
ara
e nte
ris
– Apply corrosion protection. tho eo
au ra
c
Removing ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Release and disconnect the connector -1- from the Left Rear rrectness of i
l purpos
Level Control System Sensor - G76- .

– Unclip the wire -2- from the clip -arrow-.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Axle Beam 185


– Remove the lever of the Left Rear Level Control
olks
wageSystem Sen‐ es n
ot g
sor - G76- -2- from the axle beam -3-d by V ua
ran
e
ris tee
Continuation for All Vehicles utho or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Unclip the brake line -1- on the right mounting bracket from the
clip -arrow-.
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
– Unclip the wire -1- from the bracket -2- on both sides of the
yi Co
op py
axle beam -arrows-. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING

– Loosen the right and left bolt -1-.

– Place the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- and Universal
Support Plate - VAG1359/2- with suitable padding under‐
neath.
– Unclip the wire -2- from the mounting bracket -1-.
– Mark the position of the bolts -arrows- on the mounting bracket
-1- on the right and
lkswleft
agevehicle side. es n
o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove the bolts -1- for the right and left axle beam.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
– Carefully lower the rear axle using the Engine and Gearbox
m
atio
m
Jack - VAS6931- until it is possible to remove the bolt -1-.

o
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Mount the special tools as illustrated.
2. Axle Beam 187

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition
ksw
agen06.2015 oes
n ol ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1 - Hydraulic Press - Ball Joint Assembly Tools - Spindle -

T10254/5-
2 - Hydraulic Press - Ball Joint Assembly Tools - Nut - T10254/4-
4 - Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot Pump - Press Kit - Press Plate -
T10495/3-
5 - Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot Pump - Press Kit - Tube - T10495/2-
6 - Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot Pump - Press Kit - Thrust Piece -
T10495/1-
– Activate the pump and remove the bonded rubber bushing.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
rised
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 n➤
tee , e-Golf 2014 ➤
o
aut
h
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - oEdition ra 06.2015
ss c
ce
le
Installing
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Pay attention to the installed location of the bonded rubber
rm
ab
bushing -1- on the axle beam -2-.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
The tab -arrow A- of the bonded rubber bushing -1- must point to
h re
the notch -arrow B- in the axle bearing -2-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Mount the special tools as illustrated.

m
a
com
tion in
1 - Hydraulic Press - Ball Joint Assembly Tools - Spindle -
r
te o
T10254/5-
thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op
Hub/Bearing Kit - Pressure Head - T10205/13- C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
4 - Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot Pump - Press Kit - Thrust Piece - copy Vo
by lksw
T10495/1- cted agen
Prote AG.

6 - Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot Pump - Press Kit - Press Plate -
T10495/3-
2. Axle Beam 189

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e
– Before installing bonded rubber bushing, make sure that the

t
sd
iva
mark on the bonded rubber bushing aligns with the mark on

r
rp
cu
o
the axle beam.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Press in the bonded rubber mount to the stop. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Check the installed position of the bonded rubber bushing.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Further installation is the reverse order of removal.
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Axle Beam”, page 184
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.2.1 Overview - Rear Level Control System Sensor, Tor‐
sion Beam Axle”, page 328
♦ Refer to

3 Subframe
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Subframe”, page 191
⇒ “3.2 Subframe, Securing”, page 193
⇒ “3.3 Subframe, Servicing”, page 209
3.1 Overview - Subframe

⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Subframe, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD Ex‐
cept e-Golf”, page 191
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Subframe, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD e-
Golf”, page 192
. Volkswagen AG
page 193 swa
gen AG does
k not
Vol gu
by
3.1.1 Overview - Subframe, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD Except e-Golf
ris
ed ara
nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
1 - Subframe
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
❑ Subframe with Attach‐
itte
y li
ments, Removing and
erm
ab
installing. Refer to
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Multi-Link Suspension,
spec
FWD, except e-Golf and
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Golf GTE”, page 170 .
2 - Bolt
rrectness of i
❑ 70 Nm +180°
l purpos
3 - Bolt
nf
ercia
❑ 50 Nm +45°
orm
m

atio
om
n in
c
4 - Bolt
or
thi
te
❑ 70 Nm +180°
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Subframe 191
3.1.2 Overview - Subframe, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD e-Golf
1 - Subframe
ments, Removing and
FWD e-Golf”,
page 173 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +180°
3 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm +45° AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu b ara
ed
4 - Left Bracket ho
ris nte
e
ut or
❑ For the High-Voltage
ss
a ac
Battery 1 - AX2- sub‐
ce
le
un
frame pt
an
d
itte
5 - Bolt y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ 70 Nm +180° wit
is n

h re
ole,
spec
6 - Right Bracket
t to the co
❑ For the High-Voltage

Battery 1 - AX2- sub‐
frame
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
by Vol
Golf gu2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤
ara
, e-Golf 2014 ➤
d
orise Suspension,
nte
eo
Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015
th
au ra
ss c
3.1.3 Overview - Subframe, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
1 - Subframe
ility
ot p
wit
is n
ments, Removing and
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
AWD”, page 181 .
rrectne
2 - Rear Bonded Rubber Bush‐
ing
ss
o
cial p
f
⇒ “3.3.2 Rear Bonded
inform
Rubber Bushing, Re‐
mer
placing”, page 215 .
atio
om
n
c
3 - Front Bonded Rubber
i
or
n thi
Bushing
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
⇒ “3.3.1 Front Bonded
en
ng
t.
Rubber Bushing, Re‐
yi Co
op
placing”, page 209 .
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
4 - Bolt cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ 70 Nm +180°
Prote AG.
3.2 Subframe, Securing

⇒ “3.2.1 Subframe, Securing, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD, ex‐
cept e-Golf and Golf GTE”, page 193
⇒ “3.2.2 Subframe, Securing, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD e-
Golf”, page 197
⇒ “3.2.3 Subframe, Securing, Multi-link Suspension, FWD, Golf
GTE”, page 202
⇒ “3.2.4 Subframe, Securing, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD”, page
206
3.2.1 Subframe, Securing, Multi-Link Suspen‐

sion, FWD, except e-Golf and Golf GTE
♦ Locating Pins - T10096-
♦ Rear Axle Support - T10552-
3. Subframe 193
Rear Axle Support - T10552- , Preparing

– Loosen the bolts -arrows- and adjust the dimension -a-.
a - 250 mm
Tighten the bolts -arrows-.
– Loosen the bolt -arrow- for the Rear Axle Support - Support -
T10552/2- -2-.
– Turn the Rear Axle Support - Support - T10552/2- -2- so that

the profile is perpendicular to the direction
agen
of. Vtravel.
AG olkswagen AG
do w es n
olks ot g
– Adjust the dimension -b-. byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
b - 330 mm tho or
au ac
ss
Tighten the bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Loosen the Rear Axle Support - Mounting Pin - T10552/1-

-3- on both sides at the bottom.
– Adjust the dimension -c-.
rrectness of i
c - 47 mm
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn the Rear Axle Support - Mounting Pin Threaded Sleeve

- T10552/1- -3- on both sides until the dimension -d- is set.
d - 230 mm
– Place the Rear Axle Support - T10552- -1- on the Engine/

Gearbox Jack - VAG1383A- or Engine and Gearbox Jack -
VAS6931- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Tighten the bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Position the Rear Axle Support - T10552- -1- with the Engine/
m
at

om
io
VAS6931- -5- under the rear axle and move it upward.

n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Subframe 195
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Insert the Rear Axle Support - Mounting Pins - T10552/1- -2-

en
ng
t.
yi
into the holes on the rear axle -A arrows-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Secure the Rear Axle Support - Support - T10552/2- -3- to the
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
rear axle using a Tensioning Strap - T10038- -4-.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Locating Pins - T10096- , Installing
– Remove the left and right bolt -1-.
• To secure the subframe, the Locating Pins - T10096- must be
installed at the positions -2- and -3- one after the other on both
sides of the vehicle.

AG. VolkswagSuspension,
en AG Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015
agen does
o lksw not
y V gua
b
– Unscrew one of the frontrisbolts
ed of the subframe -arrow-. ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Install the Locating Pins - T10096- -1-.
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
The Locating Pins - T10096- may only be tightened to a maximum

m
at
om
i
of 20 Nm, otherwise the threads of the locating pins will be dam‐
on
c
in t
aged.
or
his
ate
do
priv
– The same procedure must be performed for the second front
cum
for
bolt and the rear bolts of the subframe.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
The subframe position is now secured.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
sion, FWD e-Golf

– Support the High-Voltage Battery 1 - AX2- at the center on the
Scissor Lift Table - VAS6131- but do not remove. Refer to ⇒
Electric Drive; Rep. Gr. 93 ; High Volt Battery .
a - 250 mm
3. Subframe 197
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
– Loosen the bolt -arrow- for the Rear Axle Support - Support
ir se
d b - ran
T10552/2- -2-. utho tee
or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
the profile is perpendicular to the direction of travel.
l purpos
– Adjust the dimension -b-.
nform
ercia
b - 330 mm
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

c - 47 mm

d - 230 mm

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
a
rised
Golf 2013 ➤ra,nGolf
tee Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
o
aut
h
Suspension, Wheels,
or
ac Steering - Edition 06.2015
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
VAS6931- .
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Subframe 199
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
– Insert theuthRear Axle Support - Mounting Pins - T10552/1-
o e o -2-
ra
into thes holes on the rear axle -A arrows-.
s a c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
is n

h re
ole,
spec

t to the co

rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
200
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- for the left subframe bracket -1- of
the High-Voltage Battery 1 - AX2- .
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and remove the left subframe

bracket -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co

rrectness of i
aged.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
– Remove the bolts -arrows- for the right subframe bracket -1-
te o
thi
of the High-Voltage Battery 1 - AX2- .

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Subframe 201
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and remove the left subframe

bracket -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Note
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
aged.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Unscrew one of the rear bolts of the subframe -arrow-.
nform
ercia
– The same procedure must be performed for the second rear

m
a
com
bolt.
tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.2.3 Subframe, Securing, Multi-link Suspen‐

sion, FWD, Golf GTE
a - 250 mm

T10552/2- -2-.

the profile is perpendicular to the direction of travel.
b - 330 mm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Tighten the bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm. by
Vol
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
c - 47 mm
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or

his
ate

do
priv
cum
or
d - 230 mm
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Subframe 203

VAS6931- .
VAS6931- -5- under the rear axle and move
wage
n AG.itVo
upward.
lkswagen AG
doe
olks s no
yV t gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Subframe 205
– Remove one of the front bolts of the subframe -arrow-.
Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V
The Locating Pins - T10096- may only be tighteneded by to a maximum gu
ara
of 20 Nm, otherwise the threads of the locating
horis
pins will be dam‐ nte
eo
aged. aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– The same procedure must be performed for the second front
an
d
itte
bolt and the rear bolts of the subframe.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
sion, AWD
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
ti

on in
r
te o
thi
a - 250 mm
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
T10552/2- -2-.


the profile is in the direction of travel.
b - 410 mm

c - 47 mm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Turn the Rear Axle Support - Mounting Pin Threaded Sleeve ility
ot p
- T10552/1- -3- on both sides until the dimension -d- is set. wit
, is n
h re
d - 215 mm
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m

o
n in
c

or
thi
VAS6931- .
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Subframe 207
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.



To secure the subframe, the Locating Pins - T10096- must be
installed at the positions -1- one after the other on both sides of
the vehicle.
– Remove a hex bolt -1- from both sides.
Note
Only the left side of the vehicle is shown in the illustration.
wage es n
– Install the Locating
yV
olkPins
s - T10096- -1-. ot g
b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
Note au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
aged.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
– Replace the bolts on the subframe one after the other with the
ole,
Locating Pins - T10096- -1- on both sides and tighten to 20

spec
Nm.
t to the co
The subframe position is now secured. rrectne
3.3 Subframe, Servicing

s
⇒ “3.3.1 Front Bonded Rubber Bushing, Replacing”, page 209

s o
cial p
f i
⇒ “3.3.2 Rear Bonded Rubber Bushing, Replacing”, page 215

nform
mer
3.3.1 Front Bonded Rubber Bushing, Replac‐

atio
om
ing
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Hydraulic Press - Rear Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - T10263-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Subframe Bushing Assembly Tool Kit - T10356-
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

Hub/Bearing Kit- Adapter 13 - T10205/13-
♦ Bearing Installer - Wheel Hub/Bearing Kit - T10205A-
3. Subframe 209
Note
♦ If a bonded rubber bushing is faulty, then the bonded rubber

bushing on the opposite side must also be replaced. Refer to
the Parts Catalog for the allocation.
♦ Check the other bearing before switching out a defected bon‐
ded rubber bushing.
♦ If there are any tears or other visible damages, replace the
♦ To replace the bonded rubber bushing, the subframe must be
lowered either at the front or at the rear. It is not necessary to
remove the subframe.
♦ Identify installation position to the subframe before removing
the bonded rubber bushing.
Pressing out Bonded Rubber Bushing, Front

– Remove the spring. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Do not disconnectathe
ut brake line.
ho eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
WARNING
l purpos

nform
ercia

m

com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Mark the installation location of the bonded rubber bushing on

the subframe with a felt-tip pen -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note d by V gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
Apply the mark -1- on the subframessin
a the middle of the recess on
u ra
c
the bonded rubber mounting -2-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Use a screwdriver -2- to pry off the anti-twist mechanism -1-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
near the bonded rubber bushing mounting retaining lugs.
– Lower the subframe approximately 100 mm using the Engine
and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Unclip the brake line -1- from the clip -arrow- on the left side.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Note
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Use the special tools as shown.
3. Subframe 211
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
1 - Hydraulic Press - Rear Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - Nut -
ce
le
un
pt
T10263/5-
an
d
itte
y li
rm
2 - Subframe Bushing Assembly Tool Kit-Press Piece - T10356/1-

ab
pe
ility
ot
3 - Subframe
wit
, is n
h re
4 - Subframe Bushing Assembly Tool Kit-Pipe - T10356/2- , side

hole
spec
with shoulder points to subframe

es, in part or in w
t to the co
5 - Bearing Installer - Wheel Hub/Bearing Kit - Gripping Device -

T10205/1-
rrectness of i

Hub/Bearing Kit Pressure Head - T10205/13-
l purpos

T10263/5-
nform
ercia
8 - Hydraulic Press - Rear Subframe Bushing Tool Kit-Threaded

m
Rod - T10263/4-
com
tion in
r
– Pretension special tools.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
– Press out the bonded rubber bushing.

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
♦ When removing the bonded rubber bushing, the outer race collar on the bushing is sheared off. There is a
loud crack when this happens.
♦ After removing the bonded rubber bushing, it must be removed from the Subframe Bushing Assembly Tool
Kit - Tube - T10356/2- by tapping lightly with a hammer.
n AG. Volkswagen A
Press in on the FrontolkBonded
swa
ge Rubber Bushing
G do
es n
o V t gu
by a
– Apply a lineris-1-
ed on the vertical rib of the bonded rubber
ran bushing
tee
to help mount.
ut
ho
or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Coat the outer edge of the bonded rubber bushing with As‐
sembly Paste -G 294 421 A1-.
l purpos
– Insert special tools with bonded rubber bushing into subframe nform
ercia
as illustrated.
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Subframe 213
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
T10263/5-
l purpos
2 - Subframe Bushing Assembly Tool Kit-Thrust piece - T10356/7-

- the mark -A- points to the subframe
nform
ercia
3 - Subframe
m
a
com
tion in
4 - adjust the bonded rubber bushing to the marks (the marks

r
te o
thi
need to align)
s
iva
do
r
5 - Assembly Tool - Bushing - T10356/8- - the flattened sides need

rp
cum
fo
to fit into the cover of the bonded rubber bushing -arrows-.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
6 - Bearing Installer - Wheel Hub/Bearing Kit - Gripping Device - C py
t. rig
T10205/1-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
7 - Hydraulic Press - VAS6178- with Bearing Installer - Wheel cted agen
Prote AG.
T10263/5-
9 - Hydraulic Press - Rear Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - Threaded
Rod - T10263/4-
– Check the position of the bonded rubber bushing and, if nec‐
essary, align and pre-tighten special tools with bonded rubber
bushing.

Note
♦ Make sure that the hose from the Hydraulic Press - VAS6178-
to the Pneumatic/Hydraulic Foot G Pump - VAS6179- runs be‐
A . Volkswagen G d
tween the trailing arm and
lkswthe
agenfuel tank whenAinstalled.
oes
n o ot g
yV
♦ Make sure that the
ise bonded rubber bushing is not bent when
db ara u
n
installing. Otherwise
ut
ho
r
the outer ring could become damaged.tee or
a ac
ss
ce
– Operate the pump to press in the bonded rubber bushing until
e
nl
pt
du
the collar is positioned on the subframe »without play«.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal, while noting
ility
ot p
the following:
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
♦ Refer to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 193
♦ Refer to
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Exhaust system. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust Pipes/

Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .
nform
ercia
3.3.2 Rear Bonded Rubber Bushing, Replac‐

m
at
ing
om
ion
c
in t
or
Special tools and workshop equipment required his

ate
do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
♦ Hydraulic Press - Rear Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - T10263-
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Subframe Bushing Assembly Tool Kit - T10356-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
♦ Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- Prote
cted AG.
agen

Hub/Bearing Kit- Adapter 13 - T10205/13-
♦ Bearing Installer - Wheel Hub/Bearing Kit - T10205A-
Note
♦ If a bonded rubber bushing is faulty, then the bonded rubber

bushing on the opposite side must also be replaced. Refer to
the Parts Catalog for the allocation.
♦ Check the other bearing before switching out a defected bon‐
ded rubber bushing.
♦ If there are any tears or other visible damages, replace the
♦ To replace the bonded rubber bushing, the subframe must be
lowered either at the front or at the rear. It is not necessary to
remove the subframe.
♦ Identify installation position to the subframe before removing
the bonded rubber bushing.
Pressing out Rear Bonded Rubber Bushing

3. Subframe 215

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
WARNING
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Mark the installation location of the bonded rubber bushing on
nf
ercia
o
the subframe with a felt-tip pen -1-.
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
Note
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Apply the mark -1- on the subframe in the middle of the recess on
o
m
f
the bonded rubber mounting -2-.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Use a screwdriver -2- to pry off the anti-twist mechanism -1-

near the bonded rubber bushing mounting retaining lugs.
– Lower the subframe approximately 100 mm using the Engine
and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- .

olkswagen AG
ag en AG. V
Golf 2013 ➤ ,VoGolf
lksw Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf
does
no2014
t gu
➤
Suspension,
sed by
ara
n
ri tee
ho
ut or
– Unclip the brake line -1- from the clip -arrow- on the
ss left
a side. ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Note
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Use the special tools as shown.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

T10263/5-
2 - Subframe Bushing Assembly Tool Kit - Thrust Piece -
T10356/5-
3 - Subframe
4 - Subframe Bushing Assembly Tool Kit - Tube - T10356/6- , side
with offset points to subframe
3. Subframe 217
AG. Volkswagen AG d
5 - Bearing Installer - Wheel Hub/Bearing Kit - GrippinglkDevice
wage -
n oes
o s not
T10205/1- db
y V gu
ara
e nte
ris
6 - Hydraulic Press - VAS6178- with Bearing uInstaller
tho - Wheel eo
ra
ss
a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
T10263/5-
itte
y li
erm
ab
8 - Hydraulic Press - Rear Subframe Bushing Tool Kit-Threaded
ility
ot p
Rod - T10263/4-
wit
, is n
h re
– Pretension special tools.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
♦ When removing the bonded rubber bushing, the outer race collar on the bushing is sheared off. There is a
l purpos
loud crack when this happens.
nf
ercia
♦ After removing the bonded rubber bushing, it must be removed from the Subframe Bushing Assembly Tool
o
Kit - Tube - T10356/6- by tapping lightly with a hammer.
rm
m
atio
om
n in
c
Press in the Rear Bonded Rubber Bushing

or
thi
te
sd
a
– Apply a line -1- on the vertical rib of the bonded rubber bushing
iv
o
r
rp
cu
to help mount.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Apply mounting paste to the outer edge of the bonded rubber

bushing.
– Insert special tools with bonded rubber bushing into subframe
as illustrated.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
T10263/5-
l purpos
2 - Assembly Tool - Bushing - T10356/7- - the marking -B- points

to the subframe
nform
ercia
3 - Subframe
m
4 - adjust the bonded rubber bushing to the marks (the marks

com
tion in
need to align)
r
te o
thi
5 - Assembly Tool - Bushing - T10356/8- - the flattened sides need

s
iva
do
r
to fit into the cover of the bonded rubber bushing -arrows-.

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
6 - Bearing Installer - Wheel Hub/Bearing Kit - Gripping Device -

t.
yi Co
op
T10205/1- C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
7 - Hydraulic Press - VAS6178- with Bearing Installer - Wheel co Vo
by lksw
Hub/Bearing Kit Pressure Head - T10205/13- cted agen
Prote AG.

T10263/5-
9 - Hydraulic Press - Rear Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - Threaded
Rod - T10263/4-
– Check the position of the bonded rubber bushing and, if nec‐
essary, align and pre-tighten special tools with bonded rubber
bushing.
3. Subframe 219
Note
Make sure that the bonded rubber bushing is not bent when in‐
stalling. Otherwise the outer ring could become damaged.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Operate the pump to press in the bonded rubber bushing ed by Vuntil gu
ara
the collar is positioned on the subframe »without play«.
horis nte
eo
aut ra
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal,
s while noting
s c
the following:
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Refer to
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
page 193
hole
spec
♦ Refer to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Exhaust system. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust Pipes/
Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Stabilizer Bar
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Stabilizer Bar”, page 221
⇒ “4.2 Stabilizer Bar, Removing and Installing”, page 222
⇒ “4.3 Coupling Rod, Removing and Installing”, page 223
4.1 Overview - Stabilizer Bar

⇒ “4.1.1 Overview - Stabilizer Bar, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD”,
page 221
⇒ “4.1.2 Overview - Stabilizer Bar, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD”,
page 222
4.1.1 Overview - Stabilizer Bar, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD
1 - Lower Transverse Link

2 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm +180°
❑ Replace after removing. Volkswage
n AG n AG d
wage oes
3 - Coupling Rody Volks not
gu
b ara
❑ Removing ed and instal‐ nte
oris
ling.
au Refer to
th eo
ra
⇒ss “4.3 Coupling Rod, c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
ling”, page 223 .

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
4 - Bolt
ility
ot p
❑ 20 Nm +90°
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
❑ Install evenly
es, in part or in w
t to the co
5 - Bolt
rrectness of i
6 - Nut
l purpos
❑ 55 Nm
❑ Counterhold at connect‐
ing link socket head
nf
ercia
when tightening
rm
m
atio
m
7 - Stabilizer Bar
o
n in
or c
❑ With rubber bushings

thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
ling. Refer to
o
m
f
en
ng
⇒ “4.2 Stabilizer Bar,

t.
yi Co
op
Removing and Instal‐ C py
ht. rig
ling”, page 222 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
8 - Subframe Prote
cted AG.
agen
4. Stabilizer Bar 221

4.1.2 Overview - Stabilizer Bar, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD

2 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm +180°
3 - Coupling Rod
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Coupling Rod,
ling”, page 223 .
4 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm +90°
❑ Install evenly
5 - Bolt
6 - Nut
❑ 55 Nm
❑ Counterhold at connect‐
ing link socket head
when tightening
7 - Stabilizer Bar
❑ With rubber bushings lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
❑ Removing and instal‐ ir se
d ran
tee
ling. Refer to utho
or
⇒ “4.2 Stabilizer Bar, ss a ac
ce
le
un
pt
ling”, page 222 .

an
d
itte
y li
rm
8 - Subframe
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
4.2 Stabilizer Bar, Removing and Installing

t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos
Removing
Only e-Golf
nform
ercia

m
a
com

ion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
The following work steps are described for the left side of the ve‐
hicle. These work steps also apply simultaneously for right side
of vehicle.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- for the stabilizer bar -1-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
– Remove
ss the nut -1- from the coupling rod -2-. c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove the stabilizer bar -3- from the subframe.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Installing
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Evenly tighten the bolts -arrows- for the stabilizer bar -1- to the
subframe -2-.
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
m
♦ Refer to ⇒ “4.1 Overview - Stabilizer Bar”, page 221

o
n in
or c
thi
e
♦ Refer to
t
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.3 Coupling Rod, Removing and Installing

Removing
Only E-Golf for Work Procedures on the Right Side of the Vehicle


Vehicles with Stone Chip Protection
– Remove the expanding rivets -1-.
– Remove the bolts -2- for the stone chip protection -3-.
– Remove the nuts -1 and 3- and the bolt -4-.

– Remove the coupling rod -2- from the stabilizer bar and trailing
arm.
Installing n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
Install in reverse order of removal andbnote y V the following:
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Insert the coupling rod -2-, install then A

nuts
G. Vo-1
lksand
wage3-
n Aand tighten
in curb weight position. Refer kto
sw age G do
e sn
Vol Weight, Rear Axle, LiftingoVe‐
⇒ “2.8.2 Wheel Bearing dinbyCurb t gu
ara
hicles with Coil Spring”,
or page 6 .
ise nte
e h
ut or
– When tighteningssthe a
nut -1-, counterhold at the inner multi- ac
point fitting of the bolt.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Refer to
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5 Control Arm, Tie Rod

⇒ “5.1 Overview - Transverse Link”, page 226
⇒ “5.2 Overview - Tie Rod”, page 230
⇒ “5.3 Upper Transverse Link, Removing and Installing”,
page 231
⇒ “5.4 Lower Transverse Link, Removing and Installing”,
page 233
⇒ “5.5 Tie Rod, Removing and Installing”, page 235
5.1 Overview - Transverse Link

⇒ “5.1.1 Overview - Transverse Link, Multi-Link Suspension,
FWD”, page 226
AWD”, page 228
5.1.1 Overview - Transverse Link, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD
1 - Nut
2 - Washer
3 - Upper Transverse Link
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.3 Upper Trans‐
verse Link, Removing
and Installing”,
page 231 .
4 - Bolt agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ 130 Nm +180° d by
Vo gu
ara
e nte
❑ Replace after thremoving
o ris
eo
u ra
❑ Always tightenss a
the c
threaded connections in
ce
le
un
pt
curb weight position.

an
d
itte
Refer to
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
page 6 .
t to the co

6 - Bolt
rrectne
❑ 70 Nm +180°
ss
❑ Always tighten the

o
cial p
f i
nform

mer
Refer to
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or

thi
te

sd
iva
o
r

p
cum
r
fo
page 6 .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
7 - Nut C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Replace after removing p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

8 - Expanding Rivet
9 - Stone Chip Protection
10 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.4 Lower Transverse Link, Removing and Installing”, page 233 .
12 - Eccentric Bolt
❑ Perform a vehicle alignment after loosening. Refer to ⇒ “3 Vehicle Alignment”, page 345 .
❑ Do not turn more than 90° right or left (that
wageis smallest to largest
n AG. Volkswagen AG do possible adjustment)
es
olks not
13 - Eccentric Washer yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
❑ Inner bore with tab tho eo
au ra
c
ss
14 - Nut
ce
le
un
pt
❑ 95 Nm
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Always tighten the threaded connections in curb weight position. Refer to
wit
is n
⇒ “2.8.2 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight, Rear Axle, Lifting Vehicles with Coil Spring”, page 6 .
h re
ole,
15 - Subframe
spec
t to the co
16 - Eccentric Bolt
❑ Do not turn more than 90° right or left (that is smallest to largest possible adjustment)
rrectne
17 - Eccentric Washer
ss
❑ Inner bore with tab
o
cial p
f in
18 - Nut
form
mer
❑ 95 Nm
atio
om
n
c
i
or
❑ Always tighten the threaded connections in curb weight position. Refer to n thi
te
sd
va
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Control Arm, Tie Rod 227

lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Golf 2013 ➤ed, Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014
by ua➤
ran
ir s
Suspension,
tho Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 tee
or
au ac
ss
5.1.2 Overview - Transverse Link, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
1 - Washer
ility
ot
wit
, is n
2 - Nut
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
3 - Upper Transverse Link
t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “5.3 Upper Trans‐
verse Link, Removing
l purpos
and Installing”,
page 231 .
nform
ercia
4 - Washer
m
a
5 - Bolt
com
tion in
❑ 130 Nm +180°
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
n
t.
yi Co
op
curb weight position. C py
t. rig
Refer to
gh ht
yri by
⇒ “2.8.2 Wheel Bearing cop Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
page 6 .
7 - Nut
8 - Expanding Rivet
9 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +180°
curb weight position. Refer to
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.4 Lower Transverse Link, Removing and Installing”, page 233 .
12 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
13 - Subframe
14 - Eccentric Bolt
15 - Nut
❑ 95 Nm

17 - Eccentric Bolt
19 - Nut
❑ 95 Nm
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5.2 Overview - Tie Rod

⇒ “5.2.1 Overview - Tie Rod, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD”, page
230
⇒ “5.2.2 Overview - Tie Rod, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD”, page
231
5.2.1 Overview - Tie Rod, Multi-Link Suspension,

lksw
agen FWD
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
n o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
1 - Subframe tho or
au ac
ss
2 - Bolt
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ 70 Nm +180°
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
4 - Tie Rod
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.5 Tie Rod, Remov‐
235 .
rrectness of i
5 - Bolt
l purpos
❑ 70 Nm +180°
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
o
n in
c

or
thi
e
Refer to
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
with Coil Spring”, C py
t. rig
page 6 .
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
6 - Nut Prote
cted AG.
agen

5.2.2 Overview - Tie Rod, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD
1 - Subframe n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
2 - Bolt d byV ua
ran
ir se
❑ 70thNm +180°
o tee
or
au ac
❑ ssReplace after removing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
4 - Tie Rod
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
ling. Refer to
h re
⇒ “5.5 Tie Rod, Remov‐
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
235 .
t to the co
5 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +180°
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

Refer to
m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
page 6 .
um
fo
en
ng
t.
6 - Nut
yi Co
Cop py
❑ 70 Nm +180°
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5.3 Upper Transverse Link, Removing and

Installing
⇒ “5.3.1 Upper Transverse Link, Removing and Installing, FWD”,
page 231
⇒ “5.3.2 Upper Transverse Link, Removing and Installing, AWD”,
page 232
5.3.1 Upper Transverse Link, Removing and

Installing, FWD
Removing
Only e-Golf for Work Procedures on the Right Side of the Vehicle


– Disengage the line -1- from the bracket -2- -arrows-.
– Remove the nut -3- and the washer -4-.
– Mark the position of eccentric bolt -3- to the subframe using,
for example, a felt-tip marker.
– Remove the nut -2- and the eccentric bolt -3-.

– Remove the upper control arm -1-.
Installing
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
• Only fasten the control arm ksin
wathe
g
does
notRefer
Vol
to d by gu
ara
⇒ “2.8.2 Wheel Bearing rise in Curb Weight, Rear Axle, Lifting Ve‐ntee
ho
hicles with Coils aSpring”,
ut page 6 . or
ac
s
– Perform an axle alignment. Refer to
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Refer to ⇒ “5.1 Overview - Transverse Link”, page 226

wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Refer to
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
5.3.2 Upper Transverse Link, Removing and

Installing, AWD
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
⇒ “6.4 Spring, Removing and Installing”, page 248 . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– If equipped disengage the line from the bracket on the trans‐
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
verse link.
agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
horis Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 e➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
ut or
ss a Suspension, Wheels, Steering - acEdition 06.2015
ce
le
un
pt
– Unscrew the nut -1- and remove the washer -2-.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
– Remove the washer -3-.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Mark the position of eccentric screw -3- to the subframe using,

for example, a felt-tip marker.
m
a
com
tio
– Remove the nut -2- and the eccentric screw -3-.
n in
r
te o
thi
– Remove the upper control arm -1-.
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
Installing
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
• Only fasten the control arm in the curb weight position. Refer
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
to by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ “2.8.2 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight, Rear Axle, Lifting Ve‐ Prote AG.
♦ Refer to
5.4 Lower Transverse Link, Removing and

Installing
Removing


-2- bracket.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
– Remove the nut -1- and then the bolt -2- for the coupling rod
pt
du
an
-3-.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the nut -1- and then the bolt -2- for the shock absorber
nf
ercia
threaded connection.
rm
m
atio
m
– Remove the nut -3- and then the bolt -4- for the wheel bearing
o
n in
c
housing threaded connection.

or
thi
te
sd
a
– Disengage the rear exhaust system and lower it. Refer to ⇒

iv
o
r
rp
cu
Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust Pipes/Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Mark the position of the eccentric screw -2- in relation to the

subframe, for example using a felt-tip pen.
– Unscrew the nut -1- and remove the bolt -2-.
– Remove lower transverse link.
Installing
• Observe the mark made for the eccentric screw -2- in relation
to the subframe.
• Only fasten the transverse link in the curb weight position. Re‐
fer to
♦ Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Refer to lksw
agen oes
not
⇒ “1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening Specifications”, page
db
y Vo340 gu
ara
rise nte
♦ Rear exhaust system. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr.ut26
ho ; Exhaust Pipes/ eo
ra
Mufflers; Overview - Muffler . ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
5.5 Tie Rod, Removing and Installing an

itte
y li
erm
ab
Special tools and workshop equipment required ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om

ion
c
in t
or

his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Loosen the nut -1- and the bolt -3- several turns.
– Remove the nut -1- and remove the bolt -4- toward the rear
while pressing the stabilizer bar upward.
– Remove the tie rod -2-.
Installing lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Install in reverse order of ed
ir sremoval and note the following:
ran
o tee
th or
u
• The tie rod may sonly
s a be fastened when the dimension meas‐ ac
ured before assembly between the center of the wheel hub
ce
e
nl
pt
and the wheel housing lower edge is achieved. Refer to
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit

, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to ⇒ “5.2 Overview - Tie Rod”, page 230

rrectness of i
♦ Refer to
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Suspension Strut/Shock Absorber,

Spring
⇒ “6.1 Overview - Suspension Strut, Shock Absorber and Spring”,
page 237
⇒ “6.2 Shock Absorber, Removing and Installing”, page 239
⇒ “6.3 Shock Absorber, Servicing”, page 246
⇒ “6.4 Spring, Removing and Installing”, page 248
6.1 Overview - Suspension Strut, Shock Ab‐

sorber and Spring
6.1.1 Overview - Suspension Strut, Shock Absorber and Spring, Torsion Beam
Axle
1 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm +45°
2 - Shock Absorber
ling. Refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
⇒ “6.2 Shock Absorber, byV
ol not
gu
ara
Removing and Instal‐ rised
nte
ling”, page 239 . ut
ho eo
ra
a c
❑ Always vent and drain ss
ce
le
faulty shock absorbers

un
pt
an
before disposal. Refer
d
itte
y li
to
erm
ab
⇒ “4.2 Rear Gas-Filled
ility
ot p
Shock Absorbers, Vent‐
wit
is n
ing and Draining”,
h re
ole,
page 12
spec
3 - Upper Spring Support

❑ Place on body “tab”. t to the co
4 - Spring
rrectne

ling. Refer to
ss
⇒ “6.4.1 Spring, Remov‐

o
cial p
f i
ing and Installing, Tor‐

nform
sion Beam Axle”,

mer
page 248 .
atio
om
n
c
5 - Clamping Ring
i
or
n thi
te
sd
❑ Press in the clamping

iva
o
r
ring until flush after in‐

p
cum
r
fo
stalling the stone chip

en
ng
t.
yi
protection.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
6 - Lower Spring Support rig ht
py by
co Vo
lksw
❑ Spring end rotated up to
by
cted agen
Prote
stop
AG.
❑ Insert the pin into the hole in the spring mount on the axle beam when installing.
6. Suspension Strut/Shock Absorber, Spring 237

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ orise nte
h eo
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015aut ra
c
ss
ce
le
7 - Axle Beam
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
9 - Expanding Rivet
ot
wit
, is n
h re
10 - Bolt
hole
spec
❑ 70 Nm +180°
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Always tighten threaded connection in curb weight position. Refer to
rrectness of i
l purpos
6.1.2 Overview - Suspension Strut, Shock Absorber and Spring, Multi-Link Sus‐
nform
ercia
pension m
a
com
tion in
1 - Bolt
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
❑ 50 Nm +45°
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
2 - Shock Absorber t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
ling. Refer to
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
⇒ “6.2 Shock Absorber,
agen
Prote AG.
ling”, page 239 .
❑ Observe the installation
position of the cable tie
closure
❑ Always vent and drain
to
⇒ “4.2 Rear Gas-Filled
Shock Absorbers, Vent‐
ing and Draining”,
page 12
3 - Upper Spring Support
❑ Place on body “tab”.
4 - Spring
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.4 Spring, Remov‐
248 .
5 - Clip
❑ Serves as an assembly
aid
6 - Lower Spring Support
❑ Spring end rotated up to
stop
❑ When assembling, insert the pin into the spring mount opening on the lower transverse link -arrow-.
8 - Nut
❑ 70 Nm +180°

❑ Always tighten threaded connection in curb weight position. Refer to
9 - Bolt
6.2 Shock Absorber, Removing and Instal‐

ling
⇒ “6.2.1 Shock Absorber, Removing and Installing, Torsion Beam
Axle”, page 239
⇒ “6.2.2 Shock Absorber, Removing and Installing, Multi-Link
Suspension, Left Shock Absorber”, page 241
⇒ “6.2.3 Shock Absorber, Removing and Installing, Multi-Link
Suspension, Right Shock Absorber”, page 243
6.2.1 Shock Absorber, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Torsion Beam Axle
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410-
♦ Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Retainer with Inserts -
VAG1752/3A-
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Loosen the wheel bolts. ksw
agen oes
not
ol
yV gu
– Raise the vehicle. ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
– Remove the wheel. s aut ra
c
s
– Remove the rear wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body Exte‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
rior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Rear Wheel Housing

an
itte
y li
Liner, Removing and Installing .

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
– Remove the lever of the Left Rear Level Control System Sen‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
sor - G76- -2- from the axle beam -3-

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Remove the wire -3- from the shock absorber -2- -arrow-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
Note d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
If there is moisture in the connector
ss
au
area, blow compressed air on ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Insert the Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Tensioner -
spec
VAG1752/1- -1-.
t to the co
2- Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Retainer with Inserts -
rrectne
VAG1752/3A-
ss
WARNING
o
cial p
f inform
mer
Make sure the coil spring is seated correctly in the Spring
atio
Compressor Kit - Spring Retainer with Inserts - VAG1752/3A-
om
n
-2- (danger of accident).
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
– Tension the coil spring until the shock absorber is not under
r
fo
en
ng
tension.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Remove the bolts -1- for the shock absorber -2-. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Remove the shock absorber.
Installing
♦ Refer to
♦ Refer to
♦ Wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ;
Wheel Housing Liner; Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Removing
and Installing .

ling, Multi-Link Suspension, Left Shock
Absorber
♦ Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Tensioner - VAG1752/1- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
♦ Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Retainer with Inserts - by
Vol not
gu
ara
VAG1752/3A- ris ed
nte
ho eo
ut
♦ Spring Compressor Kit - Adapter Blocks - VAG1752/9-
ss a , not ra
c
illustrated
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Removing
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Liner, Removing and Installing . rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia
-2- bracket.
orm
m
atio

om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Note

– Insert the Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Tensioner - olks
wage es n
ot g
VAG1752/1- -3-. d byV ua
ran
e
ris tee
1- Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Retainer with uInserts
tho - or
ac
a
VAG1752/3A- ss
ce
le
un
2- Spring Compressor Kit - Adapter Blocks - VAG1752/9-
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
WARNING
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
tension.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
– Remove the bolts -1- for the shock absorber -2-.

o
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Remove the stone chip protection -3- from the lower trans‐
verse link -4-.

Installing
• Only fasten the shock absorber with the lower transverse link
in the curb weight position. Refer to
⇒ “2.8.2 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight, RearnAxle,
AG. VoLifting
lkswageVe‐
n AG d
hicles with Coil Spring”, page 6 . olkswage oes
no
V t gu
by ara
– For vehicles with a level controlrissystem
ed sensor, perform the nte
basic setting for the wheel damping
utho electronics. Refer to Ve‐ eo
ra
hicle Diagnostic Tester . ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Refer to
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Refer to
t to the co

♦ Wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ;
rrectness of i
Wheel Housing Liner; Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Removing

and Installing .
l purpos

nform
ercia
ling, Multi-Link Suspension, Right Shock

m
at
Absorber
om
ion
c
in t
or

his
ate
do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Retainer with Inserts - Prote
cted AG.
agen
VAG1752/3A-
♦ Spring Compressor Kit - Adapter Blocks - VAG1752/9- , not
illustrated

Removing
Only e-Golf
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Raise the vehicle. olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
– Remove the wheel. orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
– Remove the rear wheel housing sliner. Refer to ⇒ Body Exte‐
s a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
-2- bracket.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Note C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
the contacts on the shock absorber and the connectors. Prote AG.
– Position the Spring Retainer with Inserts - VAG1752/3A- -1-

with the Spring Compressor Kit - Adapter Blocks - VAG1752/9-
-2- on the uppermost spring coil -3-.

– Position the Spring Compressor Kit - VAG1752- -3- on the

Spring Compressor Kit - Adapter Blocks - VAG1752/9- -2-.
– Insert the lower Spring Retainer with Inserts - VAG1752/3A-
into the spring -4- at the same time.
– Fasten the Spring Compressor - VAG1752- -3- to the Spring
Compressor Kit - Adapter Blocks - VAG1752/9- -2-.
VAG1752/3A-
4- Spring
WARNING

-arrow- (danger of accident).
tension.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the stone chip protection -3- from the lower trans‐
es, in part or in w
verse link -4-.

t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Installing
• Only fasten the shock absorber with the lower transverse link
in the curb weight position. Refer to
♦ Refer to
♦ Refer to wage
e
⇒ “1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening
yV
olSpecifications”, page 340 s not gu
ks
b ara
ed
♦ Wheel housing liner.hRefer
or
is to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; nte
e
Wheel Housing Liner;
s aut Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Removing or
ac
and Installing . s ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
6.3 Shock Absorber, Servicing

y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 - Shock Absorber
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Shock Absorber,
ling”, page 239 .
❑ Always vent and drain
to
⇒ “4 Disposal”, page 11
❑ Shock Absorber,
Checking. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Shock Absorb‐
ers, Checking when Re‐
moved”, page 3 .
2 - Protective Pipe
3 - Stop Buffer
4 - Shock Absorber Mount
5 - Nut
❑ 25 Nm
ing. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Shock Absorber
Mount Threaded Con‐
nection, Loosening and
Tightening”“ ,
page 247 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
6 - Cover d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Commercially available ring spanner insert, such as »Hazet

6630c-21«
rrectness of i
Shock Absorber Mount Threaded Connection, Loosening and

Tightening
l purpos
1- Commercially available ring spanner insert, such as »Hazet

6630c-21«
nf
ercia
orm
2- Shock Absorber Set - Extension with Counter Holder 1 -

m
atio
m
T10001/9-
o
n in
or c
thi
3- Ratchet (Commercially Available)

te
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
5- Shock Absorber Set - Socket - T10001/1-

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
6- Shock absorber mount
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Slide the protective pipe -1- onto the shock absorber mount
-2-.
– Install and tighten the cable tie -3-.
Note
The closure -arrow- of the cable tie -3- must be in area -a-.
♦ Refer to ⇒ “6.3 Shock Absorber, Servicing”, page 246
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
6.4 Spring, Removing and Installing

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “6.4.1 Spring, Removing and Installing, Torsion Beam Axle”,
erm
ab
page 248
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “6.4.2 Spring, Removing and Installing, Multi-Link Suspension,
h re
hole
Left Spring FWD, Left and Right Spring AWD”, page 250
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “6.4.3 Spring, Removing and Installing, Multi-Link Suspension,
t to the co
Right Spring, FWD”, page 252
6.4.1 Spring, Removing and Installing, Tor‐
rrectness of i
sion Beam Axle
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
VAG1752/3A-
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
illustrated
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Removing
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the clip -1- in the direction of -arrow- until stop.


VAG1752/1- -1-.
VAG1752/3A-
WARNING

– Tension the coil spring and remove it.
Note
Use a wrench or a reversible ratchet to tighten the spring com‐

pressor.
Installing
– Make sure the washer is not damaged.
– Replace the washer if necessary.
– Install the washer on the coil spring.
The spring start -arrow- must touch the stop of lower spring sup‐
port. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
– Install the spring and the spring support.
db
yV ua
ran
e
ris tee
– Spring seat has a pin on bottom.
au
tho or
ac
ss
– Insert this pin into the torsion beam axle opening.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Insert the top of the spring support into the upper spring end.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– The bead on the spring support -arrow- must fit into the coil
spring correctly.
rrectness of i
– Release the tension on the spring, guiding upper spring sup‐

port onto tab of body.
l purpos
– Remove the Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Tensioner -

VAG1752/1- .
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press in the clip -1- in the reverse direction of -arrow- until stop.
♦ Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
6.4.2 Spring, Removing and Installing, Multi-
ility
ot p
wit
Link Suspension, Left Spring FWD, Left
, is n
h re
hole
and Right Spring AWD
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
VAG1752/3A-
l purpos

illustrated nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
om
ion

c
in t
or
his
te

a
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Press the tabs -arrows- on the assembly aid -1- inward. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Remove the assembly aid -1- upward. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


VAG1752/1- -3-.
VAG1752/3A-
n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es
3- Spring Compressor
by
VolKit - Spring Tensioner - VAG1752/1-
k not
gu
a
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
WARNING
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
pressor.
l purpos
Installing
nform
ercia

m
at
om
i
on
c
in t
or

his
ate
do
priv

cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
The spring start -arrow- must touch the stop of lower spring sup‐ C py
ht. rig
port. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Install the spring and the spring support. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Insert this pin into hole of lower transverse link -arrow-.


spring correctly.
– Release the tension on the spring, guiding upper spring sup‐
port onto tab of body.
VAG1752/1- .
– Insert the assembly aid -1- and push downward.

– The tabs -arrows- must engage. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Tightening Specifications byV
ol
gu
ara
ed
is nte
♦ Refer to hor eo
ut
⇒ “1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening
ss a Specifications”, page 340 ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
6.4.3 Spring, Removing and Installing, Multi-
t to the co
Link Suspension, Right Spring, FWD
Special tools and workshop equipment required rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
VAG1752/3A-
ercia
orm
m

atio
m
illustrated
o
n in
or c
thi
Removing
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Only e-Golf
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
93 ; High Voltage System, De-Energizing . . C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Press the tabs -arrows- on the assembly aid -1- inward.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Remove the assembly aid -1- upward.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
io
– Position the Spring Retainer with Inserts - VAG1752/3A- -1-

n
c
in t
with the Spring Compressor Kit - Adapter Blocks - VAG1752/9-

or
his
e
-2- on the uppermost spring coil -3-.

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Position the Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Tensioner -

VAG1752/1- -3- on the Spring Compressor Kit - Adapter
Blocks - VAG1752/9- -2-.
– Insert the lower Spring Retainer with Inserts - VAG1752/3A-
into the spring -4- at the same time.
– Fasten the Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Tensioner -
VAG1752/1- -3- to the Spring Compressor Kit - Adapter Blocks
- VAG1752/9- -2-.
VAG1752/3A-
4- Spring
WARNING agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
Make sure the coil spring isriseseated correctly in the Spring
d
nte
Compressor Kit - Spring aRetainer
ut
ho
with Inserts - VAG1752/3A- eo
ra
-arrow- (danger of accident).
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Note
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
pressor.
Installing
rrectness of i

l purpos
nf
ercia
Note
rm
m
atio
om
n in
If the spring was replaced, then it must be clamped in the Spring

or c
Compressor Kit - Spring Tensioner - VAG1752/1- as described in

thi
te
sd
a
the following:
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Clamp the four topmost turns of the spring -1- all the way into
t.
yi Co
op
the Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Tensioner - VAG1752/1- . C py
t. rig
The end of the spring coil must touch the Spring Compressor
gh ht
pyri by
Kit - Spring Retainer w/Inserts - VAG1752/3A- -arrow-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING

(danger of accident).


The spring start -arrow- must touch the stop of lower spring sup‐
port.
– Install the spring and the spring support.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
tho eo
– Insert this pin into hole of lower transverse link
s au -arrow-. ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
spring correctly.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release the tension on the spring -4- while positioning the up‐
per spring support onto tab of body.
VAG1752/1- -3- from the Spring Compressor Kit - Adapter
Blocks - VAG1752/9- -2-.
VAG1752/3A-
4- Spring

– Remove the Spring Compressor Kit - Spring Retainer with In‐

serts - VAG1752/3A- -1- with the Spring Compressor Kit -
Adapter Blocks - VAG1752/9- -2-.
– Insert the assembly aid -1- and push downward.

– The tabs -arrows- must engage.
♦ Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7 Wheel Bearing and Trailing Arm

⇒ “7.1 Overview - Wheel Bearing”, page 257
⇒ “7.2 Overview - Trailing Arm”, page 261
⇒ “7.3 Wheel Bearing Housing, Removing and Installing”,
page 262
⇒ “7.4 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing”, page 271
⇒ “7.5 Wheel Bearing Housing Bonded Rubber Bushing, Replac‐
ing”, page 278
⇒ “7.6 Trailing Arm with Mounting Bracket, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 283
⇒ “7.7 Trailing Arm, Servicing”, page 289
7.1 Overview - Wheel Bearing

⇒ “7.1.1 Overview - Wheel Bearing, Torsion Beam Axle”,
page 257
⇒ “7.1.2 Overview - Wheel Bearing, Multi-Link Suspension,
FWD”, page 259
AWD”, page 260
7.1.1 Overview - Wheel Bearing, Torsion Beam Axle
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Wheel Bearing and Trailing Arm 257

1 - Dust Cap
ling. Refer to
❑ A perfect seal is only
achieved using a new
dust cap.
2 - Bolt
❑ 200 Nm +90°
ling. Refer to
❑ The wheel bearing and
wheel hub are installed
together in a housing.
❑ The wheel bearing unit
is maintenance free and
has zero play. Adjusting
or servicing is not possi‐
ble!
4 - Bolt
❑ 30 Nm +90°
5 - Heat Shield
6 - Axle Stub agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
7 - Axle Beam d by gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
258
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
7.1.2 Overview - Wheel Bearing, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD
o
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
1 - Wheel Bearing Housing s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
ling. Refer to
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Housing Bonded Rub‐
ber Bushing, Replac‐
rrectness of i
ing”, page 278 .
l purpos
3 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
nform
ercia
tion. Refer to ⇒ Brake

System; Rep. Gr. 46 ;
m
a
com
t
Rear Brakes; Overview
ion in
- Rear Brakes .
r
te o
thi
s
iva
4 - Brake Rotor
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
ling. Refer to ⇒ Brake

n
t.
yi Co
op
System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; C py
ht. rig
Rear Brakes; Overview rig ht
py by
- Rear Brakes . co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5 - Dust Cap
ling. Refer to
❑ A perfect seal is only
achieved using a new
dust cap.
6 - Bolt
❑ 200 Nm +90°
❑ Clean the threads in the stub axle with a thread tap first.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “7.4 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing”, page 271 .
❑ The wheel bearing and wheel hub are installed together in a housing.
❑ The wheel bearing unit is maintenance free and has zero play. Adjusting or servicing is not possible!
8 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Rear Brakes; Overview - Rear Brakes .
9 - Heat Shield
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Rear Brakes; Overview - Rear Brakes .

gen AG
. Vol-ksEdition
wagen AG06.2015
d wa oes
olks not
yV gu
7.1.3 Overview - Wheel Bearing, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD
b ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
1 - Drive Axle
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
2 - Bolt
y li
erm
ab
❑ 70 Nm +90°
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
Installing, Multi-Link
Suspension, AWD”,
l purpos
page 266 .
nf
ercia
or
m
m
atio
om
n in
Housing Bonded Rub‐
or c
ber Bushing, Replac‐
thi
te
sd
a
ing”, page 278 .

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
5 - Brake Rotor m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Removing and instal‐ . Cop py
ling. Refer to ⇒ Brake
t rig
gh ht
yri by
System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; cop Vo
by lksw
Rear Brakes; Overview cted agen
Prote AG.
- Rear Brakes .
6 - Bolt
tion. Refer to ⇒ Brake
System; Rep. Gr. 46 ;
Rear Brakes; Overview
- Rear Brakes .
7 - Bolt
❑ 200 Nm +180°
ing. Refer to ⇒ “8.4 Drive Axle Threaded Connection, Loosening and Tightening”, page 300
❑ Clean the threads in the stub axle with a thread tap first.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “7.4.3 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD”, page 276 .
❑ The wheel bearing and wheel hub are installed together in a housing.
❑ The wheel bearing unit is maintenance free and has zero play. Adjusting or servicing is not possible!
9 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Rear Brakes; Overview - Rear Brakes .
10 - Heat Shield
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Rear Brakes; Overview - Rear Brakes .

7.2 Overview - Trailing Arm

⇒ “7.2.1 Overview - Trailing Arm, Except e-Golf”, page 261
⇒ “7.2.2 Overview - Trailing Arm, e-Golf”, page 262
7.2.1 Overview - Trailing Arm, Except e-Golf
1 - Cover
2 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm +45°
4 - Bolt
❑ 90 Nm +90°
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
6 - Trailing Arm
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.6.1 Trailing Arm
with Mounting Bracket, n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Removing and Instal‐ lkswage es n
o ot g
ling, Except e-Golf”, byV ua
d ran
page 283 . ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
7 - Bonded Rubber Bushingss
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
sition
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “7.7 Trailing Arm,

wit
is n
Servicing”, page 289 .

h re
ole,
spec
8 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +90°
t to the co

❑ M12 x 1.5
rrectne
9 - Bolt
s
❑ 70 Nm +90°
s o
cial p

inform
mer
❑ M14 x 1.5
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7.2.2 Overview - Trailing Arm, e-Golf
1 - Cover
2 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm +45°
4 - Bolt
❑ 90 Nm +90°
Catalog.
6 - Trailing Arm
❑ Removing and instal‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
ling. Refer to olkswage es n
ot g
⇒ “7.6.2 Trailing Arm byV ua
ed ran
with Mounting Bracket,
oris tee
Removing and au Instal‐
th or
ac
ling, e-Golf”, page 286 .
ss
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li

rm
ab
pe
sition
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “7.7 Trailing Arm,

hole
spec
Servicing”, page 289 .

es, in part or in w
t to the co
8 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +90°
rrectness of i
❑ M12 x 1.5
l purpos
9 - Bolt
nform
ercia
❑ 70 Nm +90°
m
a
com
tio
❑ M14 x 1.5
n in
r
te o
thi
10 - Cover
s
iva
do
r
rp
11 - Deformation Element
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
7.3 Wheel Bearing Housing, Removing and
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Installing
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “7.3.1 Wheel Bearing Housing, Removing and Installing, Multi-

⇒ “7.3.2 Wheel Bearing Housing, Removing and Installing, Multi-
Link Suspension, AWD”, page 266
7.3.1 Wheel Bearing Housing, Removing and

Installing, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD


Removing
– Remove the wheel bearing unit. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing”,
page 271 .
– Remove the heat shield. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr.
46 ; Overview - Rear Brakes .
-2- bracket.
Vehicles with Stone gChip
en AGProtection
. Volkswagen AG
dwa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

– Disconnect the connector from the ABS speed sensor and the
electro-mechanical parking brake parking brake motor.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

WARNING

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
tie rod and push lightly upward. ot p
wit
, is n
– Remove the bolts -2 and 3- one after the other.
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- -1- from
es, in part or in w
under the tie rod.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unscrew the nut -2- and remove the bolt -3-.
– Unscrew the nut -4-, remove the washer and then remove the
bolt -5-.
– Remove the wheel bearing housing -6-.
Installing
Complete the following Steps in the Exact Order Specified.

– Install the wheel bearing housing -6-.

– Insert the bolt -5-, slide on the washer and tighten the nut -4-
hand-tight.
– Insert the bolt -3- and tighten the nut -2- hand-tight.
– Insert the bolt -1- and tighten hand-tight.
tie rod and push lightly upward.
– Install the bolts -2 and 3- by hand.

under the tie rod. . Volkswag AG en AG
w agen doe
– Install the heat shield. Refer yV
oto
lks⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr.
s no46 ;
t gu
Overview - Rear Brakes ise
d .
b ara
n r tee
ho
– Install the wheel sbearing
au
t
unit. Refer to or
ac
s
ce
e
page 271 .
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Only Fasten the Threaded Connections on the Wheel Bearing
erm
ab
Housing in the Curb Weight Position. Refer to
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
cles with Coil Spring”, page 6 .
h re
hole
spec
– Tighten the bolts and nuts -1 through 5-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- with the
from the wheel hub. rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
Threaded connection of trailing link/wheel bearing housing must

f
en
ng
t.
only be tightened when all other components (spring and shock
yi Co
op py
absorber always) of the respective wheel suspension have been t. C rig
gh ht
already assembled. To tighten, suspension must be unloaded. yri
p by
o Vo
Only now do the trailing arm and wheel bearing housing move
c by lksw
cted agen
into the position required -arrows-.
Prote AG.
– Install the spring. Refer to


– Tighten the bolts -2 and 3-.

♦ Refer to
FWD”, page 259
♦ Refer to
♦ Refer to
♦ Refer to
♦ Bolts for heat shield, brake caliper and brake rotor. Refer to ⇒
Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Overview - Rear Brakes .
7.3.2 Wheel Bearing Housing, Removing and

Installing, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d
wa oes
olks not
Removing d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
– Loosen the outer ut drive axle threaded connection. Refer to
ho eo
r
⇒ “8.4 Drive sAxle Threaded Connection, Loosening and Tight‐ ac
s a
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
Caution
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re

ole,
spec
t to the co

rrectne

s

s o

cial p
f in

form
mer
atio

om
n
c

or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
266
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG . Volkswagen AG
– Remove the wheel bearing unit. Refer to ksw
agen does
not
l
⇒ “7.4 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing”, by Vo gu
ara
page 271 . ris
ed nte
ho eo
ut
– Remove the heat shield. Refer to ⇒ Brake System;
ss
a Rep. Gr. ra
c
46 ; Overview - Rear Brakes .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
-2- bracket.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Continuation for All Vehicles C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Disconnect the connector from the ABS speed sensor and the op Vo
by c lksw
electro-mechanical parking brake parking brake motor. cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING

wage es n
– Remove the Engine and Gearbox yV
olks Jack - VAS6931- -1- from ot g
under the tie rod. ir se
d b ua
ran
o tee
h
– Remove the bolt -4-.s aut or
ac
s
– Remove the washer -3-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Remove the nut -1- and the bolt -2-. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Remove the bolt -3-. Prote AG.
– Remove the wheel bearing housing -4-.

Installing
Complete the following Steps in the Exact Order Specified.
– Install wheel bearing housing.

– Insert the bolt -4- with the washer -3-.

– Slide on the washer -2-.
– Tighten the nut -1- hand-tight.
– Insert the bolt -2- and tighten the nut -1- hand-tight.
– Insert the bolt -3- and tighten hand-tight.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
under the tie rod.
s
– Install the wheel bearing unit. Refer to

s o

cial p
f in
page 271 .
form
mer
atio
– Install the heat shield. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ;

om
Overview - Rear Brakes .

n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Only Fasten the Threaded Connections on the Wheel Bearing

t
sd
iva
Housing in the Curb Weight Position. Refer to

o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
cles with Coil Spring”, page 6 . Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Tighten the nut -1-.
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Tighten the bolt -3-.
– Remove the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- with the
from the wheel hub.

absorber always) of the respective wheel suspension have been
already assembled. To tighten, suspension must be unloaded.
– Install the coil spring. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Refer to ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
AWD”, page 260
hole
spec
♦ Refer to
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos
♦ Refer to
nf
ercia

rm
m
atio
m
♦ Refer to
o
n in
c

or
thi
ening”, page 300

te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ Refer to
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
agen
Prote AG.

7.4 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and In‐

stalling
⇒ “7.4.1 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing, Torsion
Beam Axle”, page 271
⇒ “7.4.2 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing, Multi-Link
Suspension, FWD”, page 273
⇒ “7.4.3 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing, Multi-Link
Suspension, AWD”, page 276
7.4.1 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and In‐

stalling, Torsion Beam Axle
♦ Seal Installer - Camshaft Installer Kit - Sleeve - 3241/4-
♦ Puller - Grease Cap - VW637/2-
♦ Socket - XZN 18mm - T10162A-
Removing
– Remove the brake carrier with the brake caliper and tie them
to the body with wire. Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr. 46 ;
Rear Brakes; Overview - Rear Brakes .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Suspend brake caliper from body. aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
– Remove the brake rotor bolt and the brake rotor.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Loosen dust cap from seat by tapping lightly on claw of Puller y li

erm
ab
- Grease Cap - VW637/2- -1-. ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Press of dust cap. byV
o gu
ara
ed
is nte
1- Puller - Grease Cap
ut
h - VW637/2-
or eo
a ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the bolt -1- using the Socket - XZN 18mm - T10162A-
rrectness of i
-2-.
l purpos
Caution
nform
ercia
Never use an impact wrench when removing the bolt -1- using
m
at
om
the Socket - XZN 18mm - T10162A- -2-.
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
– Remove the wheel bearing unit from the axle stub.

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Caution Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
• When setting down/storing avoid contaminating with dirt
co Vo
by lksw
cted
and damaging the seal.
agen
Prote AG.
The wheel bearing -1- must always face up.
– Always set the wheel bearing unit down on the wheel hub
-2-.
Installing
– Carefully slide the wheel hubs/wheel bearing unit onto the axle
stub.
Caution
Make sure that the wheel hubs/wheel bearing unit does not tilt!
– Install the new bolt and tighten it to the tightening specification.

Note
♦ First tighten the bolt to the specification using the torque

wrench.
♦ Using a rigid wrench when tightening additionally.
Caution
Never use an impact wrench when tightening the bolt -1- using
– Install a new dust cap.

1- Seal Installer - Camshaft Installer Kit - Sleeve - 3241/4-
Always Replace Dust Caps.
Damaged Dust Caps Allow Moisture to Enter. Therefore, Always
Use the Tool Shown.
♦ Refer to
⇒ “7.1.1 Overview - Wheel Bearing, Torsion Beam Axle”, page
257 G. Volkswage nA n AG d
wage oe
♦ Refer to yV
olks s no
t gu
⇒ “1.4 Wheel
ised b Bolt Tightening Specifications”, page
ara 340
n
r tee
ho
ut heat shield, brake caliper and brake rotor. Refer
♦ Boltss afor or
a to ⇒
s System; Rep. Gr. 46 ; Overview - Rear Brakes . c
Brake
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
stalling, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
♦ Seal Installer - Camshaft Installer Kit - Sleeve - 3241/4-

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Puller - Grease Cap - VW637/2-

rrectness of i
♦ Socket - XZN 18mm - T10162A-

l purpos

nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
om
ion
c

in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the wheel. cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014au➤
tho eo
ra
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Loosen dust cap from seat by tapping lightly on claw of Puller
itte
y li
- Grease Cap - VW637/2- -1-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Press of dust cap.
m
at
1- Puller - Grease Cap - VW637/2- om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
Note
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Suspend brake caliper from body.
agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bolt -1- using the Socket - XZN 18mm - T10162A-
-2-.
Caution
Never use an impact wrench when removing the bolt -1- using
– Remove the wheel bearing unit from the axle stub.
Caution
• When setting down/storing avoid contaminating with dirt

and damaging the seal.

The wheel bearing -1- must always face up.

– Always set the wheel bearing unit down on the wheel hub
-2-.
Installing
– Carefully install the wheel hub/wheel bearing unit -2- onto the
stub axle.
Caution
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
Make sure that the wheel hubs/wheel bearing unit does not
Vol
ktilt!
swa does
not
y gu
edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut
– Install the new bolt -1- and tighten it to the tightening
ss a specifi‐ ra
c
cation.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ First tighten the bolt to the specification using the torque
t to the co
wrench.
♦ Using a rigid wrench when tightening additionally.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Caution
nform
ercia
Never use an impact wrench when tightening the bolt -1- using
m

a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install a new dust cap.

1- Seal Installer - Camshaft Installer Kit - Sleeve - 3241/4-
Always Replace Dust Caps.
Damaged Dust Caps Allow Moisture to Enter. Therefore, Always
Use the Tool Shown.
♦ Refer to
FWD”, page 259
♦ Refer to

stalling, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Vol
ksw
a
not
by gu
d ara
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm oris - VAG1332-
e nte
h eo
ut ra
ss a c
ce
e
nl
Removing
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Loosen the outer drive axle threaded connection. Refer to
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
– Loosen the wheel bolts. h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the coil spring. Refer to
rrectness of i

l purpos
– Remove the drive axle. Refer to

⇒ “8.2 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing”, page 293 .
nf
ercia
rm
m

atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Note
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Do not let the brake caliper hang on the brake hose - risk of dam‐
Co
Cop py
age. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.


– Remove the wheel bearing unit from the wheel bearing hous‐
ing.
Caution
• Avoid contaminating with dirt and damaging the seal when

setting down/storing.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
• The wheel bearing -1-ut must always face up.
ho eo
ra
s a c
• Always set the wheel bearing unit down on the wheel hub
s
ce
e
nl
-2-.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
• Never reach inside when lifting the wheel bearing.

at
do
priv
cum
or
• Hold the wheel bearing only on the outside.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
The same procedure also applies to the wheel bearing without a Cop py
wheel hub. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
Installing
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
• Only fasten the threaded connections on the wheel bearing
housing in the curb weight position. Refer to
♦ Refer to
AWD”, page 260
♦ Refer to
ening”, page 300
♦ Refer to

7.5 Wheel Bearing Housing Bonded Rubber

Bushing, Replacing
⇒ “7.5.1 Wheel Bearing Housing Bonded Rubber Bushing, Re‐
placing, FWD”, page 278
⇒ “7.5.2 Wheel Bearing Housing Bonded Rubber Bushing, Re‐
placing, AWD”, page 280
7.5.1 Wheel Bearing Housing Bonded Rubber

Bushing, Replacing, FWD
♦ Bearing Installer - Control Arm - 3346- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Bearing Installer - Carrier Bearing d b-
y V3350-
o gu
ara
rise nte
♦ Subframe Bushing Assembly uthoTool Kit - T10356- eo
ra
s a c
♦ Torque Adapter - 3390- s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Removing
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m

a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
-2- bracket.
s
iva
do
r
rp

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.



wage es n
– Remove the nut -1- and then the bolt -2- fory Vthe
olksshock absorber ot g
threaded connection. isedb ua
ran
or tee
h
– Remove the nut -3- and then thesbolt
au -4- for the wheel bearing
t or
ac
housing threaded connection. s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Pressing out Bonded Rubber Bushing

rrectness of i

l purpos
2- Thrust piece from the Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - 3301-

nform
ercia
3- Torque Adapter - 3390-

m
4- Sleeve from Bearing Installer - Carrier Bearing - 3350-

com
tion in
5- Nut
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Remove the bonded rubber bushing by turning the Control

en
ng
t.
yi
Arm Bearing Installer - Nut - 3346/3- -1-. While doing so coun‐
Co
op py
terhold on the Bearing Installer - Component - 3346/2- -6-.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

agen
AG. Volks06.2015
wagen AG
do
w es n
olks ot g
yV ua
Installing the Bonded Rubber ris
edBushing
b ran
tee
tho or
1 - Bearing Installer s-aControl
u Arm - Nut - 3346/3- ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
3- Subframe Bushing Assembly Tool Kit - Thrust Piece -
y li
erm
ab
T10356/5-
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
5- Wheel Bearing Housing
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
7- Nut
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Install the bonded rubber bushing until it stops by turning the

Bearing Installer - Control Arm - Nut - 3346/3- -1-. While doing
so counterhold on the Bearing Installer - Control Arm - Spindle
nf
ercia
- 3346/2- -8-.
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
Note
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
♦ Do not use lubricant!
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
♦ Insert the bearing carefully so that it is not tilted.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Installing py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following: Prote AG.
♦ Refer to
♦ Refer to
⇒ “4.1.1 Overview - Stabilizer Bar, Multi-Link Suspension,
FWD”, page 221
♦ Refer to
• Only fasten the threaded connections to the lower transverse
link in the curb weight position. Refer to
7.5.2 Wheel Bearing Housing Bonded Rubber

Bushing, Replacing, AWD
♦ Press Tool For Viscous Fan - 3367-
♦ Torque Adapter - 3390-


Removing
-2- bracket.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co

rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the nut -1- and then the bolt -2- for the shock absorber
threaded connection.
housing threaded connection.
Pressing out Bonded Rubber Bushing

1- Bearing Installer - Control Arm - Nut - 3346/3-
5- Nut lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
6- Bearing Installer - Control Arm - Spindle - 3346/2-
o
ir se tee
th or
u
– Remove the bonded rubber bushing by turning
ss
a
the Bearing ac
Installer - Control Arm - Nut - 3346/3- -1-. While doing so
ce
e
nl
pt
counterhold on the Bearing Installer - Control Arm - Spindle -
du
an
itte
3346/2- -6-.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing the Bonded Rubber Bushing

1- Nut from Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - 3301-
3- Press Tool For Viscous Fan - Thrust Piece - 3367/2-
4- Wheel Bearing Housing
wage es n
7- Spindle from Subframey VBushing
olks Tool Kit - 3301- ot g
ua
d b ran
e
– Install the bonded hrubber
oris bushing until it stops by turning the tee
nut from the Subframe
aut Bushing Tool Kit - 3301- -1-. Counter‐ or
ac
ss
hold the spindle from the Subframe Bushing Tool Kit - 3301-
ce
le
-7- while doing so.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Note
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Do not use lubricant!
hole
spec
♦ Always install the bushing carefully on the wheel bearing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
housing chamfer from behind so that it does not tilt.
Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
♦ Refer to
com
tio

n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
♦ Refer to
n
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening Specifications”, page 340 C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
• Only fasten the threaded connections to the lower transverse
p by
co Vo
by lksw
link in the curb weight position. Refer to Prote
cted AG.
agen
basic setting for the wheel damping electronics using. Refer
to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
7.6 Trailing Arm with Mounting Bracket, Re‐

moving and Installing
⇒ “7.6.1 Trailing Arm with Mounting Bracket, Removing and In‐
stalling, Except e-Golf”, page 283
⇒ “7.6.2 Trailing Arm with Mounting Bracket, Removing and In‐
stalling, e-Golf”, page 286
7.6.1 Trailing Arm with Mounting Bracket, Re‐

moving and Installing, Except e-Golf


Removing
– Remove the line -1- from the trailing arm -2-. To do this push
out the inner pins from the bracket -arrows-.
WARNING
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
– Remove the bolts -2 and 3- one after
ss a the other.
u ra
c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
under the tie rod.

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
284
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the line -2- from the mounting bracket -1-.

body.
– Remove the trailing arm with mounting bracket.
Installing
– Tighten the bolts -arrows- onto the old impression or the mark‐
ing applied previously.
– Secure the line -2- to the mounting bracket -1-.
under the tie rod.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility

ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 yV
olks ot g
d b ua
ran
ir se tee
– Tighten the bolts -2 and 3-. utho
or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Remove the brackets -arrows- and the line -1- from the trailing l purpos
arm -2-. To do so push in the rivet inner pins.
After installation, the axle alignment must be checked on align‐
nf
ercia
o
ment stand. Refer to
rm
m
atio
om
n in
c
or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
♦ Refer to
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7.6.2 Trailing Arm with Mounting Bracket, Re‐
moving and Installing, e-Golf
Removing
Only for Work Procedures on the Right Side of the Vehicle
Continuation for Both Sides
– Remove the line -1- from the trailing arm -2-. To do this push
out the inner pins from the bracket -arrows-.

WARNING
under the tie rod.
– Push down the tabs -1- on both sides of the cover -2-.
– Push the cover -2- in the direction of -arrow- outward and re‐
move from the deformation element.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Remove the line -1- from the deformation element -2-

s
-arrows-.
s o
cial p
f in
– Remove the bolts -3- and the deformation element -2-.

form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf oris2014
e ➤ nte
eo
h
s a 06.2015
ut ra
c
s
ce
le
un
– Disengage the line -1- from the mounting bracket -2-.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Mark the installation position of the mounting bracket -2- on
erm
ab
the body.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove the trailing arm with mounting bracket.
t to the co
Installing
rrectness o
cial p
f i
– Tighten the bolts -arrows- onto the old impression or the mark‐
nform
ing applied previously.
mer
atio
m
– Engage the line -1- in the mounting bracket -2-.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert the deformation element -2- and tighten the bolts -3-
onto the old impression.
– Insert the line -1- in the deformation element -2- -arrows-.
– Push the cover -2- opposite the direction of -arrow- on the de‐
formation element.
– The tabs -1- from the cover -2- must engage in the deformation
element.

. Volkswagen AG
Suspension,
swa
gen AG Wheels, Steering
does - Edition 06.2015
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
– Place the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- ris -1- under the
e nte
tie rod and push lightly upward. utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
under the tie rod.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the brackets -arrows- and the line -1- from the trailing
arm -2-. To do so push in the rivet inner pins.
After installation, the axle alignment must be checked on align‐
ment stand. Refer to
♦ Refer to
7.7 Trailing Arm, Servicing

♦ Bearing Installer - Wheel Bearing - 3345-
♦ Bearing Installer - Control Arm - 3346-

♦ Press Piece - Trailing Arm Bushing - T10496-

– Remove the trailing arm with the mounting bracket. Refer to
⇒ “7.6 Trailing Arm with Mounting Bracket, Removing and In‐
– Clamp the trailing arm -1- in the vise with protective covers.
– Remove the bolt -2- and remove the mounting bracket -3- from
the trailing arm.

– Mount the tools as illustrated.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
2- Bearing Installer - 3346/1- from the Bearing Installer ksw
V-olCon‐
not
by gu
trol Arm - 3346- (the deep recess points to the ibonded
ed ara
nte
rs
rubber bushing) tho eo
au ra
c
3- Trailing Arm ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Mark the position of the bonded rubber bushing on the trailing
nform
ercia
arm with a right angle.

m
– Place the outer edge of the right angle on the upper -1- and
a
com
tio
lower radius -2- of the hole.

n in
r
te o
thi
– Make a mark over and under the bushing on the trailing arm
s
iva
do
-arrows-.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
a - 90°
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Position the bonded rubber bushing on the trailing arm so that the
marked line -arrows- runs along the ribs -1-.
Note
Make absolutely sure that the bonded rubber bushing is in the

correct installation position in relation to the trailing arm socket.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
o lksw not
V gu
d by ara
– Mount theoris tools as illustrated.
e nte
h eo
ut ra
1- Press
ss a Piece - Multiple Use - VW412- c
ce
le
2- Press Piece - Trailing Arm Bushing - T10496-

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
4- Trailing Arm
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Install the bonded rubber bushing.
Determining Installation Position of Mounting Bracket Relative to rrectne
Trailing Arm
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
– Clamp the trailing arm -2- in the vise with jaw protectors.
thi
te
sd
iva
– Position the mounting bracket -1- on the trailing arm -2-.

o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Install the bolt -3-.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Adjust the dimension -a- to 37 mm and tighten the bolt -3-.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Install the trailing arm with mounting bracket. Refer to
by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ “7.6 Trailing Arm with Mounting Bracket, Removing and In‐
Prote AG.

8 Drive Axle
⇒ “8.1 Overview - Drive Axle”, page
gen A292
G. Volkswagen AG d
wa oes
olks not
⇒ “8.2 Drive Axle, Removing
db
y V and Installing”, page 293 gu
ara
e nte
ris
⇒ “8.3 Drive Axle,uDisassembling
tho and Assembling”, page 297 e or
a ac
ss
⇒ “8.4 Drive Axle Threaded Connection, Loosening and Tighten‐
ce
e
nl
ing”, page 300
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “8.5 Outer CV Joint, Checking”, page 301
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “8.6 Inner CV Joint, Checking”, page 303
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Outer CV Joint
rrectness of i
⇒ Fig. ““Outer CV Joint,
l purpos
Pressing Off”“ ,
page 298 .
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
c
stop
or
thi
te
sd
a
❑ Divide the grease even‐

iv
o
r
rp
cu
ly in the joint
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “8.5 Outer CV Joint, C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
2 - Bolt Prote
cted AG.
agen
❑ 200 Nm +180°. Refer to

page 300 .
3 - Drive Axle
❑ Allocation. Refer to the
Parts Catalog.
4 - Clamp
⇒ Fig. ““Tensioning
Clamp on Small Diame‐
ter”“ , page 300 .
5 - CV Boot
6 - Clamp

7 - Plate Spring
❑ With inner spline
❑ Installation position. Refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Installed Position, Plate Spring on the Outer Joint”“ , page 298 .
8 - Circlip
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Without vent hole lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
❑ Check for tears and scuffing ed by ara
nte
ris
❑ Drive off CV joint using drift ut
ho eo
ra
a c
❑ Coat the sealing surface with -D 454 300
s A2- before installing it on the CV joint
s
ce
le
un
pt
10 - Clamp
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Tensioning. Refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Tensioning Clamp on Small Diameter”“ , page 300 .
wit
is n
h re
11 - Backing Plate
ole,
spec
t to the co
❑ 40 Nm
rrectne
13 - Cover
ss
o
cial p
f in
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Drive off Cover for Inner Joint”“ , page 298 .
form
mer
atio
14 - Circlip
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
❑ Remove and install using Circlip Pliers - VW161A- .

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
15 - Seal
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t.
❑ Bonding surface on CV joint must not have any grease or oil on it.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
16 - Inner CV Joint
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Divide the grease evenly in the joint
17 - Plate Spring
❑ with inner spline
❑ Installation position. Refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Installed Location of the Plate Spring on Inner Joint”“ , page 299 .
8.2 Drive Axle, Removing and Installing

♦ Driveshaft Remover - T10520-
8. Drive Axle 293

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf
Vol
ksw 2014 ➤ not
gu
by
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - rEdition
ise
d 06.2015 ara
nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
Caution
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Removing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Loosen the outer drive axle threaded connection. Refer to
rrectness of i
l purpos
Caution
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.


– Remove the coil spring. Refer to
-2- bracket.


Note


AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Remove the nut -1- from the coupling rod -2-. agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
– Remove the coupling rod -2- from the stabilizerris bar -3-.
ed
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
– Remove the stabilizer bar -1- from the subframe -2- and pivot
downward.
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
8. Drive Axle 295

– Remove the nut -1- and then the bolt -2- for the shock absorber n AG. Volkswagen AG do
threaded connection. lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ir se
d ran
tee
housing threaded connection. autho
or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the bolt -1- for the tie rod -2-.
– Remove the drive axle from the transmission flange.
rrectness of i
– Tilt the wheel bearing housing outward and remove the drive
l purpos
axle from the transmission flange.

– Pivot the drive axle downward and remove it from the wheel
nform
ercia
bearing.
m
at
om
i
on
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

be pressed out.


I - Tighten the knurled nut -1- hand-tight. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
o lksw not
II - Only turn the bolt -2- using a wrench and d bypress
V out the drive gu
ara
axle using the Drive Shaft Remover - T10520- orise
. nte
eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
Note
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
be used.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
• Only fasten the threaded connections on the wheel bearing
l purpos
housing in the curb weight position. Refer to

nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Parts Catalog.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Tightening Specifications C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
♦ Refer to ⇒ “8.1 Overview - Drive Axle”, page 292 copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Refer to
AG.

AWD”, page 228
♦ Refer to
⇒ “5.2.2 Overview - Tie Rod, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD”,
page 231
♦ Refer to
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.4.2 Left Rear Level Control System Sensors G76 , Re‐
moving and Installing, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD”,
page 332
♦ Refer to
ening”, page 300
♦ Refer to
♦
8.3 Drive Axle, Disassembling and Assem‐

bling
8. Drive Axle 297


Disassembling
Outer CV Joint, Pressing Off
– Remove the clamp.
– Fold back boot.
– Drive CV joint from drive axle using a drift -A-.
The drift must be precisely positioned on the CV joint ball hub.
Driving Joint On
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Installed Position, Plate Spring on the Outer Joint

wit
is n
h re
1- Plate Spring
ole,
spec
– Insert a new circlip.

t to the co
– Drive the joint onto the shaft using a plastic hammer until the
circlip locks into place.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
Drive off Cover for Inner Joint

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Press off the CV boot from joint using drift.
– Remove both clamps, and push the CV boot toward outer joint.
Assembling
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Installed Location
ris of the Plate Spring on Inner Joint
ed
nte
ho eo
ut
1 - PlatessSpring
a ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i

l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
Chamfer on inner diameter of ball hub (splines) must face the

m
at
om
contact shoulder on the drive axle.

ion
c
in t
or
his
te
– Press on joint until stop.

a
do
priv
cum
or
– Install the circlip.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
8. Drive Axle 299

– Align new cover with screws -arrows- to screw holes.

It Must Be Aligned Exactly Because It Cannot Be Aligned after
Driving On.
– Drive cover on with a plastic hammer.

tilt clamp tool).
Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
♦ The hard material of the CV boot (compared
orised
to rubber) makes nte
it necessary to use a stainless steel
aut hose clamp. It is only pos‐
h eo
ra
sible to tighten the hose clamp swith Clamping Pliers -
s c
VAG1682A- .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
(for example, Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- ).
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co
rrectnes

s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
8.4 Drive Axle Threaded Connection, Loos‐

ening and Tightening

Caution
Outer Drive Axle Bolt, Loosening

– With vehicle still resting on its wheels, loosen the bolt a max‐
imum of 90° using Socket AF 24 mm - T10361A- , otherwise
the wheel bearing will be damaged.
– Lift the vehicle just enough so that the wheels are hanging free.
– Remove the bolt -arrow-.
Outer Drive Axle Bolt, Tightening
– Replace the bolt for the outer drive axle.
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
The wheels must not be touching the ground when
olks
wage tightening the
n oes
not
drive axle. Otherwise, wheel bearing may
db
y Vbe pre-damaged. gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
– Press the brake pedal. A second
au technician will be needed. ra
c
ss
ce
le
– Tighten bolt to 200 Nm.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Lower the vehicle onto its wheels.

rm
ab
pe
ility
– Tighten bolt an additional 180°.

ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
8.5 Outer CV Joint, Checking

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The joint is to be disassembled if badly contaminated to replace

the grease, or when the ball contact surfaces show wear or dam‐
age.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
301
AG.
8. Drive Axle
Removing
– Before disassembling, mark the ball hub position in relation to
the ball cage and housing with an electric engraver or sharp‐
ening stone -arrow-.
– Tilt ball hub and ball cage and remove balls one after another.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Turn cage until the two rectangular windows -arrow- are
ility
ot p
aligned with the joint housing.
wit
is n
h re
– Lift out cage with hub.
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
– Swing a hub segment in a cage window. atio

om
n
c
i
or
– Fold hub out from cage.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Note
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ 6 balls for each joint belong to a tolerance group. Check stub
t. rig
gh ht
yri
axle, hub, cage and balls for small depressions (pitting build-
p by
co Vo
by lksw
up) and chafing. Prote
cted AG.
agen
♦ Excessive backlash in the joint is noticeable by a thump during

load alternations. The joint should be replaced in these cases.
♦ Flattening and running marks on the balls are no reason to
replace a joint.
Installing
– Press half of the grease amount from the repair kit into the joint
housing.
– Insert cage with hub into joint body.
Note
Cage must be installed laterally correct.
– Press in the opposite facing balls one after the other, and the
old position of the ball hub bearing to the ball cage and to the
joint housing must be replicated.
– Install new circlip in shaft.
– Distribute remaining grease in the joint boot.

8.6 Inner CV Joint, Checking

The joint is to be disassembled if badly contaminated to replace
the grease, or when the ball contact surfaces show wear or dam‐
age.
Note
Ball hub and joint piece are paired. Before removing, mark in re‐
lation to each other using a waterproof felt-tip pen.
Removing n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
Vo ot g
– Swivel the ball dhub by and ball cage. ua
ran
ir se tee
– Remove the uth joint in the direction of the arrow.
o
or
a ac
ss
– Remove the balls from the cage.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Flip out ball hub from ball cage via running path of ball
-arrows-.
– Check the joint, ball hub, ball cage and balls for small broken rrectness of i
l purpos
off depressions (pitting) and chafing.

nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
io
Excessive backlash in joint will be noticed as a knock during load

n
c
in t
r
changes. Joint must be replaced in such cases. Flattening and

o
his
e
running marks of balls are no reason to replace joint.

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
Installing
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Insert ball hub into ball cage via two chamfers. The installation cted agen
Prote AG.
position is arbitrary. Press balls into cage.
– Insert hub with cage and balls upright into joint piece.
8. Drive Axle 303

When inserting, make sure that in each case the wide gap -a- at
joint piece contacts narrow gap -b- at hub after swinging in.
Chamfer on inner diameter of ball hub (splines) must face large
diameter of joint piece.
– Pay attention to the bevel on the inner diameter of the ball hub.
It must be visible.
– Swing in ball hub, to do so swing out hub far enough from cage
-arrows- so that the balls have the distance of the running
paths.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
– Swing in hub with balls by pressing ed forcefully onto cage
by ara
nte
-arrow-. horis
eo
aut ra
CV joint, checking for function:ss c
ce
le
un
pt
CV joint is properly assembled, if ball hub can be slid back and

an
d
itte
forth by hand over whole compensation length.

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9 Special Tools

equipment required
♦ Subframe Bushing Tool Kit
- 3301-
♦ Bearing Installer - Control
Arm - 3346-
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
VAS6931-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


♦ Hydraulic Press - Ball Joint
Assembly Tools - T10254-
Pump - Press Kit - T10495-
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
VAS6931- -2- with Univer‐
sal Support Plate -
VAG1359/2-
VAS6178- with Bearing In‐
staller - Wheel Hub/Bearing
Kit - Pressure Head -
T10205/13-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
306
cted agen
Prote AG.

- 3301-
Arm - 3346-
♦ Bearing Installer - Carrier
Bearing - 3350-
♦ Subframe Bushing Assem‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
bly Tool Kit - T10356-
olks
wage es n
o V t gu
by ara
♦ Torque Adapter
ris
ed - 3390- nte
tho eo
♦ Torque
ss
a Wrench 1332
u ra
c
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
♦ Bearing Installer - Wheel ir se tee
ho
Bearing - 3345- aut or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Arm - 3346-
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
- VW412-
hole
spec
♦ Press Piece - Trailing Arm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Bushing - T10496-
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


40-200Nm - VAG1332-
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 -
VAG1410-
Spring Tensioner -
VAG1752/1-
Spring Retainer with Inserts
- VAG1752/3A-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Suspension, Wheels, gSteering
en AG. V - Edition
olkswagen AG06.2015
d
wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed
♦ Tensioning Strap ho - T10038-
ris nte
eo
t
au ra
♦ Hydraulic Press
ss - Rear c
Subframe Bushing Tool Kit
ce
e
nl
pt
du
- T10263-
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Subframe Bushing Assem‐
ility
ot p
bly Tool Kit - T10356-
wit
, is n
h re
hole
VAS6931-
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
VAS6178- with Bearing In‐
staller - Wheel Hub/Bearing
Kit- Adapter 13 -
rrectness of i
T10205/13-
l purpos
Pump - VAS6179-
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


- 3301-
♦ Press Tool For Viscous Fan
- 3367-
♦ Torque Adapter - 3390-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
Volksw not
g by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Seal Installer - Camshaft

Installer Kit - Sleeve -
3241/4-
♦ Puller - Grease Cap -
VW637/2-
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
♦ Socket - XZN 18mm -
T10162A-
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 -
VAG1410-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


VW408A-
VW411- n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
♦ Press Piece - 37mm - d b ua
ran
ir se
VW416B- tho tee
or
au ac
♦ Press Piece - Multiple Use ss
ce
e
- VW447H-
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
auth 2014 ➤ or
ac
Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
5-50Nm - VAG1331-
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
t to the co
VAG1682A-
rrectness of i
♦ Tripod Joint Tool - T10065- l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ Bearing Installer - Wheel Hub/Bearing Kit
olks- T10205A-
wag does
not
yV gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
♦ Driveshaft Remover - T10520-
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Not Illustrated:
VAG1752/3A-
♦ Spring Compressor Kit - Adapter Blocks - VAG1752/9-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

wage es n
43 – Self-Leveling Suspension
olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
1 Electronic Damping ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Electronic Damping”, page 317
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.2.1 Electronic Damping Control Module J250 , Removing
ility
and Installing, Sedan”, page 322 ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
⇒ “1.3 Left/Right Front Body Acceleration Sensor G341 / G342 ,
spec
Removing and Installing”, page 324
t to the co
⇒ “1.4 Rear Body Acceleration Sensor G343 , Removing and
Installing”, page 325
rrectne
1.1 Overview - Electronic Damping
⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Electronic Damping, Torsion Beam Axle, Se‐
ss
dan”, page 317
o
cial p
f inform
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Electronic Damping, Multi-Link Suspension,
mer
Sedan”, page 319
atio
om
n
⇒ “1.1.3 Overview - Electronic Damping, Multi-Link Suspension,
c
i
or
n thi
Wagon”, page 321
te
sd
iva
o
r
1.1.1 Overview - Electronic Damping, Torsion Beam Axle, Sedan

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Electronic Damping 317

1 - Right Front Level Control

Sensor - G289-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Left/Right Front
Level Control System
Sensor G78 / G289 , Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 330 .
2 - Right Front Body Accelera‐
tion Sensor - G342-
ling. Refer to
Body Acceleration Sen‐
sor G341 / G342 , Re‐
page 324 .
3 - Left Rear Body Acceleration
Sensor - G699-
❑ Component location: in
the luggage compart‐
ment on the left shock
absorber tower behind
the left side trim panel
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Rear Body Ac‐
celeration Sensor
G343 , Removing and
4 - Electronic Damping Control
Module - J250-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Electronic wage
es n
Damping Control Mod‐ yV
olks ot g
u
ule J250 , Removinged b and Installing, Sedan”, page 322ar.an
oris tee
❑ Componentautlocation:
h the Electronic Damping Control Module or - J250- is installed in the luggage com‐
ac
partment sbehind
s the left side trim panel.
ce
le
❑ If the Electronic Damping Control Module - J250- is being replaced, the Replace control module
un
pt
an
d
function must be performed. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

itte
y li
rm
ab
❑ If the control position was reprogrammed and if the vehicle has lane assist, then it will then be necessary
pe
ility
to calibrate the driver assistance systems front camera. Refer to

ot
wit
, is n
⇒ “6.1 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Calibrating”, page 387 .

h re
hole
spec
5 - Left Rear Level Control System Sensor - G76-

es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “2.4.1 Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 , Removing and Installing, Torsion Beam Axle”,
page 332 .
rrectness of i
6 - Left Front Body Acceleration Sensor - G341-

l purpos

⇒ “1.3 Left/Right Front Body Acceleration Sensor G341 / G342 , Removing and Installing”, page 324 .
nform
ercia
7 - Left Front Level Control System Sensor - G78-

m

a
com
ti
⇒ “2.3 Left/Right Front Level Control System Sensor G78 / G289 , Removing and Installing”,
on in
page 330 .
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
8 - Shock Absorber with Right Front Damping Adjustment Valve - N337-

r
rp
cum
fo
❑ Suspension strut, removing and installing. Refer to

en
ng
t.
⇒ “3.2 Suspension Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 67 .
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
318
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Rep. Gr.43 - Self-Leveling Suspension
AG.
❑ Service the suspension strut. Refer to ⇒ “3.3 Suspension Strut, Servicing”, page 74 .
9 - Shock Absorber with Right Rear Damping Adjustment Valve - N339-
❑ Shock absorber, removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Shock Absorber, Removing and Installing”, page 239 .
❑ Shock absorber, servicing. Refer to ⇒ “6.3 Shock Absorber, Servicing”, page 246 .
10 - Shock Absorber with Left Rear Damping Adjustment Valve - N338-
11 - Shock Absorber with Left Front Damping Adjustment Valve - N336-
1.1.2 Overview - Electronic Damping, Multi-Link Suspension, Sedan

AG. Volkswagen AG d
1 - Right Front Level Control agen oes
olksw not
V
Sensor - G289- d by gu
ara
rise nte
❑ Removing and instal‐ utho eo
ra
ling. Refer to ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
page 330 .
wit
, is n
h re
hole
tion Sensor - G342-
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
Body Acceleration Sen‐
rrectness of i
sor G341 / G342 , Re‐
l purpos
page 324 .
nf
ercia
o
Sensor - G699-
rm
m
atio
m
o
n in
c

or
thi

te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
ling. Refer to
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
celeration Sensor
c by lksw
cted agen
G343 , Removing and Prote AG.
Module - J250-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Electronic
Damping Control Mod‐
ule J250 , Removing and Installing, Sedan”, page 322 .
❑ Component location: the Electronic Damping Control Module - J250- is installed in the luggage com‐
partment behind the left side trim panel.

❑ If the Electronic Damping Control Module - J250- is beingenreplaced,
AG. Volkswathe
gen AReplace
G do
control module
ag
function must be performed. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic olksw Tester . es n
ot
yV gu
❑ If the control position was reprogrammed and db
iseif the vehicle has lane assist, then it will athen
nte be necessary
ar
r
to calibrate the driver assistance systemsutfront
ho camera. Refer to eo
ra
⇒ “6.1 Driver Assistance Systems Frontss aCamera, Calibrating”, page 387 . c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
❑ Removing and installing, FWD. Refer to
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “2.4.2 Left Rear Level Control System Sensors G76 , Removing and Installing, Multi-Link Suspension,
ility
ot p
FWD”, page 332 .
wit
is n
❑ Removing and installing, AWD. Refer to
h re
ole,
spec
AWD”, page 333 .
t to the co
rrectne
ss
o
cial p
f i
nform
page 330 .
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

320 Rep. Gr.43 - Self-Leveling Suspension

1.1.3 Overview - Electronic Damping, Multi-Link Suspension, Wagon
1 - Right Front Level Control

Sensor - G289-
ling. Refer to
page 330 .
tion Sensor - G342- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
❑ Removing and instal‐ byV
ol not
gu
ara
ling. Refer to rised
nte
⇒ “1.3 Left/Right Front ut
ho eo
ra
Body Acceleration Sen‐ ss a c
sor G341 / G342 , Re‐
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
page 324 .
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Sensor - G699-
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ling. Refer to
ss
celeration Sensor
o
cial p
f
G343 , Removing and
inform
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
Module - J250-
i
or
n thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
ling. Refer to
p
cum
r
fo
⇒ “1.2.2 Electronic
en
ng
t.
yi
Damping Control Mod‐
Co
op py
ule J250 , Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 323 .
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
❑ Component location: the Electronic Damping Control Module - J250- is installed in the luggage com‐ copy Vo
by lksw
partment behind the left side trim panel. cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ If the Electronic Damping Control Module - J250- is being replaced, the Replace control module
function must be performed. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
❑ If the control position was reprogrammed and if the vehicle has lane assist, then it will then be necessary
to calibrate the driver assistance systems front camera. Refer to
⇒ “6.1 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Calibrating”, page 387 .
❑ Removing and installing, FWD. Refer to
FWD”, page 332 .
❑ Removing and installing, AWD. Refer to
AWD”, page 333 .


page 330 .
1.2 Electronic Damping Control Module -

J250- , Removing and Installing
and Installing, Sedan”, page 322
and Installing, Wagon”, page 323
G. Volkswagen AG d
1.2.1 Electronic Damping ContrololModule
ksw
agen
A
- oes
not
J250- , Removing and riInstalling, Sedan
y V gu
d b ara
se nte
tho eo
Special tools and workshop equipment
s a required
u ra
c
s
ce
le
♦ Vehicle Diagnostic Tester

un
pt
an
d
itte
Removing
y li
erm
ab
ility
Component location: the Electronic Damping Control Module -

ot p
wit
J250- is installed in the luggage compartment behind the left side

is n
h re
trim panel.
ole,
spec

t to the co

– Remove the ignition key.
rrectne

System
ss
o
cial p
wheel lock engages.

inform
mer

atio
om
– Remove the left luggage compartment side trim panel. Refer

c
i
or
to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim

thi
te
sd
a
Panels; Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing

iv
o
pr
and Installing .
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Release the release lever -1- in direction of -arrow-. AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
ksw
– Disconnect the connector -2-. by Vol not
gu
ara
d
ise nte
– Push the tabs -3 and 4- to the rear. thor eo
au ra
c
– Slide the Electronic Damping Control Module - J250- -5- down‐ ss
ce
e
ward from the bracket -6-.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– If the Electronic Damping Control Module - J250- was re‐
hole
placed, the Replace control module function must be per‐
spec
formed. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . es, in part or in w
t to the co
– If the control position was reprogrammed and if the vehicle has
lane assist, then it will then be necessary to calibrate the driver
assistance systems front camera. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “6.1 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Calibrating”,
l purpos
page 387 .
nform
ercia
1.2.2 Electronic Damping Control Module -

m
at
om
io
J250- , Removing and Installing, Wagon
n
c
in t
or
his
te

a
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Removing Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Component location: the Electronic Damping Control Module - p by
co Vo
lksw
J250- is installed in the luggage compartment behind the left side
by
cted agen
Prote
trim panel.
AG.

– Remove the ignition key.
System
wheel lock engages.
and Installing .
– Remove the tool bag.
– Release the tabs -arrows-.
– Remove the bracket -1-.

– Remove the control module -1- from the bracket -2-.
– Remove the release -1- in the direction of -arrow-.

Installing
– Push the control module -1- as far as possible in the bracket n AG. Volkswagen AG do
-2- until the tab -arrow- engages in the bracket. lkswage es n
o ot
yV gu
db ara
– If the Electronic Damping Control Module - J250- was ris re‐
e nte
placed, the Replace control module function must utho be per‐ eo
ra
a
formed. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– If the control position was reprogrammed and if the vehicle has

an
d
itte

y li
rm
ab

pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
page 387 .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
1.3 Left/Right Front Body Acceleration Sen‐

m
a
com
tio
sor - G341- / -G342- , Removing and

n in
r
te o
thi
Installing
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Torque Wrench - VAG1410- Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Remove the seal from the entire length of the plenum d bchamber
y V gu
ara
cover. rise nte
tho eo
au ra
– Remove the clips. ss c
ce
e
nl
– Lift the plenum chamber cover -1- to maximum 60 mm.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
a - 60 mm
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
– Remove the Front Body Acceleration Sensors - G341- / -
in t
or
his
e
G342- .
at
do
priv
c
Installing
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert the Front Body Acceleration Sensor - G341- / -G342-

-1- so that the connector connection -arrow- faces opposite
the direction of travel.
– Secure the Front Body Acceleration Sensor -1- with the bolt
-2-.
Installation position: Angle tolerance -a- is ±10°. The installation
position of the Front Body Acceleration Sensor may deviate
around this angle from the vehicle longitudinal axis.
– Perform the basic setting for the wheel damping electronics.
Front Body Acceleration Sen‐ 8 Nm
sor to body
1.4 Rear Body Acceleration Sensor -

G343- , Removing and Installing
♦ Torque Wrench - VAG1410-
Removing
and Installing .


– Remove the bolt -2- and then remove the Rear Body Acceler‐
ation Sensor - G343- -3-.
Installing
en AG . Volkswag
– Insert the Rear Body Acceleration
ksw
ageSensor
n AG - G343- -1-
doeso
s nothat
the tab -arrow A- engages
by in the hole -arrow B-.
V ol t gu
a d ran
ise
– Perform the basic setting
ho
r
for the wheel damping electronics. tee
ut or
Refer to VehiclessDiagnostic Tester .
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Rear Body Acceleration Sensor 8 Nm
ot
wit
, is n
- G343- to body
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Level Control System Sensor

page 327
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Rear Level Control System Sensor”,
page 328
⇒ “2.3 Left/Right Front Level Control
AG. VolksSystem
wagen AGSensor G78 / G289 ,
agen does
Removing and Installing”,
Volksw page 330 not
g y ua
db r
⇒ “2.4 Left/Right
ris Rear Level Control System Sensor G76
e an
tee/ G77 ,
ho
Removing aand
ut Installing”, page 332 or
a
ss c
2.1 Overview - Front Level Control System Sensor
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Note
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
A replacement Front Left/Right Level Control System Sensor - G78/G289- only comes complete with the cou‐
hole
spec
pling rod and the upper and lower retaining plate.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Control Arm
rrectness of i
2 - Subframe
l purpos
3 - Connector
4 - Left Front Level Control nf
ercia
o
System Sensor - G78- and
rm
m
Right Front Level Control Sen‐

atio
m
sor - G289-
o
n in
or c
thi
❑ Complete with attach‐

te
sd
a
ments
iv
o
r
rp
cu
❑ The lever must face to‐

o
m
f
en
ng
ward outside of vehicle

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
ling. Refer to p by
o Vo
by c lksw
⇒ “2.3 Left/Right Front Prote
cted agen
AG.

page 330 .
❑ Perform the basic set‐
ting of the headlamps.
Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr.
94 ; Headlamp; Head‐
lamp, Adjusting .
5 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
6 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm
2. Level Control System Sensor 327

2.2 Overview - Rear Level Control System

Sensor
⇒ “2.2.1 Overview - Rear Level Control System Sensor, Torsion
Beam Axle”, page 328
⇒ “2.2.2 Overview - Rear Level Control System Sensor, Multi-Link
Suspension, FWD”, page 329
⇒ “2.2.3 Overview - Rear Level Control System Sensor, Multi-Link
Suspension, AWD”, page 330
2.2.1 Overview - Rear Level Control System Sensor, Torsion Beam Axle
Note
A replacement Left Rear Level Control System Sensor - G76- only comes complete with the coupling rod and
the upper and lower retaining plate.
1 - Connector
2 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
3 - Left Rear Level Control Sys‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
tem Sensor - G76- yV
olks es n
ot g
b ua
❑ Removing and instal‐ ir se
d ran
tee
o
ling. Refer to auth or
ac
⇒ “2.4.1 Left Rear Level ss
Control System Sensor
ce
e
nl
pt
du
G76 , Removing and In‐
an
itte
y li
stalling, Torsion Beam
erm
ab
Axle”, page 332 .
ility
ot p
wit
– Perform the basic set‐
, is n
h re
ting for the wheel damp‐
hole
spec
ing electronics. Refer to
es, in part or in w
Vehicle Diagnostic
t to the co
Tester .
rrectness of i
l purpos
Equipment; Rep. Gr.

lamp, Adjusting .
nf
ercia
orm
4 - Bolt
m
atio
m
❑ 8 Nm
o
n in
or c
thi
e
5 - Axle Beam
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.2.2 Overview - Rear Level Control System Sensor, Multi-Link Suspension,

FWD
Note
The level control system sensor is only available as a replacement part together with the coupling rod and upper
and lower retaining plates.
1 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
2 - Rear Level Control System by
Vo gu
ara
Sensor - G76 / G77- ris ed
nte
ho eo
❑ Complete with aut attach‐ ra
s c
ments s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ling. Refer to
wit
, is n
⇒ “2.4 Left/Right Rear
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 332 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .
nf
ercia

orm

m
atio
m
o
n in
c
Equipment; Rep. Gr.

or
thi
te
sd
iva
lamp, Adjusting .
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
3 - Pop Rivet Nut

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
4 - Connector
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
5 - Pop Rivet Nut
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm

2.2.3 Overview - Rear Level Control System Sensor, Multi-Link Suspension,

AWD
Note
The level control system sensor is only available as a replacement part together with the coupling rod and upper
and lower retaining plates.
1 - Pop Rivet Nut

2 - Connector
3 - Pop Rivet Nut
4 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
5 - Rear Level Control System
Sensor - G76 / G77-
❑ Complete with attach‐
ments
ling. Refer to wage
es n
⇒ “2.4 Left/Right Rear yV
olks ot g
ua
Level Control System ised b ran
Sensor G76 / G77 ,uRe‐ thor tee
or
ss
a ac
page 332 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li

erm
ab

ility
ot p
Vehicle Diagnostic
wit
, is n
Tester .
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Equipment; Rep. Gr.
rrectness of i
lamp, Adjusting .
l purpos
6 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
2.3 Left/Right Front Level Control System

o
r
rp
cu
o
Sensor -G78- / -G289- , Removing and

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Installing
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
G289- .

G. Volkswagen
– Remove the bracket wage -2- for the Left Front
nA AG do
esLevel Control System
olks n
Sensor - G78-
by V or Right Front Level Controlot Sensor
gu
ara - G289-
d
from the
or
ise control arm -3-. nte
th eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

– Remove the Left Front Level Control System Sensor - G78- or
Right Front Level Control Sensor - G289- .
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Note
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
cle exterior.
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
• Perform the basic setting for the wheel damping electronics.
• If the control position was reprogrammed and if the vehicle has
page 387 .
• Adjust the headlamps to the basic setting. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Headlamp; Headlamp, Adjusting .
♦ Refer to
page 327

2.4 Left/Right Rear Level Control System

Sensor - G76- / -G77- , Removing and
Installing
⇒ “2.4.1 Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 , Removing
and Installing, Torsion Beam Axle”, page 332
⇒ “2.4.2 Left Rear Level Control System Sensors G76 , Remov‐
ing and Installing, Multi-Link Suspension, FWD”, page 332
⇒ “2.4.3 Left Rear Level Control System Sensors G76 , Remov‐
ing and Installing, Multi-Link Suspension, AWD”, page 333
2.4.1 Left Rear Level Control System Sensor

- G76- , Removing and Installing, Tor‐
sion Beam Axle
Removing
– Remove the bolts -2 and 4-.
– Remove the Left Rear Level Control System Sensor
ksw
age - G76- es n
-3-. y Vol ot g
ua
db e ran
ris tee
Installing utho or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
The Left Rear Level Control System Sensor - G76- lever must h re
face opposite the direction of travel.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos
♦ Refer to
nf
ercia
⇒ “2.2.1 Overview - Rear Level Control System Sensor, Tor‐

rm
m
sion Beam Axle”, page 328

atio
om
n in
or c
thi
2.4.2 Left Rear Level Control System Sensors

te
sd
iva
- G76- , Removing and Installing, Multi-

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Link Suspension, FWD

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410- Prote
cted AG.
agen

Removing
-4-.
Installing
The level control system sensor lever must point toward vehicle
exterior.
♦ Refer to
2.4.3 Left Rear Level Control System Sensors

- G76- , Removing and Installing, Multi-
Link Suspension, AWD
Removing
– Remove the Left Rear Level Control System ASensor
G. Volksw-ag
G76-
en AG
-4-. agen does
o lksw not
V y gu
db ara
Installing rise nte
tho eo
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following: au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
The level control system sensor lever must point toward vehicle
pt
du
an
exterior.
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to
rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
333
by c lksw
cted
2. Level Control System Sensor
agen
Prote AG.
3 Special Tools
♦ Torque Wrench - VAG1410-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
44 – Wheels, Tires, Wheel Alignment
d b ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
1 Wheels and Tires
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “1.1 Tires, Dismounting”, page 335
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.2 Tires, Mounting”, page 335
wit
is n
h re
⇒ “1.3 Wheel, Changing”, page 336
ole,
spec
t to the co
⇒ “1.5 Tires, Dismounting”, page 340
⇒ “1.6 Tire Sealant, Disposing”, page 341
rrectne
⇒ “1.7 Vehicles with Tire Mobility Kit”, page 341
ss
1.1 Tires, Dismounting
o
cial p
f inform
Tires which have been filled or sealed with tire sealant, must be
mer
drained before removing from wheel.
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Caution
t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
♦ Do not let tire sealant come in contact with eyes or skin.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ It is harmful to health, can cause eye irritation and aller‐
C py
ht. rig
gies. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ Wear safety gloves and protective eyewear.
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Place the wheel on a flat surface.

– Remove the valve insert.
– Using a suitable drill bit or cutting bit, carefully drill a hole in
the bead seat area of tire.
– Hold the wheel over a catch tray and let the sealant flow out.
– Remove the tire from the rim.
– Clean the rim with a damp cloth.
1.2 Tires, Mounting

• Make sure wheel rim is clean.
1. Wheels and Tires 335

– Using the Valve Fitting Tool - VAS6459- -1-, insert a new tire
valve.
– Remove the valve insert.
– Inflate tire to approximately 3 to 4 bar (43.51 to 58.01 psi), tire
bead must slip audibly over rim hump when doing this.
– Install the valve insert.
– Check the tire pressure for specified pressure.
– Balance the tire. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
1.3 Wheel, Changing ss c
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “1.3.1 Wheel Changing, Protecting Wheel Centering Seat
an
d
itte
y li
Against Corrosion”, page 336
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.3.2 Wheel, Changing”, page 337
wit
is n
h re
⇒ “1.3.3 Wheel Changing Instructions”, page 338
ole,
spec
⇒ “1.3.4 Wheel Changing and Wheel Installation”, page 339
t to the co
⇒ “1.3.5 Wheel Changing, Position of Anti-Theft Wheel Bolts on
Steel Wheels”, page 339
rrectne
1.3.1 Wheel Changing, Protecting Wheel
Centering Seat Against Corrosion
ss o
cial p
f
Applies to Light-Alloy and Steel Wheels
inform
mer
When a wheel is changed, the centering seat should be sprayed

atio
m
with Wax Spray to prevent corrosion between the centering seat

o
n
c
and the wheel rim. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

i
or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Thoroughly clean the centering seat on the wheel hub and the
en
ng
t.
centering surface on the rim.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Apply wax in area of centering -arrow- using a brush. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Always Make Sure That Only Centering -arrow- Is Waxed and Not cted agen
Prote AG.
Rim Contact Surfaces. As a Consequence, the Brakes Would
Become Contaminated While Driving and Thereby Result in Poor
Braking.
WARNING
Wheel bolts, contact surfaces of wheel/wheel hub and the

threads in the wheel hubs must not have wax applied to them.
Never apply lubricants or anti-corrosion treatment to threads
in wheel hubs.
– Install the wheel and tighten. Refer to

⇒ “1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening Specifications”, page 340 .
336 Rep. Gr.44 - Wheels, Tires, Wheel Alignment

1.3.2 Wheel, Changing

Warm up Cold Tires to the Minimum Mounting Temperature
Note
This applies also to ultra high performance tires (height- / width

ration smaller/same 45% and speed rating symbol larger than/
same as V).
WARNING
The minimum mounting temperature for a tire should be be‐

tween 15 and 30 °C (59 and 86 °F) in the center of the tire.
• For injury-free mounting, the upper sidewall and the upper

bead inside must be minimum 15 ℃ (59 °F).
• The internal temperature is called the core temperature.
• Rubber is a poor heat conductor. For this reason, a cold tire
must exposed to a temperature controlled environment until
the inner rubber layers have warmed up to at least 15 °C (59
°F).
• The temperature of the tire surface during the warm-up phase
should not be considered as the temperature on the inside of
the tire.
• Do not stack tires one on top of the other so that cold tires can
absorb the warmth from the outside air quickly. They should
be stored separately so that the warm air can “flow” around
them.
agen AG olksw
• Never use a room heater or waagehot air gun to warm
n AG. V doeup
s no
tires
Volks
because the surface btemperature will heat up very quickly
t gu to
y
a critical temperature.
ir se
d ara
nte
tho eo
• Using warm water
au or warm air (maximum 50 °C (122 °F)) is ra
c
ss
the only way to warm a tire safely.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
• If cold tires (below 0 ℃ (32 °F)) are brought into a warm room
itte
y li
(above 0 ℃ (32 °F)), a layer of ice will start to form on the tires.
erm
ab
This layer of ice means that humidity in the warm air is con‐
ility
ot p
densing on the tire.

wit
, is n
h re
• Once the layer of ice starts to melt, water will start to build.
hole
spec
Wipe up the water with a cloth so that the warming process

es, in part or in w
does not slow down.

t to the co
Warm-Up Time:
rrectness of i
♦ Tires warmer than 0 °C (32 °F) must be stored at minimum 19

°C (66.2 °F) for at least 2 hours.
l purpos
♦ Tires colder than 0 °C (32 °F) must be stored at minimum 19

°C (66.2 °F) for at least 2.5 hours.
nf
ercia
or
Recommendations:
m
m
atio
m
♦ if possible, let the tires stand in the workshop for 1 day before
o
n in
or c
mounting them
thi
te
sd
iva
♦ Store them on an insulated surface, a wood pallet or some‐

o
r
rp
cu
thing similar.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Position the tires so that they can be “surrounded” by the warm . Cop py
air.
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ Wipe off the sweat
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ never heat the tires with a room heater or a hot air gun!
♦
1.3.3 Wheel Changing Instructions
WARNING
The secure seating of the wheel bolts and the wheels is only
ensured if the instructions and checks below are followed.
Note
After removing or installing one or multiple tires, the tire pressure

monitoring system must be recalibrated for vehicles
gen AG with tire pres‐
. Volkswagen AG
does
sure monitoring system. Refer to ⇒ page ol swa .
k344 not
yV b g ua
ed ran
ris tee
– Make sure the contact surfacesau
th -arrows- on the brake rotor are
o
or
ac
free of corrosion and dirt.ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Make sure the contact surfaces -arrow- on the brake rotor
l purpos
center seat are free of corrosion and dirt.

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Make sure the contact surface -arrow- on the wheel inner side
(rim) as well as the central seat in the rim is free of corrosion
and dirt.
– The spherical caps * in the wheel bolt openings and the wheel
bolt threads must likewise be free of corrosion, dirt, oil or
grease.
* The spherical cap is the curved surface of a section of a sphere.

– Check whether the wheel bolts can be easily screwed in by

hand. The threads of the wheel bolts must not touch the holes
in the brake rotor -arrow-.
If the thread of the wheel bolt touches the hole -arrow-, turn the
brake rotor accordingly.
Remove Any Dirt or Corrosion If Necessary:
♦ Oil or grease from the contact surfaces
♦ Oil or grease from the threads on the wheel hub
♦ Oil or grease from the threads on the wheel bolts
WARNING
Heavily corroded, difficult to turn or damaged wheel bolts must

be replaced.
1.3.4 Wheel Changing and Wheel Installation

AG. Volkswagenn AG do
wage e
– Coat the wheel centering Vol
ks seat with protective material.
s no
t gu Refer
by
to rised ara
nte
⇒ “1.3.1 Wheel
utho Changing, Protecting Wheel Centering Seateo
ra
Against Corrosion”,
ss a page 336 . c ce
le
1- When mounting a wheel, tighten all wheel bolts uniformly by

un
pt
an
d
hand.
itte
y li
erm
ab
2- Tighten the wheel bolts diagonally to approximately 30 Nm.

ility
ot p
wit
is n
3- Lower the vehicles onto the floor. Tighten all the wheel bolts
h re
ole,
diagonally to the tightening specification using a torque

spec
wrench. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening Specifications”, page 340 .

t to the co
WARNING
rrectne
Do not use an impact wrench to install the wheel bolts.

ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
1.3.5 Wheel Changing, Position of Anti-Theft

atio
m
Wheel Bolts on Steel Wheels

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
Caution
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
It is absolutely necessary to maintain the position of the anti-
Co
op py
theft wheels bolts to the tire valve on steel wheels.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

The anti-theft wheel bolt must be installed either to the right or to

the left -arrows- of the valve -1- on steel wheels.
The decorative wheel hubcap canebe AGinstalled
. Volkswagon
en Athe steel wheel
securely only when the anti-theft ag n G do
olksw wheel bolt is installedesin nothis po‐
sition. ed
by
V t gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
1.4 Wheel Bolt Tightening Specifications
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Wheel bolt to wheel hub for all vehicles:
Tightening Specification: 120 Nm
rrectness of i
– Apply corrosion protection to the wheel centering seat before
l purpos
mounting the wheel. Refer to

⇒ “1.3.1 Wheel Changing, Protecting Wheel Centering Seat
Against Corrosion”, page 336 .
nform
ercia
♦ Positioning the Anti-Theft Wheel Bolts on Steel Wheels. Refer

m
a
to
com
tion in
⇒ “1.3.5 Wheel Changing, Position of Anti-Theft Wheel Bolts
r
te o
on Steel Wheels”, page 339 . thi

s
iva
do
r
♦ Install the anti-theft wheel bolts using the Wheel Bolt Master
rp
cum
fo
Set .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
1.5 Tires, Dismounting
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
Since MY 2005, All Vehicles Have a New Rims with Revised by c lksw
cted agen
Contour.
Prote AG.
When Mounting Tires, Tire Dismounting/Mounting Machine Must

Be Equipped with Tire Mounting Fixture Intended for These Rims.
WARNING
Otherwise the rim could get damaged.
If the tire mounting unit has not been modified, contact the equip‐
ment manufacturer.
Safety Precautions for Removing and Installing Tires
• Always note the instructions and danger warnings identified in
the following description!
– Remove the nickel plated valve insert and let the air out of the
tire.

– Make sure the tire valve -arrow- is on the opposite side of the
press-off blade -1- when dismounting a tire using a tire dis‐
mounting/mounting machine.
The press-off blade must be applied at maximum 2 cm away from
rim flange.
– Remove the balance weight and any dirt from the rim.
– Press off both tire beads all the way around while thoroughly
applying tire mounting paste between the tire and rim flange
-arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
1.6 Tire Sealant, Disposing
h re
hole
spec
♦ Tire sealant or residue from it must not be mixed with other
es, in part or in w
t to the co
wastes/fluids
♦ Accumulating fluid residue from tire sealant must be collected
and placed in a plastic container. The plastic containers can
rrectness of i
be sent for recycling together with the tire sets (if the expiration
l purpos
date has passed).

♦ The return or recycling can take place using the existing work‐
nform
ercia
shop disposal systems

m
♦ Check with the company responsible for trash pickup for the
at
om
io
dealership.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
1.7 Vehicles with Tire Mobility Kit

at
do
priv
cum
or
⇒ “1.7.1 Vehicles with Break-Down Kit, Sedan”, page 341

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
⇒ “1.7.2 Vehicles with Break-Down Kit, Wagon”, page 342 Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
1.7.1 Vehicles with Break-Down Kit, Sedan
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the vehicles are equipped
with a tire mobility kit.

The tire mobility kit is located in the tool compartment -3- in the
luggage compartment on the right side.
The tire mobility kit contains a bottle of tire sealant -1- and a com‐
pressor -2-.
Tire sealant in the bottle has a limited storage life.
Therefore the minimum shelf life date -arrow- is marked on the
bottle -1-.
Replace tire sealant when minimum shelf life date has been
reached (tire sealant must not be older than 4 years).
If the bottle was opened, for example, for a punctured tire, it must
also be replaced.
Observe the disposal regulations. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Tire Sealant, Disposing”, page 341 .
1.7.2 Vehicles with Break-Down Kit, Wagon

Depending on the vehicle equipment, the vehicles are equipped
with a tire mobility kit.
The tire mobility kit is located in the tool compartment -3- in the
luggage compartment on the left side.
The tire mobility kit contains a bottle of tire sealant -1- and a com‐
pressor -2-. wage
es n
olks ot g
Tire sealant in the bottle has a limited storage life. byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Therefore the minimum shelf life date is marked on the bottle
auth or
ac
-1-. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
Replace tire sealant when minimum shelf life date has been
du
an
itte
reached (tire sealant must not be older than 4 years).
y li
erm
ab
ility
If the bottle was opened, for example, for a punctured tire, it must
ot p
wit
also be replaced.
, is n
h re
hole
Observe the disposal regulations. Refer to
spec
⇒ “1.6 Tire Sealant, Disposing”, page 341 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System

⇒ “2.1 System Description - Tire Pressure Monitoring System”,
page 343
2.1 System Description - Tire Pressure

Monitoring System
General Information
The tire pressure monitoring system is included in the software in
the ABS Control Module - J104- . The system will recognize a
slow and gradual decrease in tire pressure on a wheel. The DTC
memory entries for tire pressure monitoring system are stored in
the ABS Control Module - J104- . With the help of the ABS speed
sensor, the TPMS compares the speed and rolling circumference
of the individuals tires.
After the following work and/or changes and with the ignition
switched on, the Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Button - E492-
must be pressed until the confirmation chime sounds:
♦ Change in the tire pressures
♦ A change in one or more otires
lksw
age es n
ot g
V
by ua
♦ Changing a tire, forrisexample,
ed from front to rear ran
tee
ho
ut or
♦ Removing or installing
ss
a one or multiple tires ac
ce
e
If a tire has changed in circumference, the Tire Pressure Moni‐

nl
pt
du
an
toring Display Indicator Lamp - K220- in the instrument cluster will
itte
y li
come on. Rolling circumference of a tire may change due to:
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ insufficient tire pressure

wit
, is n
h re
♦ Structural damage on tires

hole
spec
♦ Vehicle is loaded heavily on one side

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ high load on one axle, when towing trailer for example

♦ when snow chains are used
rrectness of i
♦ Spare wheel is mounted

l purpos
♦ one wheel is replaced

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Tire Pressure Monitoring System 343

System Malfunction in the ABS

If the ASR/ESP Indicator Lamp - K155- indicates a malfunction in
the ABS system, then the Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Indi‐
cator Lamp - K220- will also illuminate. A malfunction in the tire
pressure monitoring system has not been stored.
The indicator lamp cannot be erased. In this case, perform the
following:
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester and select “Guided
Fault Finding”.
Follow the instructions on the screen to perform the basic setting.
Basic Setting with the Infotainment System, Performing
– Switch the ignition on.
– Switch on the Infotainment system.
– Press the Infotainment button CAR .
– Press Setup .
– Press Tires .
– Press Set .
– Press Confirm .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Vehicle Alignment
⇒ “3.1 Axle Alignment Information”, page 345
⇒ “3.2 Test Requirements”, page 345
⇒ “3.3 Measure Preparations”, page 346
⇒ “3.4 Axle Alignment Specified Values”, page 347
⇒ “3.6 Axle Alignment Procedure”, page 355
⇒ “3.7 Need for Axle Alignment, Evaluating”, page 357
⇒ “3.8 Front Axle Camber, Adjusting”, page 359
⇒ “3.9 Rear Axle Camber, Adjusting”, page 360
⇒ “3.10 Rear Axle Toe, Adjusting”, page 361
⇒ “3.11 Front Axle Toe, Adjusting”, page 362
⇒ “3.12 Wheel Run-Out Compensation”, page 363
⇒ “3.13 Vehicle Data Label”, page 363
⇒ “3.14 Maximum Steering Angle, Checking”, page 363
3.1 Axle Alignment Information

Wheel alignment must only performed using VW/Audi-approved
wheel alignment equipment.
Wheel alignment checks must always include
AG. Volkswageboth
n AG dthe front and
agen
rear axles. Volksw
oes
not
g y ua
db r
– Perform the alignment
or
ise using the wheel alignment computer.
an
tee
th o
r au
The wheel alignment
ss computer has all the information for the ve‐ ac
hicle alignment.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ An alignment should not be done until the vehicle has been

h re
hole
driven 1,000 to 2,000 km, since it takes this long for the coil
spec
springs to settle.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ The individual specifications should be followed as exactly as

possible when making adjustments.
rrectness of i
♦ If adjustments were performed on the suspension, check if the

driver assistance systems must be calibrated.
l purpos
Vehicles Pulling to One Side and Vehicles Involved in an Accident

nform
ercia
The cause for this could be that steering rack in steering gear
m
at
does not stand exactly in the center when steering straight ahead.
om
ion
c
in t
r
The steering support may pull slightly to the left or to the right.
o
his
te
The result is a vehicle which pulls to the side.

a
do
priv
cum
or
If a Vehicle Is Aligned Due to a Complaint “Vehicle Pulls to One

f
en
ng
Side or Pulls Askew”, Center Position of Steering Rack Must Al‐

t.
yi Co
op
ways Be Checked. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Note. Refer to op Vo
by c lksw
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precautions when Working on Subframe”, page 1 . cted agen
Prote AG.
3.2 Test Requirements

• Check suspension, wheel bearing and steering for excessive
play and damage.
3. Vehicle Alignment 345

• Tread depth difference may be no more than 2 mm on an axle.

• Tires inflated to prescribed pressure
• Vehicle curb weight
• Fuel tank must be full. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
• Spare tire and vehicleed by tools are installed in appropriate araposi‐
nte
tion in vehicle. horis
eo
aut ra
• The windshield
ss washer fluid reservoir must be full. c
ce
le
un
pt
• Make sure that the sliding plate and turntable are not touching
an
d
itte
the end stop during the measurement.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Note!
ot
wit
, is n
• The test equipment must be properly adjusted and attached
h re
hole
to the vehicle; observe device manufacturer operating instruc‐
spec
tions.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
If necessary, contact the manufacturer of the alignment equip‐
ment for familiarization with the proper use of the equipment.
rrectness of i
The vehicle alignment platforms and wheel alignment computer
can lose their calibration over a period of time.
l purpos
Wheel Alignment Platforms and Wheel Alignment Computers

Should Be Serviced and Calibrated at Least Once a Year.
nform
ercia
– Handle highly sensitive units with care.

m
a
com
tion in
3.3 Measure Preparations

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
⇒ “3.3.1 Measurement Preparations, Axle Alignment without Driv‐

r
rp
er Assistance Systems”, page 346

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “3.3.2 Measurement Preparations, Axle Alignment with Driver
Co
Cop py
Assistance Systems”, page 347
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
3.3.1 Measurement Preparations, Axle Align‐
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ment without Driver Assistance Systems
♦ Wheel Alignment Computer - VAG1813F- or VW/Audi ap‐
proved wheel alignment devices
♦ Brake Pedal Actuator - VAG1869/2- .
♦ Insert Tool - 18mm - T10179-
The Lateral Run–out of the Wheel Must Be Compensated For.
Otherwise, Measurement Will Result in False Readings.
A Correct Toe-In Adjustment Will Not Be Possible without Per‐
forming Lateral Run-Out Compensation!
Follow the operating instructions provided by the manufacturer of
the alignment equipment.
– Carry out wheel run–out compensation.
– Install the Brake Pedal Actuator - VAG1869/2- .
– Actuate the brake pedal using brake pedal actuator.

Preparation Work for Calibrating Driver Assistance Systems
3.3.2 Measurement Preparations, Axle Align‐

ment with Driver Assistance Systems
Perform the following Steps Using “Quick Access” If One or More
Driver Assistance Systems on the Vehicle Will Be Calibrated
(without a Previous Axle Alignment):
• Before driving the vehicle onto the alignment stand, make sure
there is enough space between the vehicle and the calibration
device. The distance between the calibration device and the
vehicle must be: 120 cm ± 2.5 cm.
• If there is not enough space, back the vehicle onto the wheel
alignment platform. A corresponding surface can also be
used.
• Check the DTC memory and correct any malfunctions before
beginning the calibration.
• Vehicle accurately aligned, suspension bounced and rocked
several times
• Make sure that the sliding plate and turntable are not touching
the end stop during the measurement.
• Connect the battery charger. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
wage
es n
Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery, Charging . y Volks ot g
u b ara
ed
• Position the front wheels so they are hstraight.
or
is nte
e
t or
au ac
• Connect Vehicle Diagnostic the vehicle and guide Tester
ss to
the diagnostic cable through the open window.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
• The vehicle exterior lamps are off.
y li
erm
ab
ility
• All the vehicle doors are closed.
ot p
wit
, is n
• Using the screen, turn on the calibration on the wheel align‐
h re
hole
ment computer.
spec
es, in part or in w
3.4 Axle Alignment Specified Values

t to the co
⇒ “3.4.1 Axle Alignment Specified Values, Torsion Beam Axle,
Golf”, page 347 rrectness of i
⇒ “3.4.2 Axle Alignment Specified Values, Torsion Beam Axle,

l purpos
Golf Wagon”, page 349

⇒ “3.4.3 Axle Alignment Specified Values, Multi-Link Suspension,
nform
ercia
Golf”, page 350

m
at
om

on
c
Golf Wagon, Golf Wagon R, Golf Alltrack”, page 353

in t
or
his
ate

do
priv
e-Golf”, page 354

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
3.4.1 Axle Alignment Specified Values, Torsion Beam Axle, Golf
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Specified values valid for all engine versions.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

PR number explanations. Refer to

Front Axle Basic Suspen‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Sport Suspen‐ Raised Suspen‐ Dcc Suspension
lksw
agen sion oes
not sion sion
o
yV gu
PR Numbers ise
d b G01+2UA G01+2UC+GM1
ara
nte G01+2UF G03+2UQ
hor G02+2UA G01+2UP eo G02+2UF G03+2UH
ut
ss a G07+2UA G02+2UC+GM1 ra
c G24/G25/G27
G18/G22 G07+2UC
ce
le
un
G21/G26
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Total toe (wheels not pressed) 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 1 0′
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Camber (wheels in straight- -30′ ± 30′ -41′ ± 30′ -16′ ± 30′ -36′ ± 30′
wit
ahead position). Refer to 1).
is n
h re
ole,
Maximum permissible difference maximum 30' maximum 30' maximum 30' maximum 30'
spec
between both sides
t to the co
Toe differential angle at 20° 1° 19′ ± 20′ 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 09′ ± 20′ 1° 26′ ± 20′
steering angle. Refer to 2).
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 33′ ± 30′
rrectne
between both sides
ss o
cial p
f
Standing height 383 ± 10 mm 368 ± 10 mm 398 ± 10 mm 373 ± 10 mm
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
1) Camber corrections are not possible. It can only be slightly corrected by push‐ i
or
n thi
ing the subframe.
te
sd
iva
2) The toe angle difference can also be indicated negatively in alignment com‐
pr
cum
r
puter, depending on manufacturer.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
PR Number Explanations. Refer to rig ht
py by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Front Axle Blue Motion
PR Numbers G01+2UC+GM1
G01+2UP
G02+2UC+GM1
G07+2UC
G21/G26
Total toe (wheels not pressed) 10′ ± 10′
Camber (wheels in straight- -41′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible difference maximum 30'
between both sides
Toe differential angle at 20° 1° 30′ ± 20′
Caster 7° 38′ ± 30′
between both sides
Standing height 368 ± 10 mm
3) Camber corrections are not possible. It can only be slightly corrected by pushing the subframe.
4) The toe angle difference can also be indicated negatively in alignment computer, depending on manufacturer.
Rear Axle Basic Suspen‐ Sport Suspen‐ Raised Suspen‐ DCC Suspension
sion sion sion
Camber -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′
between both sides

Rear Axle Basic Suspen‐ Sport Suspen‐ Raised Suspen‐ DCC Suspension
sion sion sion
Total toe (at specified camber) 20′ ± 12′ 24′ ± 12′ 26′ ± 12′ 23′ ± 12′
Maximum permissible deviation maximum 20′ maximum 20′ maximum 20′ maximum 20′
from direction of rotation
Rear Axle Blue Motion

Camber -1° ± 10′
between both sides
Total toe (at specified camber) AG. Volkswagen AG d24′ ± 12′
agen oes
olksw not
Maximum permissible deviation byV maximum gu
a20′
ed ran
from direction of rotation thoris tee
u or
Standing height ss
a
370 ± 10 mm ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
3.4.2 Axle Alignment Specified Values, Torsion Beam Axle, Golf Wagon
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
PR Number Explanations. Refer to
t to the co
Front Axle Basic Suspen‐ Sport Suspen‐ Raised Suspen‐ DCC Suspension
sion/ sion sion
rrectne
Suspension with
DCC
ss
PR Numbers G01+2UA G01+2UC+GM1 G01+2UF G03+2UQ
o
cial p
f
G02+2UA G01+2UP G02+2UF G03+2UH
inform
G07+2UA G02+2UC+GM1 G24/G25/G27
mer
G18/G22 G07+2UC atio

m
G21/G26
o
n
c
i
or
Total toe (wheels not pressed) 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 1 0′
thi
te
sd
va
i
o
pr
cum
r

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
between both sides ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 33′ ± 30′

between both sides

Suspension, Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
PR Number Explanations. Refer to rised
nte
⇒ “3.13 Vehicle Data Label”, page 363 . ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
Front Axle Blue Motion
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
PR Numbers G01+2UC+GM1
itte
y li
G01+2UP
erm
ab
G02+2UC+GM1
ility
ot p
G07+2UC
wit
, is n
G21/G26
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
between both sides l purpos

nf
ercia
Caster 7° 38′ ± 30′
orm
m
atio
m
between both sides

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Rear Axle Basic Suspen‐ Sport Suspen‐
cted
Raised Suspen‐ DCC Suspension
agen
Prote AG.
sion sion sion
Camber -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′
between both sides
Maximum permissible deviation maximum 20′ maximum 20′ maximum 20′ maximum 20′
Rear Axle Blue Motion

Camber -1° ± 10′
between both sides
Total toe (at specified camber) 24′ ± 12′
Maximum permissible deviation maximum 20′
3.4.3 Axle Alignment Specified Values, Multi-Link Suspension, Golf



Front Axle Basic Suspen‐ Sport Suspen‐ Raised Suspen‐ DCC Suspension
sion sion sion
PR numbers G01+2UA G01+2UC+GM1 G01+2UF G03+2UQ/G03
G02+2UA G01+2UP G02+2UF +2UH
G07+2UA G02+2UC+GM1 G24/G25/G27
G18/G22 G07+2UC
G21/G26
Total toe (wheels not pressed) 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
Maximum permissible differ‐ maximum 30' maximum 30' maximum 30' maximum 30'
ence between both sides
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 33′ ± 30′
swage es
8) The toe angle difference can also be indicated negatively in alignment computer,
olk depending on manufacturer. not g
byV ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
Specified values valid for all engine versions. ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Front Axle GTI GTD Golf R 18" Golf R 19"
ot
wit
, is n
h re
PR Numbers G06+2UC G05+2UJ+GM03 G04+2UK+1N7 G04+2UK+QZ0
hole
G06+2UC+GM1 G06+2UC G04+2UL+1N7 G04+2UL+QZ0
spec
+A8H +GM03
es, in part or in w
t to the co
G06+2UC+GM3 G02+2UC+GM1
+A8G +A8G
G06+2UJ G06+2UC+GM1
rrectness of i
G04+2UM +A8G
G29 G05+2UJ
l purpos
G32
Total toe (wheels not pressed) 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
nform
ercia
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Caster 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 45′ ± 30′ 7° 45′ ± 30′
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Front Axle GTI Heavy Duty Suspension GTE
PR Numbers G06 +2UN G20/G23
Total toe (wheels not pressed) 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
Camber (wheels in straight- -30′ ± 30′ -30′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ maximum 30' maximum 30'
Toe differential angle at 20° 1° 19′ ± 20′ 1° 19′ ± 20′
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 23′ ± 30′
Standing height olks
wage 383 ± 10esmm
no 383 ± 10 mm
yV t gu
db ara
11) Camber corrections rareise not possible. It can only be slightly corrected by npushing
tee the subframe.
tho
or
au
12) The toe angle sdifference can also be indicated negatively in alignment computer, ac depending on manufacturer.
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Rear Axle Basic Suspen‐ Sport Suspen‐ y li

Raised Suspen‐ DCC Suspension
erm
sion sion absion

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Camber -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′
h re -1° 20′ ± 30′
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Maximum permissible devia‐ maximum 20′ maximum 20′ maximum 20′ maximum 20′
rrectness of i
tion from direction of rotation

l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
Rear Axle GTI GTD Golf R 18" Golf R 19"

m
atio
om
Camber -1° 45′ ± 30′ -1° 35′ ± 30′ -1° 45′ ± 30′ -1° 45′ ± 30′
n in
or c
thi
e
t
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Maximum permissible devia‐ maximum 20′ maximum 20′ maximum 20′ maximum 20′
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rear Axle GTI Heavy Duty Suspension GTE

Camber -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 45′ ± 30′
Total toe (at specified camber) 10′ ± 10′ 16′ ± 10′
Maximum permissible devia‐ maximum 20′ maximum 20′
Standing height 385 ± 10 mm 395 ± 10 mm

3.4.4 Axle Alignment Specified Values, Multi-

Link Suspension, Golf Wagon, Golf
Wagon R, Golf Alltrack
Front Axle Basic Sus‐ Sport Sus‐ Raised DCC Sus‐ Alltrack Alltrack GTD
pension pension Suspen‐ pension DCC
sion
PR numbers G01+2UA G01+2UC G01+2UF G03+2UQ/ G24/ G25 G27 05+2UJ
G02+2UA +GM1 G02+2UF G03+2UH +GM03
G07+2UA G01+2UP G06+2UC
G18/G22 eG02+2UC AG. Volkswagen AG d +GM03
ag n
ksw +GM1 G02+2UC
oes
ol not
ed byV G07+2UC gu
ara +GM1
horis G21+G26 nte
eo +A8G
s aut +G29 ra
c
G06+2UC
s +GM1
ce
le
+A8G
un
pt
an
G05+2UJ
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Total toe (wheels 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
ility
ot p
not pressed)
wit
is n
h re
Camber (wheels in -30′ ± 30′ -41′ ± 30′ -16′ ± 30′ -36′ ± 30′ -16′ ± 30′ -16′ ± 30′ -41′ ± 30′
ole,
straight-ahead po‐
spec
sition). Refer to 13).
t to the co
Maximum permissi‐ maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum
ble difference be‐ 30' 30' 30' 30' 30' 30' 30'
tween both sides rrectne
Toe differential an‐ 1° 19′ ± 20′ 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 09′ ± 20′ 1° 26′ ± 20′ 1° 09′ ± 20′ 1° 09′ ± 20′ 1° 30′ ± 20′
gle at 20° steering
ss
angle. Refer to 14).

o
cial p
f in
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 33′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′
form
mer
Maximum permissi‐ maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum maximum

atio
m
ble difference be‐ 30' 30' 30' 30' 30' 30' 30'
o
n
c
tween both sides

i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
Standing height 383 ± 10 368 ± 10 398 ± 10 373 ± 10 397 ± 10 392 ± 10 368 ± 10

iv
o
r
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
py
rig by
ht
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rear Axle Basic Sport Golf Wag‐ Raised DCC Alltrack Alltrack GTD
Suspen‐ Suspen‐ on R Sport Suspen‐ Sus‐ DCC
sion sion Suspen‐ sion pen‐
sion sion
Camber -1° 20′ ± -1° 20′ ± -1° 45′ ± -1° 20′ ±
-1° 20′ -1° 20′ -1° 20′ -1° 35′
30′ 30′ 30′ 30′
± 30′ ± 30′ ± 30′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible maximum maximum maximum maximum
maxi‐ maxi‐ maxi‐ maxi‐
difference between 30' 30' 30' 30'
mum mum mum mum
both sides 30' 30' 30' 30'
Total toe (at specified 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 16′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ ± 10′ ± 10′ ±
camber) 10′ 10′ 10′ 10′
Maximum permissible maximum maximum maximum maximum maxi‐ maxi‐ maxi‐ maxi‐
deviation from direc‐ 20′ 20′ 20′ 20′ mum mum mum mum
tion of rotation 20′ 20′ 20′ 20′
Standing height 385 ± 10 370 ± 10 370 ± 10 400 ± 10 375 ± 398 ± 393 ± 370 ±
mm mm mm mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm

olkswagen AG
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golfwa2014
gen AG➤
.V
does
olks not
db
y V 06.2015 gu
ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
3.4.5 Axle Alignment Specified Values, Multi-Link Suspension, e-Golf
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “3.13 Vehicle Data Label”, page 363 . , is n
h re
hole
spec
Front Axle Basic Suspen‐
es, in part or in w
sion
t to the co
PR numbers G01/G02/G07/
G18/G22+2UA
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia
Maximum permissible differ‐ maximum 30'

m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
riv
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′

p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
15) Camber corrections are not possible. It can only be slightly corrected by
pushing the subframe.
16) The toe angle difference can also be indicated negatively in alignment com‐
puter, depending on manufacturer.
Rear Axle Basic Suspen‐

sion
Camber -1° 20′ ± 30′
Total toe (at specified camber) 10′ ± 10′
Maximum permissible devia‐ maximum 20′

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
3.5 Vehicle, Preparing for Aligning ol not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
If the Measured Values Are outside the Allowed Tolerances,
autho
the eo
ra
Cause May Be an Incorrect Vehicle Attitude. ss c
ce
e
nl
RHD vehicles or for example vehicles with automatic transmis‐
pt
du
an
itte
sion can lean to one side slightly.
y li
erm
ab
This is due to the installation position of the assemblies and the
ility
ot p
corresponding weight transfer and is normal.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– It is absolutely necessary to measure the dimension -a- on left
spec
and right sides at the rear.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– If necessary, correct the existing difference.
At the front axle, it can be compensated by applying weights onto
rrectness of i
corresponding suspension strut dome in the engine compart‐
ment. l purpos
At the rear axle, it can be compensated by applying weights in the

luggage compartment on the corresponding vehicle side.
nf
ercia
or
For example, sand bags of approximately 10 kg are suitable as
m
m
atio
weights.
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
3.6 Axle Alignment Procedure

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Observe the following Work Sequence! yi

t.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Note cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Vehicle must only be measured at curb weight. Refer to
with Coil Spring”, page 5 .
– Note the information in the alignment equipment.
Measuring Procedure
Start → Perform wheel run-out com‐ → Bounce vehicle

pensation.
↓
Turn the steering wheel in‐ ← Measure vehicle height ← Install the Brake Pedal Actuator -
to the straight ahead posi‐ VAG1869/2- .
tion and secure it. Refer to
17)
.
↓
Check camber at front axle → Is actual value within toler‐ → No
ance?
↓ ↓

↓ ← ← Yes AG. VolksAdjust.

wagen AGRefer to
agen
ksw ⇒ “3.8 Front Axle Camber, Adjust‐
does
ol not
byV ing”, page 359 g. u
a
ed ran
ris
↓ tho ↓ tee
or
au ac
↓ ← ← ← ss ← ←
ce
le
↓
un
pt
an
d
itte
→ →
y li
Check rear axle camber Is actual value within toler‐ No
rm
ab
ance?
pe
ility
ot
↓ ↓
wit
, is n
h re
↓ ← ← Yes Check (torsion beam axle). Refer
hole
spec
es, in part or in w to
⇒ “3.9.1 Rear Axle Camber, Ad‐
t to the co
justing, Torsion Beam Axle”, page
360 .
Adjust (multi-link suspension). Re‐
rrectness of i
fer to
⇒ “3.9.2 Rear Axle Camber, Ad‐
l purpos
justing, Multi-Link Suspension”,

page 360 .
nform
ercia
↓ ↓
m
a
↓ ← ← ← ← ←
com
tion in
↓
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Check toe at rear axle → Is actual value within toler‐ → No
do
r
rp
ance?
cum
fo
en
g
↓ ↓
n
t.
yi Co
op py
↓ ← ← Yes Check (torsion beam axle). Refer
. C rig
ht ht
rig
to
py by
co Vo
⇒ “3.10.1 Rear Axle Toe, Adjust‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
ing, Torsion Beam Axle”,
AG.
page 361 .
Adjust (multi-link suspension). Re‐
fer to
⇒ “3.10.2 Rear Axle Toe, Adjust‐
ing, Multi-Link Suspension”,
page 361 .
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← ← ← ←
↓
Check caster at front axle → Is actual value within toler‐ → No
ance?
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← Yes Check the axle components and
assembly
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← ← ← ←
↓
Check toe at front axle → Is actual value within toler‐ → No
ance?
↓ ↓
End ← Yes Adjust. Refer to
⇒ “3.11 Front Axle Toe, Adjusting”,
page 362 .
↑ ↓
↑ ← ← ← ← ←
17) If steering wheel is crooked at end of alignment procedure, it must be straightened. Perform a basic setting on the Steering Angle
Sensor - G85- . Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

Note
♦ If adjustments were made to the suspension during the axle

alignment on vehicles with ESP or ABS, the Steering Angle
Sensor - G85- must be calibrated. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .
♦ If the rear axle setting was changed, the following driver as‐
sistance systems must be calibrated:
♦ Lane Assist. Refer to
page 387 ,
♦ Adaptive cruise control (ACC). Refer to
⇒ “5.1.1 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Calibrating, Except
e-Golf”, page 375 .
3.7 Need for Axle Alignment, Evaluating

⇒ “3.7.1 Evaluating Need for Axle Alignment, Torsion Beam Axle”,
page 357
⇒ “3.7.2 Evaluating Need for Axle Alignment, Multi-Link Suspen‐
sion”, page 358
3.7.1 Evaluating Need for AxlelkswAlignment,

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
Torsion Beam Axlesed by V
o gu
ara
n i tee
or
When Vehicle Alignment is Necessary
au
th or
ac
ss
♦ Vehicle shows handling problems.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ There is an accident damage and components were replaced.

itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Axle components have been removed or replaced. ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Tire wear patterns are uneven.

h re
ole,
spec
Components Replaced
t to the co
Front Axle Component Re‐ Wheel Alignment Rear Axle Component Re‐ Wheel Alignment
placed Check Required placed Check Required
Yes No Yes No
rrectne
Lower Control Arm X Shock Absorber X

ss
Bonded rubber bushings X Coil Spring X

o
cial p
for control arm

inform
mer
Wheel Bearing Housing X Axle Beam X

atio
m
Tie rod/tie rod end X

o
n
c
i
or
Steering Gear X
thi
te
sd
va
Subframe X
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Suspension Strut X
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Stabilizer Bar X (refer to
C py
t. rig
18)
gh
)
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
18) Requirement: Subframe and brackets were secured before removal. Refer to ⇒ “2.8 Subframe, Securing”, page 56 .
cted agen
Prote AG.

Components Removed and Installed

Components of Front Axle Wheel Alignment Components of Rear Axle Wheel Alignment
Removed and Installed Check Required Removed and Installed Check Required
Yes No Yes No
Lower Control Arm X (refer to Shock Absorber X
19)
)
Wheel Bearing Housing X Coil Spring X
Tie rod/tie rod end X Axle Beam X
Steering Gear X
Subframe X (refer to
19)
)
Suspension Strut X
Stabilizer Bar X (refer to
19)
)
19) Requirement: Subframe and brackets were secured before removal. Refer to ⇒ “2.8 Subframe, Securing”, page 56
3.7.2 Evaluating Need for Axle Alignment,

Multi-Link Suspension
When Vehicle Alignment is Necessary
♦ Vehicle shows handling problems.
♦ There is an accident damage and components were replaced.
♦ Axle components have been removed or replaced. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Tire wear patterns are uneven. byV
o gu
ara
ed
is nte
Components Replaced ut
hor eo
a ra
ss c
Front Axle Component Re‐ Wheel Alignment Rear Axle Component Re‐ Wheel Alignment
ce
le
un
placed Check Required placed Check Required
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Yes No Yes No
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Lower Control Arm X Lower Transverse Link X
wit
is n
Bonded rubber bushings X Upper Transverse Link X
h re
ole,
for control arm

spec
Wheel Bearing Housing X Tie Rod X

t to the co
Tie rod/tie rod end X Wheel Bearing Housing X
Steering Gear X Subframe X
rrectne
Subframe X Coil Spring X

Suspension Strut X Shock Absorber X
ss o
cial p
Stabilizer Bar X (refer to Stabilizer Bar X

inform
20)
)
mer
atio
Trailing Arm X
om
n
c
i
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Components removed and installed

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Yes No Yes No
AG.
Lower Control Arm X (refer to Lower Transverse Link X

21)
)

Yes No Yes No
Wheel Bearing Housing X Upper Transverse Link X
Tie rod/tie rod end X Tie Rod X
Steering Gear X Wheel Bearing Housing X
Subframe X (refer to Subframe X
21)
)
Suspension Strut X Coil Spring X
Stabilizer Bar X (refer to Shock Absorber X
21)
)
Stabilizer Bar X
Trailing Arm X
3.8 Front Axle Camber, Adjusting

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
♦ Correct the camber according to Body Collision
hor only. Camber eo
ut
corrections are not possible. Moving sthe
s a subframe can also ra
c
adjust it.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Slide subframe only toward left or right, under no circumstan‐
an
itte
y li
ces in or against direction of travel!
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
, is n
h re
Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise Insulation .
hole
spec
– Remove the bolt -1- and loosely install a new bolt.
es, in part or in w
– Remove the bolt -2- and loosely install a new bolt. t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos
Adjusting the camber is limited by the subframe hole tolerances.

If the specified value is not reached by moving the subframe, the
nf
ercia
subframe and the assembly must be checked. Refer to

orm
⇒ “3.1 Collision Vehicle Evaluation Checklist”, page 9 .

m
atio
om
n in
– By moving the subframe, only the specified value of the cam‐

or c
thi
ber can be adjusted.

te
sd
iva
o
r
– Slide the subframe -5- to the side until the camber is even on
rp
cu
o
both sides. Refer to

f
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “3.4 Axle Alignment Specified Values”, page 347 .
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Tighten the subframe bolts -1 though 4-. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
After moving the subframe, check the clearance between the cted agen
Prote AG.
steering column universal joint and the cutout in the plenum
chamber bulkhead.

direction of the arrow into the vehicle interior.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
There must be at least 5 mm of free space all around between
wit
is n
universal joint -1- and cutout of bulkhead -2-.
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
3.9 Rear Axle Camber, Adjusting
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
⇒ “3.9.1 Rear Axle Camber, Adjusting, Torsion Beam Axle”, page

i
o
pr
cum
r
360
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
⇒ “3.9.2 Rear Axle Camber, Adjusting, Multi-Link Suspension”, Cop py
. rig
page 360
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
3.9.1 Rear Axle Camber, Adjusting, Torsion
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Beam Axle
Camber cannot be adjusted.
If measured values are not within the specified range, check the
axle beam for damage and replace if necessary.
3.9.2 Rear Axle Camber, Adjusting, Multi-Link

Suspension
♦ Insert Tool - 18mm - T10179-


– Loosen nut -A- of threaded connection of upper transverse link
at subframe.
– Adjust camber by turning hex of eccentric bolt -arrow-.
Note
The maximum adjustment range is 90° to left or right of center

position.
– Tighten the nut -A-.
– Use the Insert Tool - 18mm - T10179- for this.

Tighten the Nut to 80 Nm Using the Insert Tool - 18mm - T10179- .
– Check the camber value again after tightening the nut -A-.
– After the nut -A- is tightened, check the camber value n Aonce
G. Volkswagen AG d
wage oes
more. Refer to yV
olks not
gu
⇒ “3.4 Axle Alignment Specified Values”, ise
dpage
b 347 . ara
n
r tee
ho
Tightening Specifications aut or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
3.10 Rear Axle Toe, Adjusting

wit
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “3.10.1 Rear Axle Toe, Adjusting, Torsion Beam Axle”,

spec
es, in part or in w
page 361
t to the co
⇒ “3.10.2 Rear Axle Toe, Adjusting, Multi-Link Suspension”, page

361
rrectness of i
3.10.1 Rear Axle Toe, Adjusting, Torsion Beam

l purpos
Axle
The toe cannot be adjusted.
nform
ercia
If measured values are not within the specified range, check the
m
a
com
ti
axle beam for damage and replace if necessary.

on in
r
te o
thi
3.10.2 Rear Axle Toe, Adjusting, Multi-Link

s
iva
do
r
Suspension
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Loosen the nut -1-.
– Turn the eccentric screw -2- until the specified value is
reached.
Note
The maximum adjustment range is 90° to left or right of center

position.

– After the nut -A- is tightened, check the toe value once more.
Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Axle Alignment Specified Values”, page 347 .
3.11 Front Axle Toe, Adjusting

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 Insert - Open Ring Wrench - 24mm -
VAG1332/9- wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
– To loosen or tighten the lock nut -2-, counterhold
ed
by at the tie rod ara
end -1- with a suitable tool. ho
ris nte
eo
t
au ra
– Loosen the lock nut -2-. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Adjust toe on left and right–hand wheels at hex -arrow-.

an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Note
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Make sure that boot on steering gear is not damaged or twis‐

spec
ted. Twisted boots wear out quickly.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Only tighten the lock nuts when the vehicle is resting on the
ground - the tie rod end must be parallel to the suspension
strut steering lever.
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Tighten the lock nut -2- and check the toe-in value again.
After tightening the lock nut -2-, it is possible that the value devi‐
nform
ercia
ates slightly.
m
If the measured toe nevertheless lies within the tolerance, the

com
tio
adjustment is correct. Refer to

n in
r
te o
⇒ “3.4 Axle Alignment Specified Values”, page 347 .

thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.6 Steering Gear, Servicing”, page 453

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.12 Wheel Run-Out Compensation

A correct toe-in adjustment will not be possible without performing
lateral run-out compensation!
The lateral run–out of the wheel must be compensated for. Oth‐
erwise, measurement will result in false readings.
Permissible axial run-out of the wheel rims can exceed the speci‐
fied toe setting tolerance. If compensation for wheel run-out is not
performed, it will not be possible to obtain a correct toe-in adjust‐
ment.
Follow the operating instructions provided by the manufacturer of
the alignment equipment.
3.13 Vehicle Data Label

Explanation of “PR numbers” on the Vehicle Data Label
Depending on engine and equipment, various suspensions are
installed. They are identified by the PR numbers.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
The PR numbers are needed for the allocation of vehicle specified
Vol
ksw
a
not
values. ed
by gu
ara
is nte
or
Suspension version installed in vehicle is indicated
au on vehicle
th eo
ra
data plate by corresponding PR number for thes front axle.
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
There is a vehicle data label in the spare wheel well and the
du
an
itte
maintenance schedule.
y li
erm
ab
ility
Sample Vehicle Data Label
ot p
wit
, is n
In this example, the vehicle is equipped with the sport chassis
h re
hole
G03 -arrow-.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
3.14 Maximum Steering Angle, Checking ion

c
in t
or
his
ate
The wheel alignment computer determines the maximum steering

do
riv
angle.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
– If the value for the maximum steering angle is outside of the
yi Co
op
tolerance, then observe the following parameters:
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Is there damage to or distortion of steering- and suspension cop Vo
by lksw
components?
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Are the tie rods visually OK?

♦ Is the tie rod symmetry correct?
Damaged components are to be replaced.
– If the steering wheel is crooked, then observe the following
parameters:
♦ Check the steering components for damage and distortion. If
necessary, the damaged parts are to be replaced.
♦ Check the suspension components for damage and distortion.
If necessary, the damaged parts are to be replaced.
♦ Check the tie rod symmetry as well.

– Measure dimension -a- on the “shorter” tie rod head. Shorten

the “longer” tie rod head to the same dimension. To do this,
install the tie rod head -1- deeper on the tie rod -2-.
The dimension -a- must be the same on the right and left tie rod
end.
The maximum permitted difference between the right and left
must be < 2.5 mm.
Volkswagen AG
– When the steering wheel returns to its center position, let the swagen AG. does
steering wheel “come to its center” using even movements. by
Vol
k not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Wheel/Tire Vibration, Causes and

Solution
⇒ “4.1 Vibration Causes”, page 365
⇒ “4.2 Road Test, Performing Before Balancing”, page 365 .
⇒ “4.3 Wheel, Balancing”, page 366
⇒ “4.4 Vibration Control System”, page 370
⇒ “4.5 Tire and Wheel Radial and Lateral Run-Out, Checking”,
page 370
⇒ “4.6 Rim Radial and Lateral
wagRun-Out,
en AG. V Checking”,
olkswagen AG
doespage 371
ks not
Vol gu
⇒ “4.7 Wheels and Tires,
ed
by Matching”, page 372 ara
nte
is
or eo
⇒ “4.8 Flat Spots
au in Tires From Standing,
th Determining”, ra
page 373 ss c
ce
le
un
pt
4.1 Vibration Causes
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
There are many causes for vibration. Vibration can also be
pe
ility
caused by tire wear, among other things. Tire wear caused by
ot
wit
, is n
driving does not always develop evenly over the entire tread. Due
h re
hole
to this, a slight imbalance develops which disturbs the smooth‐
spec
ness of the formerly accurately balanced wheel.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
This slight imbalance cannot yet be felt in the steering wheel, but
it is present. It increases the tire wear and consequently reduces
the service life of the tire.
Recommendation rrectness of i
l purpos
In order to guarantee over the entire service life of a tire a

nform
ercia
• optimal safety,
m
• optimal smoothness and

com
tion in
• uniform wear
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
it is recommended that wheels/tires be balanced at least two

r
rp
times within the tire's service life.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
4.2 Road Test, Performing Before Balanc‐
Co
Cop py
t. rig
ing
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
If a vehicle comes to the workshop with the complaint “vibration”, Prote AG.
a road test must be performed before balancing the wheels.
♦ That way, information about the type of vibration can be ob‐
tained.
♦ Observe at which speed range the disturbance takes place.
– Raise the vehicle on the platform immediately after the road
test.
– Mark the component location on the tire.
Component Location of Tire Identification with ...
Left front tire LF
Right front tire RF
Left rear tire LR
Right rear tire RR
– Remove the wheels from the vehicle.
– Balance the wheels.
4. Wheel/Tire Vibration, Causes and Solution 365

4.3 Wheel, Balancing

⇒ “4.3.1 Wheel, Balancing”, page 366
⇒ “4.3.2 Wheel, Balancing on Stationary Balancing Machine”,
page 366
⇒ “4.3.3 Wheel, Balancing with Fine Balancing Machine (Finish
Balancer)”, page 369
4.3.1 Wheel, Balancing

Before beginning balancing, the following requirements must be
fulfilled.
• The tire pressure must be OK.
• The tire profile must not be worn on one side. The tire profile
must be at least 4 mm.
• The tires must not have any damage such as cuts, holes, for‐
eign bodies, etc.
• The suspension and steering, including the shock absorber,
must be in perfect condition.
• A road test has been performed.
4.3.2 Wheel, Balancing on Stationary Balanc‐

ing Machine
Volkswagen AG
• Test drive performed. Refer to agen
AG. does
ksw
⇒ “4.2 Road Test, Performing Before Balancing”, pageby365
Vol .
not
gu
ara
ed nte
Tension Wheel on Balancing Machine ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
Note
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Please keep in mind that cleanliness is extremely important when
ility
ot p
balancing, as it is when performing any other repair work. Only
wit
, is n
then can a proper result be obtained!
h re
hole
spec
Dirt and rust in the area of the contact surfaces and centering of
es, in part or in w
t to the co
the wheel distort the result.
– Clean contact surfaces, centering seat and wheel disc using
the Pneumatic Brush Grinder Set - VAS6446- before tension‐
rrectness of i
ing wheel on balancing machine! Refer to Workshop Equip‐

l purpos
ment, Catalog.
nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
io
It is very important that the wheel balancing machine uses the

n
c
in t
r
correct system for centering and tensioning the tires when re‐
o
his
te
placing them. Reference the information for the Wheel Balancing

a
do
riv
Machine Centering System before beginning any work. Refer to

p
cum
or
Workshop Equipment, Catalog.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Tension the wheel with the tire on the balancing machine.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
♦ To mount wheel on wheel balancer, use for example Wheel

Centering System Adapter - VAS5271- .
♦ This way a 100% centering of the wheel and gentle mounting
is possible!
♦ It is not possible to center it 100% on balancing machine with
conical tensioners.
♦ With a deviation of 0.1 mm outside the center, there is an im‐
balance of 10 grams on the wheel/tire.
Wheel/Tire Balancing Procedure

– Let the wheel/tire turn on the balancing machine.
– Check the run of the characteristic lines on the sidewall of the
tire in the area of the rim flange.
– Check the tire wear pattern while the wheel/tire is turning.
Note
In the event of one-sided wear, flat spots from braking or severe

wear spots, smooth running cannot be achieved by balancing. In
this case, the tire must be replaced.
– Check the run-out on the wheel/tire. If the wheel nwith

AG. Vtire
olksruns
wagen AG
wage does
untrue although there are no flat spots,y aVoradial or lateral run-
lks not
gu
out may be the cause. ise
d b ara
n r tee
ho
– Check wheel with tire for radial-
sa
utand lateral run-out. Refer to or
ac
⇒ “4.5.2 Wheels and Tires, Radial and Lateral Run Out,
s
ce
le
Checking with Tire Dial Gauge”, page 371 .

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– If the radial and lateral run-out are within the specified toler‐
erm
ab
ance, balance the wheel and tire.

ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Note
spec
t to the co
♦ Do not use more than 60 grams of weight per wheel.

♦ If more weight is necessary, a smoother running can achieved
by matched mounting of the tire. Matched mounting of tire.
rrectne
Refer to ⇒ “4.7 Wheels and Tires, Matching”, page 372 .

s
♦ The display in the balancing machine should show 0 grams.

s o
cial p
f i
♦ Hunter RFT33VAG Road Force Touch™ Wheel Balancer -

nform
VAS6230B4- can be inserted as an alternative to matching.

mer
Refer to ⇒ “4.4 Vibration Control System”, page 370 .

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
– Install the wheel on the vehicle.

te
sd
iva
o
r
– First, tighten the lowest wheel bolt hand-tight to approximately

p
cum
r
fo
30 Nm.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Tighten the remaining wheel bolts diagonally to approximately
C py
t. rig
gh
30 Nm. This process centers the wheel on the wheel hub.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Lower vehicle onto its wheels.
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Now use a torque wrench to tighten the wheel bolts diagonally

to the specified tightening specification.

Road Test, Performing

– Perform a road test after balancing the wheel/tires.
If a vibration is still detected during the road test, the cause may
be due to tolerance in the wheel centering.
The component tolerances of wheels and wheel hubs can be ad‐
ditive in unfavorable cases. Vibration can result from this. This
can be eliminated using a finish balancer. Refer to
⇒ “4.3.3 Wheel, Balancing with Fine Balancing Machine (Finish
Balancer)”, page 369 .
4.3.3 Wheel, Balancing with Fine Balancing

Machine (Finish Balancer)
Note
♦ Working with a Finish Balancer requires instruction from the

manufacturer of the balancer.
♦ When balancing, place the wheels of the driven axle on the
turntable sensors. On a FWD vehicle, the front wheels must
be on the sensors. On AWD vehicles, all four wheels must be
on the sensors.
If it is determined when balancing on the vehicle the remaining

imbalance is more than 20 grams, the wheel should be rotated on
the wheel hub.
– Mark the point at which the imbalance is indicated.
– Afterwards, unbolt the wheel and rotate its position on the n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wheel hub so that the marking points downward. olks
wage es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Note au ra
c
ss
ce
le
The wheel hub must not turn during this procedure.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– First, tighten the lowest wheel bolt hand-tight to approximately
pe
ility
30 Nm.
ot
wit
, is n
– Tighten the remaining wheel bolts diagonally to approximately h re

hole
spec
30 Nm. This process centers the wheel properly on the wheel
es, in part or in w
hub.
t to the co
– - Check again whether the imbalance is less than 20 grams

using the finish balancer.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
The imbalance should not be smaller than 20 grams under any

circumstances before changing balance weight.
m
a
com
tion in
– Loosen the wheel bolts again, if necessary.

r
te o
thi
s
iva
– Rotate the wheel relative to the wheel hub once more by one
do
r
rp
or two wheel bolt holes.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Tighten the wheels according to the method described above.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
Only if the imbalance is less than 20 grams should the imbalance

be reduced by changing the balance weight.
– Balance the wheels until the imbalance is below 5 grams.

– Tighten the wheel bolts to the specified tightening specification
if not already done.
WARNING
Always tighten the wheel bolt to the tightening specification and

using the torque wrench.
4.4 Vibration Control System

Expanded functions can be performed using Hunter RFT33VAG
Road Force Touch™ Wheel Balancer - VAS6230B4- in addition
to the previously known balancers.
A special characteristic of this system is testing the radial force of
wheel/tire during rolling.
For this purpose, a roller presses a force of approximately 635 kg
against the wheel. This simulates the tire contact force against
the street surface while driving. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
kswage es n
Tire contact forces fluctuate due to radial- and lateral run-outband yV
o l ot g
ua
differing rigidity in the tires. ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
The Hunter RFT33VAG Road Force Touch™ Wheel ss
Balancer
a - ac
VAS6230B4- detects and stores the position of the maximum
ce
e
nl
measured radial force in the tires. After that, the position of small‐
pt
du
an
itte
est dimension between rim flange and disc wheel center is meas‐
y li
erm
ab
ured.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.5 Tire and Wheel Radial and Lateral Run-
Out, Checking rrectness of i
⇒ “4.5.1 Tire and Wheel Radial and Lateral Run-Out, Checking,

l purpos
Tolerances”, page 370

⇒ “4.5.2 Wheels and Tires, Radial and Lateral Run Out, Checking
nform
ercia
with Tire Dial Gauge”, page 371

m
at
4.5.1 Tire and Wheel Radial and Lateral Run-

om
ion
c
in t
Out, Checking, Tolerances

or
his
ate
do
riv
Radial and lateral run-out occur when the wheel and tire are not
p
cum
or
running precisely true.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
For technical reasons, 100% true running is not possible. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Therefore the manufacturers of these components allow a pre‐
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cisely specified tolerance. Prote
cted AG.
agen
Mounting the tire in a unfavorable position on the wheel can be

the cause for exceeding the maximum allowed tolerance for
wheel with tire.
The table shows the maximum permissible tolerance values for
the wheel with mounted tire.

Tolerances for Radial and Lateral Run-Out of Rim with Tire

Rim with Tire Radial Run-Out (mm) Lateral Run-Out (mm)
Passenger Vehicle 0.9 1.1
(1.3 near the lettering)
4.5.2 Wheels and Tires, Radial and Lateral

Run Out, Checking with Tire Dial Gauge
Checking Lateral Run-Out
– Preload the Tire Dial Gauge approximately 2 mm.
– Position the Tire Dial Gauge on the side wall of the tire.
– Rotate the wheel slowly.
– Note the smallest and the largest dial readings.
Note
If the difference is greater than 1.3 mm, the lateral run-out is too
great.
In this case, lateral run-out can be reduced by matched mounting

of the tire. Refer to
⇒ “4.7 Wheels and Tires, Matching”, page 372 .
Peak values on the Tire Dial Gauge due to small irregularities in
the rubber may be disregarded.
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
a does
lksw not
Checking Radial
db
y V Run-Out
o gu
ara
e nt
ris
– Preload
ut
ho the Tire Dial Gauge approximately 2 mm.ee or
a ac
ss
ce
e
– Position the Tire Dial Gauge on the tread of the tire.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Rotate the wheel slowly.

y li
erm
ab
ility

ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
t to the co
If the difference is greater than 1 mm, the radial run-out is too

great.
rrectness of i
In this case, radial run-out can be reduced by matched mounting

l purpos
of the tire. Refer to

⇒ “4.7 Wheels and Tires, Matching”, page 372 .
nform
ercia
4.6 Rim Radial and Lateral Run-Out,

m
at
om
io
Checking
n
c
in t
or
his
te
– Mount the rim on the Hunter RFT33VAG Road Force Touch™

a
do
riv
Wheel Balancer - VAS6230B4- .

p
cum
for
en
g
– Use the Wheel Centering System Adapter - VAS5271- .

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
– Preload the Tire Dial Gauge approximately 2 mm.
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Turn the rim slowly.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


S - Lateral Run-Out
H - Radial Run-Out
– Compare determined value with specifications in the table.
Refer to ⇒ page 372 .
Note
Peak values on the Tire Dial Gauge due to small irregularities may
be disregarded.
Specified Values for Radial and Lateral Run-Out on the Rim

Rim Radial Run-Out (mm) Lateral Run-Out (mm)
Steel wheel 0.5 0.5
Light alloy wheel 0.5 0.8
Note
If the measured value exceeds the specified value, no acceptable

smooth running can be attained.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
4.7 Wheels and Tires, Matching
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
General Information
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
If radial or lateral run-out from rim or tire meet each other, the
erm
ab
untrue running of the wheel and tire is increased.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
For technical reasons, 100% true running is not possible. Refer
h re
to
ole,
spec
⇒ “4.5.1 Tire and Wheel Radial and Lateral Run-Out, Checking,
Tolerances”, page 370 .
t to the co
Drive the tires until they are warm before matching them to the
tires already on the vehicle. This eliminates flat spots from stand‐
rrectne
ing which may exist. Refer to
⇒ “4.8 Flat Spots in Tires From Standing, Determining”,
page 373 .
ss o
cial p
f
Work Procedure for Match-Mounting
inform
mer
– Let the air out of the tire.

atio
om
– Remove the tire bead from the wheel rim flange.

n
c
i
or
n thi
e
– Coat the tire bead all the way around with Tire Mounting
t
sd
va
Paste .
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Turn the tire 180° against the rim.

t.
yi Co
op py
– Inflate the tire to approximately 4 bar (58.01 psi).
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Tension the wheel with the tire on the balancing machine. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Check the run-out or the radial and lateral run-out, as neces‐
sary.

Note
♦ If the radial and lateral run-out value is not exceeded, the

wheel can be balanced to 0 grams. Specifications are found
on. Refer to ⇒ page 371 .
♦ If the radial and lateral run-out lies outside the specified val‐
ues, the tire must be turned again.
– Let the air out and remove the tire beads from the wheel rim
flanges.
– Rotate the tire 90° (one quarter of a turn) relative to the rim.
– Inflate the tire to 4 bar (58.01 psi) again and check the run-out.
Note
♦ If the radial and lateral run-out value is not exceeded, the

wheel can be balanced to 0 grams.
♦ If the radial and lateral run-out is still outside the specified val‐
ues, the wheel must be turned again.
– Press the tire beads off the rim flanges.

– Rotate the tire 180° (half a turn) relative to the rim.
If the values for radial or lateral run-out are still outside the speci‐
fied values, check the rim for radial and lateral run-out. Refer to
⇒ “4.6 Rim Radial and Lateral Run-Out, Checking”, page 371 .
If the measured values for radial and lateral run-out of the rim are
within the specified values, then the tire has excessive radial or
lateral run-out. In this case, the tire must be replaced.
Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lk swage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d
♦ Assembly paste from mounting
o
ir se tires is located between tires ran
tee
and rim flanges. auth or
ac
ss
♦ Avoid strong braking or acceleration maneuvers during the
ce
le
un
pt
first 100 to 200 km. Otherwise the tires can distort on the rim.
an
d
itte
Then the work would have been in vain.

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
4.8 Flat Spots in Tires From Standing, De‐

wit
is n
h re
termining
ole,
spec
What Is a Flat Spot from Standing?

t to the co
Terms like flat portion, flattening, are also used as a term for flat
spots from standing.
rrectne
Flat spots from standing cause vibration, like an incorrectly bal‐

anced wheel. It is important to recognize a flat spot in the tire tread
ss
from standing as such!

o
cial p
f in
Flat spots from standing cannot be corrected by balancing, and

form
mer
can occur again at any time under various circumstances. Flat

atio
m
spots from standing can be corrected without complicated special

o
n
c
tools. Providing that the flat spot was not caused by wheel lock
i
or
n thi
during hard braking.

te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
373
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Wheel/Tire Vibration, Causes and Solution
Note
Wear spots due to wheel lock are irreparable! Tires with such
damage must be replaced.
Causes of Flat Spots from Standing:

♦ The vehicle stands for several weeks in a location without be‐
ing moved. n AG. Volkswagen A G do
wage es n
♦ Tire pressure is too low. Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
♦ The vehicle was placed in a paint system drying oriscabinet after tee
th or
painting. ss
au ac
ce
e
♦ The vehicle was parked with warm tires in a cold garage or
nl
pt
du
an
similar for a long time. In this case, a flat spot can develop
itte
y li
overnight.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Flat Spots, Correcting
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Flat spots cannot be removed from tires with workshop equip‐
hole
spec
ment.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Such flat spots can be "driven out" only by driving the car until
the tires are warm.
♦ We do not recommend the following method during cold or
rrectness of i
winter weather.
l purpos
Requirements/Conditions
– Check the tire pressure and correct, if necessary.
nform
ercia
– If possible, drive the vehicle on an expressway.

m
at
om
ion
c
– If the traffic and road conditions permit, drive at a speed of 120
in t
or
km/h to 150 km/h for a distance of 20 to 30 km.
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
WARNING
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Do not endanger anyone during this road test. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
♦ Follow all traffic regulations and speed limits when per‐
by lksw
cted agen
forming the road test.
Prote AG.
– Lift the vehicle immediately after the performing the road test.
– Remove the wheels from the vehicle.
– Balance the wheels on the stationary balancing machine. Re‐
fer to
⇒ “4.3.2 Wheel, Balancing on Stationary Balancing Machine”,
page 366 .

AG. Volkswagen AGGolf
does 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
agen
ksw not
by Vol
Suspension,
gu
ara
d
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
5 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “5.1 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Calibrating”, page 375
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
5.1 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Cali‐
ility
ot p
brating
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “5.1.1 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Calibrating, Except e-
es, in part or in w
Golf”, page 375
t to the co
⇒ “5.1.2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Calibrating, e-Golf”,
page 381
rrectness of i
5.1.1 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Cali‐
l purpos
brating, Except e-Golf
nf
ercia
Before Adjusting the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Check the
or
Sensor, the Mounts, and Attachments for Damage, External In‐
m
m
atio
fluences and Secure Fit. Repair Any Damaged Components.
om
n in
or c
Prior to Adjusting the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Check the
thi
e
Event Memory and Correct Any Malfunctions.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
The ACC Control Module “Adjustment Angle Measured Value”
o
m
f
en
ng
Shows Whether the Sensor Is Misaligned.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
The ACC Adjustment May Only Be Set Using a vw/Audi-Approved
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Wheel Alignment Device and Adjustment Equipment!
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Proper ACC Operation Requires Correct Alignment.
Prote AG.
Note
♦ A new adjustment is necessary if:

♦ The rear axle toe was adjusted.
♦ The Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- was removed
and installed.
♦ The front bumper carrier was removed and installed.
♦ The front bumper carrier was loosened or moved.
♦ The adjustment angle is greater than -0.8° to +0.8°.
♦ The vehicle was moved to the service position.

♦ Setting Device - Basic Set - VAS6430/1- or Setting Device -
Basic Set - VAS6430/1A-
♦ ACC Reflector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3-
♦ Wheel Alignment Computer
5. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) 375

The New Generation of Distance Regulation Control Module Is

Installed. The Calibration for These Is Only Different Externally.
Otherwise the Procedure Is the Same.
I. - Old Control Module
II. - New Control Module
Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
♦ Before driving the vehicle onto the alignment stand,Vomake
lksw sure
a does
not
there is enough space between the vehicle and ed bthe ACC Ad‐
y gu
ara
justment Device - VAS6430- . The distancethobetween
ris the ACC nte
eo
Reflector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3- ands a the sensor must be
u ra
c
120 cm ± 2.5 cm. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ If there is not sufficient space, drive the vehicle backward onto
an
itte
y li
the alignment stand in order to use the corresponding space.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ If the ACC Reflector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3- is repositioned
wit
, is n
on the calibration beam during the adjustment, the Setting
h re
Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- setting must always be
hole
spec
checked (for example, bubble levels, individual toe settings at
es, in part or in w
the calibration beam, etc.).
t to the co
• Before beginning the adjustment, check the DTC memory and
correct any malfunctions present.
rrectness of i
The adjustment procedure is described here using the Setting
l purpos
Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- .

Follow the Sequence for Adjusting:
nform
mercia
1- Establish a Distance of 120 cm ± 2.5 cm Between the Cen‐
at
om
i
trally Positioned ACC Reflector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3-
on
c
in t
and the Sensor in the Air Grille,
or
his
ate
do
riv
2- Attach the ACC Reflector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3- in the

p
cum
Center of the Calibration Beam,
for
en
ng
t.
yi
3- Adjust the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428-
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Do not perform the steps under “Calibration procedure without a
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
previous axle alignment” if an axle alignment has already been
c by lksw
cted agen
performed. Prote AG.
Calibration Procedure without Previous Axle Alignment

– Select the ACC calibration button on the alignment computer.
– Follow the test requirements for an axle alignment. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Test Requirements”, page 345 .
– Drive the vehicle onto the vehicle alignment platform.
– Connect the battery charger. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery, Charging .
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . (Guide the diagnostic
cable through the open window.)
Note
During the adjustment procedure, make sure all the vehicle doors
remain closed and the vehicle exterior lamps are switched off.
– Position the front wheels so they are straight.

– Install the quick-action clamps on the rear wheels.
– Install the measurement sensor on the rear wheels.

– Perform a wheel run-out compensation and the rear wheels.

Calibration Procedure with or without Previous Axle Alignment
Old Control Module
– Remove the trim -1-.

New Control Module

Continuation for Both Control Modules
– Remove any dirt that may be on the sensor lens.
– Position the Setting Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- atn A aGdis‐

. Volkswagen AG
tance -a- from the centrally positioned ACC Reflector
olksw
age Mirror - does
not
VAS6430/3- in the center and parallel withdrespect
by V to the gu
ara
Distance Regulation Control Module - J428-
orise
. nte
e th or
au
a - 120 cm ± 2.5 cm ss ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Note
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The Setting Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- must not be moved

wit
, is n
on the calibration beam.

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Procedure for All

– Position the front wheel measuring sensors -1- on the calibra‐
rrectness of i
tion beam.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– In area -A-, bring -2- on the rotary knob into alignment with the
marking on the mirror (number 2 on the rotary knob must face
the vehicle).
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Level the bubble levels -A and B- on the ACC Reflector Mirror
itte
y li
- Audi - VAS6430/3- using the adjusting screws
erm
ab
ility
-1 through 3-.
ot p
wit
, is n
– Adjust the mirror -4- via the crank -arrow- so that the laser
h re
hole
beam is in the center of the sensor lens.
spec
es, in part or in w
Old Control Module
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Position the mirror on the side of the calibration beam so that Cop py
t. rig
the laser beam is in the center of the sensor lens. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
New Control Module Prote
cted AG.
agen

– Position the mirror on the side of the calibration beam so that

the laser beam is in the center of the sensor lens.
– Level the bubble levels -2- of the measurement sensor -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Turn the precision adjustment screw -5- until the display on

hole
spec
the wheel alignment computer is located within the tolerance

es, in part or in w
range.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant Vol 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
ksw es n
ot g
by ua
Suspension, Wheels,risedSteering - Edition 06.2015 ran
t ee
tho or
au ac
– Level the bubble levels
ss -2- of the measurement sensor -1-.
ce
e
nl
– Using the laser beam -3- on the ACC Reflector Mirror - Audi -
pt
du
an
itte
VAS6430/3- , check whether the bubble level is level and the
y li
erm
ab
laser beam is in the center of the sensor lens.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
If the laser beam does not meet the sensor lens, the ACC Re‐
t to the co
flector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3- must be aligned again.
rrectness of i
– On the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester , press GO TO and select the
function Function/component selection .
l purpos
Selection on the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester for the Adjustment of

the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- :
nform
ercia
– Press the following buttons one after another on the screen:

m
at
om
ion
♦ Chassis (Repair group 01; 40 - 49)
c
in t
or
his
ate
♦ 13 - Distance control
do
priv
cum
or
♦ 01 - OBD-capable system
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ 13 - Distance control C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ 13 - Distance control, functions cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ 13 - Calibrate
Follow the instructions on the screen to perform the adjustment.
Designation of the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428-
Adjusting screws
Old Control Module

1- Adjusting screw 1
3- Must not be turned - functions only as a pivot point
New Control Module

WARNING
The ACC adjustment is only applied when “Output diagnostic

test mode complete” is displayed. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .

5.1.2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Cali‐

brating, e-Golf
Before Adjusting the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Check the
Sensor and Its Mounts and Attachments for Damage, External
Influences and Secure Fit. Repair Any Damaged Components.
Prior to Adjusting the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Check the
Event Memory and Correct Any Malfunctions.
The ACC Control Module “Adjustment Angle Measured Value”
Shows Whether the Sensor Is Misaligned.
The ACC Adjustment May Only Be Set Using a vw/Audi-Approved
Wheel Alignment Device and Adjustment Equipment!
Proper ACC Operation Requires Correct Alignment.
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
Note tho or
au ac
ss
♦ A new adjustment is necessary if:
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ The Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- was removed
ility
ot p
and installed.
wit
, is n
h re
♦ The front bumper carrier was removed and installed.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ The front bumper carrier was loosened or moved.
t to the co
♦ The adjustment angle is greater than -0.8° to +0.8°.
♦ The vehicle was moved to the service position.
rrectness of i
l purpos

♦ ACC Adjuster - VAS6190/2-
nf
ercia
orm
♦ Setting Device - Basic Set - VAS6430/1- or Setting Device -
m
atio
m
Basic Set - VAS6430/1A-

o
n in
or c
♦ ACC Reflector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3-

thi
te
sd
iva

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Note t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Before driving the vehicle onto the alignment stand, make sure Prote
cted AG.
agen
there is enough space between the vehicle and the ACC Ad‐
justment Device - VAS6430- . The distance between the ACC
Reflector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3- and the sensor must be
120 cm ± 2.5 cm.
♦ If the ACC Reflector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3- is repositioned
on the calibration beam during the adjustment, the Setting
Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- setting must always be
checked (for example, bubble levels, individual toe settings at
the calibration beam, etc.).
• Before beginning the adjustment, check the DTC memory and

correct any malfunctions present.
The adjustment procedure is described here using the Setting

Follow the Sequence for Adjusting:

1- Establish a Distance of 120 cm ± 2.5 cm between the Cen‐
trally Positioned ACC Reflector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3-
and the Sensor in the Air Grille,
2- Attach the ACC Reflector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3- in the
Center of the Calibration Beam,
3- Adjust the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428-
Do not perform the steps under “Calibration procedure without a
previous axle alignment” if an axle alignment has already been
performed.
Calibration Procedure without Previous Axle Alignment
– Select the ACC calibration button on the alignment computer.
Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery, Charging .
Note
During the adjustment procedure, make sure all the vehicle doors
remain closed and the vehicle exterior lamps are switched off.agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
– Position the front wheels so they are straight. rised ran
tee
ho
ut or
– Install the quick-action clamps on the rear swheels.
sa ac
ce
le
– Install the measurement sensor on the rear wheels.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Calibration Procedure with or without Previous Axle Alignment

wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co
– Remove any dirt that may be on the sensor lens.

rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Position the Setting Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- at a dis‐

tance -a- from the centrally positioned ACC Reflector Mirror -
VAS6430/3- in the center and parallel with respect to the
Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- .
a - 120 cm ± 2.5 cm
Note
wage
The Setting Device yV
o Basic Set - VAS6430/1- must
lks es n
ot g not be moved
on the calibration
ir se
d b beam. ua
ran
o tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
– Position the front wheel measuring sensors -1- on the calibra‐

un
pt
an
d
tion beam.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f i
– In area -A-, bring -2- on the rotary knob into alignment with the
nform
marking on the mirror (number 2 on the rotary knob must face

mer
atio
the vehicle).
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Level the bubble levels -A and B- on the ACC Reflector Mirror

- Audi - VAS6430/3- using the adjusting screws
-1 through 3-.
– Adjust the mirror -4- via the crank -arrow- so that the laser
beam is in the center of the sensor
en AG. V
olkswlens.
agen AG
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Position the mirror on the side of the calibration beam so that
l purpos
the laser beam is in the center of the sensor lens.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.


the wheel alignment computer is located within gthe G. Volkswagen AG d
en Atolerance
wa oes
ks
range. by
Vol
not
gu
a
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
om
i
– Using the laser beam -3- on the ACC Reflector Mirror - Audi -
on
c
VAS6430/3- , check whether the bubble level is level and the
in t
or
his
e
laser beam is in the center of the sensor lens.

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
If the laser beam does not meet the sensor lens, the ACC Re‐ pyri by
Vo
co
flector Mirror - Audi - VAS6430/3- must be aligned again.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– On the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester , press GO TO and select the

function Function/component selection .
Selection on the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester for the Adjustment of
the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- :
– Press the following buttons one after another on the screen:
♦ Chassis (Repair group 01; 40 - 49)
♦ 01 - OBD-capable system
♦ 13 - Distance control, functions
♦ 13 - Calibrate
Follow the instructions on the screen to perform the adjustment.

Designation of the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428-

Adjusting screws
WARNING
The ACC adjustment is only applied when “Output diagnostic

test mode complete” is displayed. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Driver Assistance Systems Front

Camera
page 387
6.1 Driver Assistance Systems Front Cam‐

era, Calibrating
Note
If the camera can no longer recognize the lane markings due to

poor visibility, this could be caused by:
♦ The camera field of view is dirty or icy. If that is the problem,

it should be corrected.
♦ The camera view field in fogged over.
If the Camera Lens Is Obstructed by a Lot of Dirt on the inside,
Then Lens Must Be Cleaned by Hand. To Do This, Remove the
Control Module and the Lens, and Clean the Windshield Using
Cleaning Solution. Remove the Control Module and the Lens.
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Driver Assistance
Systems Front Camera . . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
The Calibration Must Be Correct for the Driver Assistanceby
Sys‐
Vol
k not
gu
tems Front Camera - R242- to Function Correctly. rise d ara
nte
tho eo
The Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera - R242-
au Must Be ra
c
ss
Calibrated Again for the following Reasons:
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ “No or incorrect basic setting/adaptation” is stored in the event
an
itte
y li
memory.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ The Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera - R242- was
wit
, is n
replaced.
h re
hole
spec
♦ The windshield was replaced or removed.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Work was performed on the chassis which influences the body
height.
rrectness of i
♦ The level control system sensor was readapted on vehicles
l purpos
with damping regulation. nf

ercia
or
Note
m
m
atio
om
n in
c
♦ Before calibrating the driver assistance systems front camera,

or
thi
check the DTC memory and correct any faults.

te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ The driver assistance systems front camera may only be cali‐

o
m
f
brated using alignment equipment approved by VW/Audi.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Only the Setting Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- may be used t. C rig
gh ht
to calibrate the driver assistance systems front camera. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Setting Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1-
6. Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera 387

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Note d byV gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
th
♦ The Driver Assistances Systems Front Camera - R242- must fit
au ra
c
correctly in the bracket.
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ The camera viewing range must be clean and unobstructed.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Before driving the vehicle onto the vehicle alignment platform,
ility
ot p
make sure there is sufficient space between the center of the
wit
, is n
wheel hub on the front wheels and the Setting Device Basic
h re
Set - VAS6430/1- .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ The distance between the Setting Device Basic Set -
t to the co
VAS6430/1- and the center of the wheel hub on the front
wheels must be 1,500 mm ± 25 mm.
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ The calibration board must be positioned in the center of the

setting device.
nform
ercia
♦ Check the DTC memory before calibrating. Erase any entries

m
at
if necessary.
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv

p
cum
for

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery, Charging . py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Note
During the calibration procedure, make sure all the vehicle doors
remain closed and the vehicle exterior lamps are switched off.
– Position the front wheels so they are straight.

– Select calibrating the driver assistance systems front camera
in the wheel alignment computer.
– Install the quick-action clamps on all four wheels.
– Install the measuring sensors on the wheels.
– Bounce the vehicle.
– Measure and record the height at all four wheels.
Note
♦ The Setting Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- must not be

moved on the calibration beam.
♦ The alignment stand must be in the lowest level position for
the next step.

– Rotate the Setting Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- upward just

enough so that the calibration beam is parallel to the center of
the measuring sensors on the front wheels, so that it is possi‐
ble to correctly measure the distance measuring unit -1-.
1- Distance measuring unit with spring tape measure and
mounting pin
– Position the Setting Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- at a dis‐
tance -a- of 1500 mm ± 25 mm from the center of the wheel
hub on the front wheels to the beam on the Setting Device
Basic Set - VAS6430/1- .
Caution
♦ Distance -a- 1,500 mm ± 25 mm must be measured on

both side of the vehicle and then the Setting Device Basic
Set - VAS6430/1- must be aligned.
♦ Distance -a- must be the same on both sides of the vehi‐
cle.
– Mount the front wheel measuring sensors -1- to the Setting

G. Volkswagen nA AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Determine the height value -a- between the Setting Device

Basic Set - VAS6430/1- contact patch and the wheel contact
surface on the vehicle alignment platform. Enter the deter‐
mined value in the wheel alignment computer.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Loosen the clamping bolt -arrow- and place the measuring bar
t.
yi Co
op
-1- on the floor. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn the crank -1- to adjust the Calibration Board For Lane
Guard System - VAS6430/4- to the height specification -2- and
then make a note of it.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
If the Specified Height Was Reached, Then the Measuring Bar
ce
le
un
pt
-1- Must Be Pushed Slightly Forward and Secured with the Lock‐
an
d
itte
ing Bolt -arrow-.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Slide the Setting Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- to the side in

nform
ercia
direction of -arrows B-, until the display in the wheel alignment

computer is in the tolerance range.
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– By gently turning the adjustment screws -2 and 3-, the Setting

Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1- is secured from rolling away.

the wheel alignment computer is located within the tolerance
range.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o eo
– Level the bubble level -A- using
aut the adjusting screw -1-.
h
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Level the bubble level -B- using the adjusting screws

. Volkswagen AG
-2 and 3-. wagen AG does
ks n ol ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
– Loosen the clamping bolt -arrow- and place the measuring bar
mer
atio
-1- on the floor.
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Check specified height -2- one more time and adjust if neces‐
sary.

If the Specified Height Was Reached, Then the Measuring Bar AG. Volkswagen
-1-Must Be Pushed Slightly Forward and Secured with thekswLock‐
agen AG do
es n
ing Bolt -arrow-. y Vol ot g
ua
db e ran
ris tee
Perform Any Subsequent Work Using the Vehicle
tho Diagnostic or
Tester . s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
– Switch the ignition on.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Select “Guided Fault Finding” Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Body (Repair Groups 01, 27 and 50 through 97)
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Electrical System (Repair Groups 01, 27 and 90
spec
through 97) es, in part or in w
t to the co
01_OBD-capable systems
Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera -R242-
rrectness of i
Driver assistance system camera, functions
l purpos
A5 - Calibrate the control module (Repair Group 44)
nf
ercia
Follow the instructions on the screen to perform the calibration.
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
Note
or
thi
te
sd
iva
Next, in guided fault finding, determine the height of the body.
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Enter the recorded ride heights.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7 Special Tools agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
Special tools and workshop tho ris
eo
equipment required s au ra
c
s
ce
♦ Wheel Alignment Comput‐ e
nl
pt
du
er - VAG1813F- or VW/Au‐
an
itte
y li
di approved wheel align‐
erm
ab
ment devices
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Brake Pedal Actuator -
h re
VAG1869/2- .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Insert Tool - 18mm -
t to the co
T10179-
♦ Shock Absorber Set -
rrectness of i
T10001-
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 Insert - Open Ring Wrench - 24mmn AG-. Volkswagen AG do
VAG1332/9- lkswage es n
o o t gu
yV
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ ACC Adjuster - VAS6190/2-
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Setting Device Basic Set - VAS6430/1-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


48 – Steering
1 Steering Wheel
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Steering Wheel”, page 396
⇒ “1.2 Steering Wheel, Removing and Installing”, page 396
1.1 Overview - Steering Wheel
1 - Steering Column
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Steering Column,
ling”, page 400 .
❑ The punch points
-arrows- on the steering
wheel and steering col‐
umn must be aligned
with each other when
positioning. Several
steering columns are
not equipped with a
punch point at the facto‐
ry. For these steering
columns, an appropriate
punch point must be set n AG. Volkswagen AG do
before removing the lkswage es n
o ot g
steering wheel. Refer to byV ua
d ran
⇒ “1.2 Steering Wheel, ir se tee
tho
or
Removing and Instal‐ au ac
ss
ling”, page 396 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
2 - Steering Wheel
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ling. Refer to
ot p
wit
⇒ “1.2 Steering Wheel,
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ling”, page 396 .
es, in part or in w

sions. Refer to the Parts t to the co
Catalog for the alloca‐
tion.
rrectness of i
❑ The punch points

l purpos
-arrows- on the steering

wheel and steering col‐
umn must be aligned
nf
ercia
with each other when

rm
m
positioning. Several
atio
m
steering columns are not equipped with a punch point at the factory. For these steering columns, an
o
n in
or c
appropriate punch point must be set before removing the steering wheel. Refer to
thi
e
⇒ “1.2 Steering Wheel, Removing and Installing”, page 396 .

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
3 - Bolt
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ 30 Nm +90°
Co
Cop py
.
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.2 Steering Wheel, Removing and Instal‐

ling
396 Rep. Gr.48 - Steering


Removing
WARNING
Before performing work on the electrical system and removing

the steering wheel, the following conditions must be met:
♦ Disconnect the battery. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery, Disconnecting and Con‐
necting .
♦ The wheels must be in the straight position.
The airbag system may fail during future operation if these
warnings are not followed!
– Move the steering column to the center height position.

– Remove the airbag unit. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
69 ; Driver Side Airbag; Overview - Driver Side Airbag .
– Bring wheels in the straight position.
Note
Removal and installation of steering wheel must take place in

center position (wheels in straight-ahead position).

– Check if the steering column is equipped with a punch point
on the steering columnksheight
wage marking. es n
ol ot g
yV
– If that is not theiscase,
ed
b then the steering wheel/steeringuacolumn
ran
position mustthober
marked with a punch point on the steering tee
or
u
column. ss a ac
ce
e
– Remove the steering wheel -2- from the steering column.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
Make sure the wheels are in the straight-ahead position before

hole
installing the steering wheel.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– When installing a removed steering wheel, ensure that the

markings on the steering column/steering wheel are aligned.
– When installing a new steering wheel (without a marking):
rrectness of i
mount the steering wheel in its center position (the steering

wheel spokes must be horizontal and the wheels must be in
l purpos
the straight-ahead position).

– Install steering wheel.
nf
ercia
orm
– Install the airbag unit. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ;

m
atio
m
Driver Side Airbag; Overview - Driver Side Airbag .

o
n in
or c
thi
– Perform a road test.

te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
– If steering wheel is crooked, remove it again and rotate it on

cu
o
m
f
steering column splines.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Steering Wheel”, page 396
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Steering Wheel 397

2 Steering Column
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Steering Column”, page 398
⇒ “2.2 Steering Column, Checking for Damage”, page 399
⇒ “2.3 Steering Column, Handling and Transporting”, page 399
⇒ “2.4 Steering Column, Removing and Installing”, page 400
⇒ “2.5 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 417
2.1 Overview - Steering Column
Note
♦ Always replace self-locking nuts.

♦ Always replace corroded bolts/nuts.
Volkswa
♦ Always replace the bolts and nuts, which
swa are tightened with
gen AG
. gen AG
doan
es additional turn. k not
Vol gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
1 - Instrument Panel Centralau ra
c
ss
Tube
ce
e
nl
pt
du
2 - Shear bolt
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ing. Refer to
ot p
wit
⇒ “2.5 Electronic Steer‐
, is n
h re
ing Column Lock Con‐
hole
trol Module J764 , Re‐ spec

es, in part or in w
moving and Installing”, t to the co

page 417
3 - Right Bracket
rrectness of i
❑ for the knee airbag

l purpos
4 - Electronic Steering Column

Lock Control Module - J764-
nform
ercia
❑ For vehicles with “Key‐

less Access” keyless
m
at
locking and starting sys‐

om
ion
tem
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv
ling. Refer to
p
cum
or
⇒ “2.5 Electronic Steer‐

f
en
ng
ing Column Lock Con‐

t.
yi Co
op
trol Module J764 , Re‐ C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
page 417 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Pay attention to the
tightening sequence.
Refer to ⇒ page 406
6 - Left Bracket
❑ For the knee airbag
7 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm

8 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm +90°
9 - Steering Column
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.4 Steering Column, Removing and Installing”, page 400 .
❑ The steering column must be engaged on the instrument panel central tube mounting bracket when
installing (assembly aid).
❑ There are different versions. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
2.2 Steering Column, Checking for Damage

Visual Check
– Check whether steering column parts show signs of damage.
Function Test
– Check that the steering column turns easily without jerking.
– Check whether steering column can be easily adjusted later‐
ally and vertically.
2.3 Steering Column, Handling and Trans‐

porting
WARNING
♦ The correct handling of the steering column must always

be observed.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
♦ Incorrect handling of steering column may cause damage
oes
ksw not
Vol gu
to steering column and therefore lead to a safety srisk.
ed by ara
nte
ri
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Correct Handling and Transport of Steering Column
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ Transport the steering column with two hands.

itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Hold the steering column by the upper outer steering column
ility
ot p
tube and in the area of the upper universal joint.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Steering Column 399

Incorrect Handling of Steering Column n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
Transporting at the clamping lever leads to pre-damage by V to the
o ot g
ua
steering column. ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Incorrect Handling of Steering Column with Safety Risk
The following handling techniques can lead to damage of the uni‐
rrectness of i
versal joint bushings, the lower steering column bearing and the
steering column:
l purpos
♦ Transporting steering column with one hand on joint shaft.
nform
ercia
♦ Bending joints more than 90°.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.4 Steering Column, Removing and Instal‐

ling
⇒ “2.4.1 Steering Column, Removing and Installing”, page 400
2.4.1 Steering Column, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Removing
Note
The steering column is delivered only as a complete replacement

part. Servicing is not possible.
Vehicles with Ignition Switch

The steering lock housing can be replaced. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Steering Column Switch Module; Steer‐
ing Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing .


System
The Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- can
be removed and installed. Refer to
Removing and Installing”, page 417 .
WARNING
Before starting work on electrical equipment and removing

steering wheel, the following conditions must be fulfilled:
♦ The technician must discharge themselves of static elec‐
tricity. This is done by touching grounded metal parts, for
example, water lines, heater pipes, metal supports or a
workshop hoist.
If this not done, the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control
Module - J764- could fail later.
necting .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
The airbag system may fail during future operation yifVothese
lksw not
gu
warnings are not followed! ise
d b ara
nte
r
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Pull the lever on the side of the steering column downward.

itte
y li
erm
ab
– Push the steering column as far down as possible and remove
ility
ot p
it.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Push the lever on the side of the steering column upward
spec
again.
t to the co
– Remove the airbag unit. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
rrectne
– Steering Wheel, Removing. Refer to
s
– Remove the upper steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒
s o
cial p
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Cov‐

inform
ers; Upper Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and In‐

mer
stalling .
atio
om
– Remove the lower steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body

c
i
or
Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;

thi
te
sd
a
Lower Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Remove the steering column switch module. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐

en
ng
t.
trical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Steering Column Switch Mod‐
yi Co
op py
ule; Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Instal‐ t. C rig
gh ht
ling . yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– Remove the knee airbag. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
agen
Prote AG.
69 ; Knee Airbags; Overview - Knee Airbag .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
Golf 2013 ➤ho, Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
ris nte
eo
t
Suspension,
s au Wheels, Steering - Edition 06.2015 ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove the connector -1- from the Anti-Theft Immobilizer
erm
ab
ility
Reader Coil - D2- .
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
tem
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
– Unclip the wire from the retainer on the Electronic Steering
in t
or
his
e
Column Lock Control Module - J764- -arrow-.

at
do
priv
c
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
– Remove the footwell vent under the steering column. Refer to
Co
op py
⇒ Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Air
. C rig
ht ht
rig
Guide; Overview - Air Routing and Air Distribution in Passen‐ py by
co Vo
ger Compartment .
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release the tab in direction of -arrow- using a small screw‐

driver.
– Remove the cable guide -1- forward from the metal tab.

– Release the tabs -arrows- on the cable guide -1- with a small
screwdriver.
– Remove the cable guide -1- downward from the steering col‐
umn.
– Release the lower cable bracket -2- and remove it downward.
n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es n
– Set the wire for bthe
y V steering column aside.
olk ot g
ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
direction of the arrow into the vehicle interior.
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
– Remove the bolt -1- from the universal joint -2-. Then remove by c lksw
cted agen
the universal joint in direction of -arrow-. Prote AG.
Caution


Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 e➤ A,Ge-Golf
. Volksw2014 ➤
agen AG
ag n does
Volksw - Edition 06.2015 not
g y ua
db ran
rise tee
– Remove the bolts -1 and tho2-. or
s au ac
– Remove the left bracket for the knee airbag -3-. s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Remove the bolts -1- and -2-.
l purpos
– Remove the right bracket for the knee airbag -3-.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bolt -1- and hold the steering column -2-.
– Disengage the steering column -1- upward from the tabs

-2 and 3- on the mounting bracket and remove it.
Caution
Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Steering Column, Handling and Transporting”,
page 399 or correct handling and transport of steering column.
Installing

– Engage the steering column -1- in the assembly aids on the

mounting bracket at the bottom -2- and at the top -3-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Align the steering column -2- to the mounting bracket. Install
spec
the bolt -1- hand-tight.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
– Install the right bracket for the knee airbag -3-. o

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Install the bolts -1 and 2- hand-tight.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the left bracket for the knee airbag -3-.

– Install the bolts -1 and 2- hand-tight.

– Tighten the bolts -1 through 4- one after the other to the tight‐
ening specification.
– The flat side of the steering column -1- must be positioned on

the flat side of the steering gear -2-. At the same time, the
opening on the steering gear must align precisely with the hole
for the bolt -arrows-.
– Install the universal joint -2- on the steering pinion in the op‐
posite in direction of -arrow-.
– Install and tighten the new hex bolt -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Fold the footwell trim panel -2- forward and secure it with the
an
d
itte
y li
bolt -1-.
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
406
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.48 - Steering
– Connect the connector -1- to the Anti-Theft Immobilizer Read‐

er Coil - D2- .
System
– Connect the connector -1-.

– Clip the wire into the retainer on the Electronic Steering Col‐
umn Lock Control Module - J764- -arrow-.
– Install the steering column switch module. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
cal Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Steering Column Switch Module;
Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Insert the lower wiring bracket -2- so that the tabs in the guide gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
swa
engage on the steering column. yV
olk not
gu b ara
ed nte
– Insert the cable guide -1-. The tabs in direction oftho
r-arrows-
is
e or
must engage in the steering column. s au ac
s
ce
e
– Install the footwell vent under the steering column. Refer to ⇒
nl
pt
du
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Air
an
itte
y li
Guide; Overview - Air Routing and Air Distribution in Passen‐
erm
ab
ger Compartment .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Install the knee airbag. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ;
h re
Knee Airbags; Overview - Knee Airbag .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Install the lower steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Install the upper steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body
l purpos
Upper Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

– Install the steering wheel. Refer to
nform
ercia

m
at
– Install the driver side airbag unit. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
om
io
Gr. 69 ; Driver Side Airbag; Overview - Driver Side Airbag .
n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Perform a basic setting on the Steering Angle Sensor - G85- .

at
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
g
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Steering Column”, page 398 ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
♦ Footwell vent under the steering column. Refer to ⇒ Heating,
by c lksw
cted agen
Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Air Guide;
Prote AG.
Overview - Air Routing and Air Distribution in Passenger Com‐

partment .
♦ Steering column switch module. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
ment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Steering Column Switch Module; Steering
Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing .
♦ Knee Airbag. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ; Knee
Airbags; Overview - Knee Airbag
♦ Driver side airbag. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ;
♦ Lower steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Lower
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
♦ Upper steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Upper
2.4.2 Steering Column, Removing and Instal‐

ling, RHD

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ir se
d Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf ranVariant 2014 ➤
tee , e-Golf 2014 ➤
o
auth Suspension, Wheels, or Steering -
ac Edition 06.2015
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f in
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
Note
The steering column is delivered only as a complete replacement

part. Servicing is not possible.
Vehicles with ignition switch

The steering lock housing can be replaced. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Steering Column Switch Module; Steer‐
ing Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing .
tem
The Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- can
be removed and installed. Refer to
Removing and Installing”, page 417 .

WARNING
Before starting work on electrical equipment andenremoving

AG. Volkswagen AG d
steering wheel, the following conditions mustolbe
kswfulfilled:
ag oes
no
V t gu
by ara
♦ The technician must discharge themselves
ris
ed of static elec‐ nte
tricity. This is done by touchingaugrounded
tho
metal parts, for eo
ra
example, water lines, heater pipes,
ss metal supports or a c
workshop hoist. Refer to
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “2.7 Electrical Components”, page 4 .
an
d
itte
y li
erm
If this not done, the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control
ab
ility
Module - J764- could fail later.
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
necting .
t to the co
The airbag system may fail during future operation if these
rrectne
warnings are not followed!
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
– Pull the lever on the side of the steering column downward.
atio
m
– Push the steering column as far down as possible and remove

o
n
c
i
or
n
it.
thi
te
sd
va
– Push the lever on the side of the steering column upward

i
o
pr
cum
again.
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the airbag unit. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Steering Wheel, Removing. Refer to
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the upper steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒

Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Cov‐
ers; Upper Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Remove the lower steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body
ule; Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Instal‐
ling .
– Remove the knee airbag. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
69 ; Knee Airbags; Overview - Knee Airbag .


– Remove the connector -1- from the Anti-Theft Immobilizer
Reader Coil - D2- .
tem
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Unclip the wire from the retainer on the Electronic Steering
h re
Column Lock Control Module - J764- -arrow-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the footwell vent under the steering column. Refer to
⇒ Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Air
rrectness of i
ger Compartment .
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
ti
– Release the tab -arrow- using a small screwdriver.
on in
r
te o
thi
– Remove the cable guide -1- forward from the metal tab.
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Release the tabs -arrows- on the cable guide -1- with a small
screwdriver.
– Remove the cable guide -1- downward from the steering col‐
umn.
– Release the lower cable bracket -2- and remove it downward.
– Set the wire for the steering column aside.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oe
– Slide the footrest -2- upward
Vol in the -direction of the arrow-
ksw s no and
t gu
remove it. d by ara
ise n r tee
ho
– Fold back the scarpet.
au
t or
ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m
atio

om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the bolts -1- and -2-. wage

es n
lks ot g
Vo
– Remove the left bracket foredthe knee airbag -3-.
by ua
ran
ir s tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the bolts -1- and -2-.
rrectness of i
– Remove the right bracket for the knee airbag -3-.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the bolt -1- and hold the steering column -2-.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disengage the steering column -1- upward from the tabs -2-
and -3- on the mounting bracket and remove it.
Caution
Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Steering Column, Handling and Transporting”,
page 399 or correct handling and transport of steering column.
Installing

– Engage the steering column -1- in the assembly aids on the

mounting bracket at the bottom -2- and at the top -3-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Align the steering column -2- to the mounting bracket. Install
l purpos
the bolt -1- hand-tight.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Install the right bracket for the knee airbag -3-.
AG.
– Install the bolts -1- and -2- hand-tight.
– Install the left bracket for the knee airbag -3-.

– Install the bolts -1- and -2- hand-tight.

– Tighten the bolts -1-, -2-, -3- and -4- one after the other to the
tightening specification.
– The flat side of the steering column -1- must be positioned on

the flat side of the steering gear -2-. At the same time, the
opening on the steering gear must align precisely with the hole
for the bolt -arrows-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut ra
– Install the
ss a universal joint -2- on the steering pinion in the op‐c
posite -direction of the arrow-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Install and tighten the new hex bolt -1-.

itte
y li
rm
ab
– Fold the carpet forward.

pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Insert the foot est -2- opposite the -direction of the arrow-.
– Tighten the bolt -1-.
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Connect the connector -1- to the Anti-Theft Immobilizer Read‐

er Coil - D2- . . Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oes
Vehicles with “Keyless Access” keylessy Vlocking
olks and starting sys‐ not
gu
tem ised b ara
nte
r
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Connect the connector -1-.
t to the co
– Clip the wire into the retainer on the Electronic Steering Col‐
umn Lock Control Module - J764- -arrow-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Install the steering column switch module. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐

cal Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Steering Column Switch Module;
nform
ercia
Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing .

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Insert the lower wiring bracket -2- so that the tabs in the guide
engage on the steering column.
– Insert the cable guide -1-. The tabs -arrows- must engage in
the steering column.
– Install the footwell vent under the steering column. Refer to ⇒
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Air
ger Compartment .
– Install the knee airbag. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ;
Knee Airbags; Overview - Knee Airbag .
– Install the lower steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body
– Install the upper steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body
Upper Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing
agen
AG. Volkswand
agenInstalling
AG do .
w es n
olks o
– Install the steering wheel.edRefer
by
V
to t gu
ara
⇒ “1.2 Steering Wheel, ho
rRemoving
is and Installing”, page 396 . nte
e t or
au ac
– Install the driver side
ss airbag unit. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 69 ; Driver Side Airbag; Overview - Driver Side Airbag .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Perform a basic setting on the Steering Angle Sensor - G85- .
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Footwell vent under the steering column. Refer to ⇒ Heating,
t to the co
Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Air Guide;
Overview - Air Routing and Air Distribution in Passenger Com‐
partment .
rrectne
♦ Steering column switch module. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
ment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Steering Column Switch Module; Steering
ss
Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing .

o
cial p
f inform
♦ Knee Airbag. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ; Knee

mer
Airbags; Overview - Knee Airbag

atio
om
♦ Driver side airbag. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ;

c
i
or
n thi

te
sd
iva
o
r
♦ Lower steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;

p
cum
r
fo
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Lower

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ Upper steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
ht
pyri by
Vo
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Upper
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . Prote AG.
2.5 Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐

trol Module - J764- , Removing and In‐
stalling
Note
If the control module is being replaced, select the function Re-

place for the respective control module in the mode “Guided
Fault Finding” or “Guided Functions”. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .

♦ 7/16 Inch Extractor - T10424US-

Removing
ule; Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Instal‐
ling .
– Disconnect the connector -2-. To do so push the retainer -1-
toward the rear and push down the release.
– Remove the shear bolt -3- using the 7/16 Inch Extractor -
T10424US-
– Remove the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module
- J764- -4-
Note
If the shear bolt cannot be removed using the 7/16 Inch Extractor
- T10424US- , it must be drilled out using an angle drill and an 8.5
mm diameter drill bit.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal nand
AG. Vnote
olkswthe
agenfollowing:
A age G do
ksw es n
y Vol ot g
ua
b
ed ran
oris tee
th or
– Tighten the newau bolts -arrows- until the head break off. ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Steering Gear
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Steering Gear”, page 419
⇒ “3.2 Steering Gear, Removing and Installing”, page 422
⇒ “3.3 Boot, Removing and Installing”, page 448
⇒ “3.4 Tie Rod, Removing and Installing”, page 450
⇒ “3.5 Tie Rod End, Removing and Installing”, page 452
⇒ “3.6 Steering Gear, Servicing”, page 453
3.1 Overview - Steering Gear

⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Steering Gear”, page 419
3.1.1 Overview - Steering Gear
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Steering Gear 419

1 - Expanding Clip
2 - Steering Column
3 - Bolt
tion. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Steer‐
ing Column”, page 398
4 - Steering Gear
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Steering Gear,
ling”, page 422 .
Catalog.
❑ with Power Steering
Control Module - J500-
❑ Can be checked in “Gui‐
ded Fault Finding”. Re‐
fer to Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .
5 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm +90°
6 - Left Wheel Bearing Housing
7 - Bolt
❑ 70 Nm +90°
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Replace after removing ksw
agen oes
not
ol
yV gu
8 - Subframe ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
9 - Right Wheel Bearing Hous‐
s aut ra
c
ing s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
10 - Heat Shield
an
itte
y li
❑ Depending on the engine installed, there are different versions. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
11 - Bolt
wit
, is n
h re
❑ 8 Nm
hole
spec
❑ Depending on the engine installed, three or four are installed. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
12 - Wire
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.1.2 Overview - Steering Gear, RHD
Caution

1 - Wire
2 - Expanding Clip
3 - Steering Gear
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Steering Gear,
ling”, page 422 .
Catalog.
❑ with Power Steering
Control Module - J500-
❑ Can be checked in “Gui‐
ded Fault Finding”. Re‐
fer to Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .
4 - Left Wheel Bearing Housing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
5 - Nut olksw not
byV gu
ara
❑ Replace after removing rised
nte
ho eo
❑ 20 Nm +90° s aut ra
c
s
6 - Subframe
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
7 - Bolt
y li
rm
ab

pe
ility
ot
wit
❑ 70 Nm +90°
, is n
h re
hole
8 - Right Wheel Bearing Hous‐

spec
ing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
9 - Heat Shield
❑ Depending on the en‐
rrectness of i
gine installed, there are

different versions. Refer
l purpos
to the Parts Catalog.

10 - Bolt
nform
ercia
❑ Depending on the engine installed, three or four are installed. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
m
❑ 8 Nm
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.2 Steering Gear, Removing and Installing

⇒ “3.2.1 Steering Gear, Removing and Installing, except e-Golf”,
page 422
⇒ “3.2.2 Steering Gear, Removing and Installing, e-Golf”,
page 428
3.2.1 Steering Gear, Removing and Installing,

except e-Golf n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es n
by
Vol
k ot g
ua
ed ran
♦ Puller - Ball Joint - T10187- oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
Removing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
System
rrectness of i
wheel lock engages.
l purpos
Only Golf GTE
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting . do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
n
t.
yi Co
direction of the -arrow- into the vehicle interior. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the bolt -arrow- from the universal joint -1-, and then
remove the universal joint in the direction of -arrow-.
Caution



-arrows-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen
– Remove the left andlkright
swa nut -1- from the coupling
gen AG do
es n rod -3-.
o ot g
yV u
– Remove the rcoupling
ise
db rod -3- from the stabilizer bar -2-
ara
nton the
left and right
uth sides.
o ee
or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
hicle.
rrectne
ss
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Using the Puller - Ball Joint - T10187- -1-, press the tie rod end gh ht
yri by
off of the wheel bearing housing and remove the nut. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
G289- .

- G266- .
Coolant Pump - V51- . To do so, open agethe
n AGcatch
. Volksw-3-
agein
n Athe
G do
es n
direction of -arrow- and release o lkswconnector.
the ot g
yV u b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
subframe.
mately 10 cm.

– Remove the bolts -arrows- and remove the heat shield -1- from
the steering gear.
Note
Different heat shields -1- are installed depending on the engine.

On some engine versions, the connectors for the steering gear
are accessible without having to remove the heat shield.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
– Unclip the wiring harness -1- from the steering gear -2- ility
ot
wit
, is n
-arrows-. h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tio

n in
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
VAS6931- .
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
– Pry the steering gear off of the subframe, for example, using
n
t.
yi Co
op
a large screwdriver and remove it toward the rear. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Set the steering gear down as illustrated.

wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
Avoid damage to the controlemodule
db
y -1-. ara
ris nte
Installing utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
The steering gear threaded sleeves must be seated in the sub‐
itte
y li
frame holes.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Connect the connectors -1 and 2- so that they audibly click into
place.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
♦ After attaching steering gear to drive axle, make sure that seal
or c
on steering gear is positioned on the mounting plate without
thi
te
sd
a
and kinks and is sealed correctly. The opening to the foot well
iv
o
r
rp
cu
must sealed correctly. Ingress of water and/or noises may be
o
m
f
the result.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Make sure sealing surfaces are clean. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
– Position the steering gear -1- on the subframe.
AG.
– The steering gear threaded sleeves -2- must be inserted into

the subframe holes -arrow-.
– Insert the steering gear bolt -1- and tighten.
Note
Make sure the ball joint boot is not damaged or twisted.


– Tighten nuts -arrows-. n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
Note ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
– Bolt the universal joint to the steering gear.
ole,
spec
– Connect the battery. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
t to the co
– Perform the Steering Angle Sensor - G85- basic setting. Refer
rrectne
It is necessary to adapt the electro-mechanical power steering.
s
Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester if new steering gear was in‐
s o
stalled.
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
♦ Refer to
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
page 76
t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
♦ Refer to
agen
Prote AG.
Alignment Assembly Tool Kit - Locating Pins - T10486/1- then an
3.2.2 Steering Gear, Removing and Installing,

e-Golf
Removing


System
wheel lock engages.
wage e
– Disconnect the battery. Refer ytoVo⇒lksElectrical Equipment; Rep.
s no
t gu
Gr. 27 ; Battery; Battery, iDisconnecting
se
d b and Connecting . ara
n r tee
ho
– Remove the bolts -1-sand
au fold the footwell trim panel -2- in the
t or
ac
direction of the -arrow-
s into the vehicle interior.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ss
remove the universal joint in the direction of -arrow-.
o
cial p
f inform
mer
Caution
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


Panels .

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ auth or
ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
a
com
ti
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng yi
t.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
hicle.
Caution

G289- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
– Remove the steering gear bolts -1-. s aut ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ss
subframe.
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
mately 10 cm.
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
the steering gear.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
-arrows-.
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
VAS6931- .
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Pry the steering gear off of the subframe, for example, using Cop py
a large screwdriver and remove it toward the rear.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Avoid damage to the control module -1-.
Installing
frame holes.

– Connect the connectors -1 and 2- so that they audibly click into

place.
Note
the result.

– The steering gear threaded sleeves s-2-
wagmust
en AG. be inserted into
Volkswagen AG
does
the subframe holes -arrow-. by Volk not
gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho e or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia

orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

– Install the battery impact guard. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.

Gr. 66 ; Underbody Trim Panel; Overview - Underbody Pan‐
els .
Note

stalled.
Tightening Specifications lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
♦ Refer to ir se
d ran
tee
⇒ “4.1 Overviewut-h Lower Control Arm and Ball Joint”,
o
or
page 76 ss
a ac
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
♦ Refer to
ole,
spec

t to the co

rrectne

s

s o

cial p
f inform

mer

atio
m

o
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
3.2.3 Steering Gear, Removing and Installing, RHD, except e-Golf

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


equipment required
5-50Nm - VAG1331-
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
VAS6931-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
tem
t to the co
wheel lock engages.
rrectness of i
Only Golf GTE

l purpos

nf
ercia

rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


remove it.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
– Remove the bolt -arrow-
aut
h from the universal joint -1-, and then ra
remove the universal joint in the -direction of the arrow-. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Caution
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
could cause irreparable damage. ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio

om
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Rep. Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise Insulation . Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
– Remove the exhaust system bracket from the subframe by c lksw
cted agen
-arrows-. Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
hicle.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm

m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
Caution
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

G289- .
- G266- .
-direction of the arrow- and release the connector.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the clips -1- and -2- for the wiring harness -3- from
the subframe and the steering gear.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

subframe.
mately 10 cm.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
-arrows-.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
VAS6931- .
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
– Pry the steering gear off of the subframe, for example, using
agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , Golf Variant 2014 ➤ , e-Golf 2014w➤ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ks not
b y Vol
gu
a
ed ran
oris tee
– Set the steering gear down as illustrated.auth or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Installing
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
frame holes.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Connect the connectors -1- and -2- so that they audibly click
into place.
nform
mercia
Note
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
and kinks and is sealed correctly. The opening to the foot well C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
the result.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note


Note


stalled.
♦ Refer to
page 76
♦ Refer to
♦ Pendulum support bolts. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10a;geSubframe
Mount; Overview - Subframe Mount . Volksw es n
ot g
y ua
db ran
♦ Exhaust system to subframe. Refer to ⇒ or Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust
ise tee
Pipes/Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .auth or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
rm

ab
pe
ility

ot
wit

, is n
h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
3.2.4 Steering Gear, Removing and Installing, RHD e-Golf

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


equipment required
5-50Nm - VAG1331-
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
VAS6931-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Removing
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co

tem
rrectne
wheel lock engages.
ss o

cial p
f inform

mer

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


remove it.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
remove the universal joint in the -direction of the arrow-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
♦ Turn the steering gear. orm

m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi

te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Loosen the wheel bolts. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Raise the vehicle. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

Panels .
– Remove the pendulum support bolts -1-.

left and right sides. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
hicle.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Caution pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
G289- .

subframe.
mately 10 cm.
the steering gear.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

-arrows-.

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oe w s no
olks t gu
– Lower the subframe usingedthe
by Engine and Gearbox Jack -
V
ara
VAS6931- . ho
ris nte
eo
t
au ra
– Pry the steering gear
ss off of the subframe, for example, using c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
s
iva
Installing
do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
The steering gear threaded sleeves must be seated in the sub‐ Cop py
t. rig
frame holes. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Connect the connectors -1- and -2- so that they audibly click
into place.
Note
the result.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
♦ Tighten the nuts -arrows- in curb weight
ut position. Refer to
ho eo
ra
⇒ “2.8.1 Wheel Bearing in Curb Weight,
ss a Lifting Vehicles with c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Install the battery impact guard. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
ot
wit
, is n
Gr. 66 ; Underbody Trim Panel; Overview - Underbody Pan‐
h re
els .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
t
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
stalled. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to
page 76
♦ Refer to
3.3 Boot, Removing and Installing

♦ Hose Clip Pliers - VAG1275A-
♦ Open Ring Wrench - 24mm - VAG1332/11-

♦ Locking Pliers - VAS6199-

Removing
Note
♦ If the Boot is faulty, moisture and dirt will penetrate into steer‐
ing gear. There must be a noticeable grease film present on
steering rack in area of splines. If grease film is not present,
steering gear must be replaced.
♦ Replace the steering gear:
♦ If there is corrosion.
♦ If it is damaged.
♦ If it is worn out.
♦ If there is dirt on the steering rack.
– Turn steering wheel into straight ahead position.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Loosen the wheel bolts. agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
– Raise the vehicle. rised
nte
ho eo
ut
– Remove the wheel. ss a ra
c
ce
e
– Mark the location of the nut on the tie rod.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove the tie rod end. Refer to
erm
ab
⇒ “3.5 Tie Rod End, Removing and Installing”, page 452 .
ility
ot p
wit
– Clean outside of steering gear in area of the boot.
, is n
h re
hole
While Doing This, No Dirt Must Enter the Steering Gear through
spec
the Faulty Boot.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Open the clamps.
– Remove the boot from the steering gear and the tie rod.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
♦ If corrosion, damage, wear-out or first signs of soiling on steer‐

ing rack can be seen, complete steering gear must be re‐
m
at
om
i
placed.
on
c
in t
or
♦ If no grease film is visible on steering rack, steering gear must

his
ate
also be replaced completely.

do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
Installing Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following: gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Caution
AG.
Do not lubricate the steering rack.

– Guide new clamp and boot onto tie rod.
– Lightly grease the sealing surface of the boot to the tie rod with
Grease - G 052 168 A1- from the repair kit.

– Slide the boot -2- onto the tie rod -1- as illustrated.
– Secure spring clamp on boot using Hose Clip Pliers -
VAG1275A- .
– Lightly grease the sealing surface of the boot to the steering
gear housing with Grease - G 052 168 A1- from the repair kit.
– Push the boot all the way onto the steering gear housing.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
– Tighten the new clamp using the Locking Pliers - VAS6199- to
un
pt
the extent depicted in the illustration.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Install the tie rod end up to the marking made earlier during
pe
ility
the removal. Refer to
ot
wit
, is n
⇒ “3.5 Tie Rod End, Removing and Installing”, page 452 .
h re
hole
spec
– Install the front wheel and tighten.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Perform a vehicle alignment. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Axle Alignment Procedure”, page 355 .
– If both tie rods were replaced, then the basic setting for the
rrectness of i
Steering Angle Sensor - G85- must be performed using the.
l purpos
– Then perform the basic setting on the steering. Refer to Vehi‐
nform
ercia
cle Diagnostic Tester .

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
♦ Refer to en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
3.4 Tie Rod, Removing and Installing co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Torque Wrench Insert - Open Jaw - VAG1923-
Perform the Following:
Removing
– Clean outside of steering gear in area of the boot.

lkswage es n
o ot g
Caution byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
To protect the thread, screwss athe
u
nut on the pin a few turns. ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Open the clamps and push back boot.
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Turn the steering as follows:
ot p
wit
, is n
- for the left tie rod, turn the steering to the right until stop
h re
hole
spec
- for the right tie rod, turn the steering to the left until stop
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove tie rod.
1- Torque Wrench Insert - Open Jaw - VAG1923-
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
♦ If corrosion, damage, wear-out or first signs of soiling on steer‐
ion
c
ing rack can be seen, complete steering gear must be re‐
in t
or
his
e
placed.
at
do
priv
c
♦ If no grease film is visible on steering rack, steering gear must
um
for
also be replaced completely.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Installing
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Install in reverse order of removal and note the following: cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
Do not lubricate the steering rack.
– Make sure the correct tie rod end is installed on each side.
I - Right tie rod end identified with an “A”
II - Left tie rod end identified with a “B”
– Guide new clamp and boot onto tie rod.

– Twist tie rod far enough into tie rod end until dimension -a- is
obtained.
Dimension -a- = 373 ± 1 mm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
– Tighten the tie rod.

un
pt
an
d
itte
1- Torque Wrench Insert - Open Jaw - VAG1923-
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Lightly grease the sealing surface of the boot to the tie rod with
h re
hole
Grease - G 052 168 A1- from the repair kit.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Slide boot -2- onto tie rod -1-, pay attention to correct position
nform
ercia
when doing this.

m
a
com
– Secure spring clamp on boot using Hose Clip Pliers -
tion in
VAG1275A- .
r
te o
thi
s
– Lightly grease the sealing surface of the boot to the steering
iva
do
r
gear housing with Grease - G 052 168 A1- from the repair kit.
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
– Push the boot all the way onto the steering gear housing.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Tighten new clamp using Locking Pliers - VAS6199- to the

extent depicted in the illustration.
– Perform a vehicle alignment. Refer to
– If both tie rods were replaced, then the basic setting for the
Steering Angle Sensor - G85- must be performed using. Refer
– Then perform the basic setting on the steering. Refer to Vehi‐
cle Diagnostic Tester .
♦ Refer to
3.5 Tie Rod End, Removing and Installing



Removing
– Loosen the nut -1-.
– Mark the position of the tie rod end on the tie rod.
– Loosen the nut -2- from the tie rod end, but do not remove it.
Caution
To protect the thread, screw the nut on the pin a few turns.en AG. Volkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
– Remove the tie rod from the wheel ris
bearingthohousing and re‐ eo
move the nut. s au ra
c
s
ce
e
1- Puller - Ball Joint - T10187-

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove the tie rod end from the tie rod.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Installing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Make sure the correct tie rod end is installed on each side.
t to the co
I - Right tie rod end identified with an “A”
II - Left tie rod end identified with a “B”
rrectness of i
– Turn the tie rod end to marking made earlier on the tie rod and
l purpos
secure it with a locking nut.

– Install the tie rod end into the wheel bearing housing.
nform
ercia
– Install the tie rod end with a new nut.

m
at
om
ion
c
– Perform a vehicle alignment. Refer to in t

or

his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.6 Steering Gear, Servicing”, page 453 gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Refer to Prote
cted AG.
agen
3.6 Steering Gear, Servicing

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
auth 2014 ➤ or
ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
1 - Right Tie Rod End
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ Identified with “A”. Refer
ility
ot p
to ⇒ page 451
wit
, is n
h re
hole
ling. Refer to
spec
⇒ “3.5 Tie Rod End, Re‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 452 .
❑ Installation position. Re‐
rrectness of i
fer to ⇒ page 451 .
l purpos
❑ Allocation. Refer to the
Parts Catalog.
nf
ercia
2 - Nut
orm
❑ 70 Nm
m
atio
om
❑ Nut must be counter‐
n in
or c
held on tie rod end using
thi
te
sd
a wrench when loosen‐
iva
o
r
ing and tightening.

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
3 - Clamp
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
4 - Boot
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
❑ Must not be twisted after
c by lksw
cted agen
toe is adjusted Prote AG.

ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Boot, Removing
and Installing”,
page 448 .
5 - Clamp
❑ Replacing
⇒ page 450 .
6 - Tie Rod
❑ 100 Nm
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Tie Rod, Removing and Installing”, page 450 .
7 - Steering Gear
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Steering Gear, Removing and Installing”, page 422 .
8 - Left Tie Rod End
❑ Identified with “B”. Refer to ⇒ page 451
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.5 Tie Rod End, Removing and Installing”, page 452 .
❑ Installation position. Refer to ⇒ page 451 .
9 - Nut
❑ 70 Nm
❑ Nut must be counterheld on tie rod end using a wrench when loosening and tightening.
10 - Spring Clamp
11 - Boot
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.3 Boot, Removing and Installing”, page 448 .
❑ Check for damage
❑ Must not be twisted after toe is adjusted
12 - Clamp

❑ Install new clamp using Locking Pliers - VAS6199- .
13 - Tie Rod
❑ 100 Nm
❑ If faulty, replace with tie rod end
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Tie Rod, Removing and Installing”, page 450 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Sensors
⇒ “4.1 Steering Angle Sensor G85 , Removing and Installing”,
page 456
4.1 Steering Angle Sensor - G85- , Remov‐

ing and Installing
Note
♦ The Steering Angle Sensor - G85- is a component of the steer‐

ing gear.
♦ It cannot be replaced separately. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
♦ The steering gear must be replaced
d byV if the Steering Angle Sen‐ gu
ara
sor - G85- is faulty. Referorito
se nte
eo
⇒ “3.2 Steering Gear,s aRemoving and Installing”, page 422 .
h
ut ra
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5 Special Tools

equipment required
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
♦ Torque Wrench Insert -
Open Jaw - VAG1923-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Hose Clip Pliers -

VAG1275A-
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
♦ Open Ring Wrench - 24mm
- VAG1332/11-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


5-50Nm - VAG1331-
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
VAS6931-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ 7/16 Inch Extractor - T10424US-

rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Revision History
DRUCK NUMBER: K0059212121
Fac‐ Edit Job Fe Notes Quality
tory Edi‐ Type ed‐ Checke
Edi‐ tion ba d By
tion ck
06.2 07/1 Cor‐ Change obergup
agen
AGto
. VoChass‐
lkswagen AEric
G do P.
015 7/20 rec‐ sis Volksw es n
ot g
15 tion db
y ua
ran
rise tee
o
06.2 07/1 Fac‐ N/auth Eric P. or
ac
015 5/20 tory A
ss
15 Up‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
date
an
itte
y li
03.2 3/19/ Fac‐
erm
N/ Do a complete edit on new Jim H.
ab
ility
015 2015 tory A file.
ot p
wit
Up‐
, is n
h re
date
hole
spec
01/1 Fac‐ N/ Tom P.
es, in part or in w
3/20 tory A
t to the co
15 Up‐
date
rrectness of i
11/1 Link N/ Tom P.
9/20 Chec A
l purpos
14 king
10/2 New N/ Eric P.
nform
ercia
3/20 Laun A
14 ch
m
at
om
io
7/30/ Fac‐ N/ Eric P.

n
c
in t
r
2014 tory A
o
his
e
New
at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Cautions & Warnings
Please read these WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before proceeding with maintenance
and repair work. You must answer that you have read and you understand these
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you will be allowed to view this information.
•= If you lack the skills, tools and equipment, or a suitable workshop for any procedure described in this manual, we
suggest you leave such repairs to an authorized Volkswagen retailer or other qualified shop. We especially urge
you to consult an authorized Volkswagen retailer before beginning repairs on any vehicle that may still be covered
wholly or in part by any of the extensive warranties issued by Volkswagen.
•= Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) whenever you work on the fuel system or the electrical
system. Do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Keep an approved fire extinguisher handy.
•= Volkswagen is constantly improving its vehicles and sometimes these changes, both in parts and specifications,
are made applicable to earlier models. Therefore, part numbers listed in this manual are for reference only. Always
check with your authorized Volkswagen retailer parts department for the latest information.
•= Any time the battery has been disconnected on an automatic transmission vehicle, it will be necessary to
reestablish Transmission Control Module (TCM) basic settings using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST).
•= Never work under a lifted vehicle unless it is solidly supported on stands designed for the purpose. Do not support
a vehicle on cinder blocks, hollow tiles or other props that may crumble under continuous load. Never work under a
vehicle that is supported solely byagaenjack. olkswagwork
AG. VNever en AG under the vehicle while the engine is running.
w does n
olks ot g
byV ua
•= For vehicles equipped rwith d ran
an anti-theft radio, be sure of the correcttee radio activation code before disconnecting the
ise
ho
battery or removingauthe radio. If the wrong code is entered when the
t orpower is restored, the radio may lock up and
a
ss even if the correct code is used in a later attempt.c
become inoperable,
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
•=
itte
If you are going to work under a vehicle on the ground, make sure that the ground is level. Block the wheels to
y li
erm
ab
keep the vehicle from rolling. Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) to prevent others from
ility
ot p
starting the vehicle while you are under it.

wit
is n
h re
ole,
•= Do not attempt to work on your vehicle if you do not feel well. You increase the danger of injury to yourself and
spec
others if you are tired, upset or have taken medicine or any other substances that may impair you or keep you from
t to the co
being fully alert.
•= Never run the engine unless the work area is well ventilated. Carbon monoxide (CO) kills.
rrectne
•= Always observe good workshop practices. Wear goggles when you operate machine tools or work with acid. Wear
ss
goggles, gloves and other protective clothing whenever the job requires working with harmful substances.
o
cial p
f inform
•= Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, a scarf, loose clothing, or a necklace when you work near
mer
atio
machine tools or running engines. If your hair, clothing, or jewelry were to get caught in the machinery, severe
om
injury could result.

c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
•= Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn or deformed in normal use. Some fasteners are designed to be used
i
o
pr
cum
r
only once and are unreliable and may fail if used a second time. This includes, but is not limited to, nuts, bolts,
fo
en
ng
washers, circlips and cotter pins. Always follow the recommendations in this manual - replace these fasteners with
t.
yi Co
op
new parts where indicated, and any other time it is deemed necessary by inspection. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Page 1 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Illuminate the work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the vehicle.
Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled
fuel or oil.
•= Friction materials such as brake pads and clutch discs may contain asbestos fibers. Do not create dust by
grinding, sanding, or by cleaning with compressed air. Avoid breathing asbestos fibers and asbestos dust.
Breathing asbestos can cause serious diseases such as asbestosis or cancer, and may result in death.
•= Finger rings should be removed so that they cannot cause electrical shorts, get caught in running machinery, or be
crushed by heavy parts.
•= Before starting a job, make certain that you have all the necessary tools and parts on hand. Read all the
instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts.swUse AG. Volkswagen AG d
agentools that are appropriate
oes to the work and use only
lk not
replacement parts meeting Volkswagen specifications.
y Vo Makeshift tools, parts and
gua procedures will not make good
db ran
repairs. orise te
h eo
ut ra
sa c
•= Catch draining fuel, oil or brake containers. Do not use empty food or beverage containers that s
fluid in suitable
ce
le
un
might mislead someone into drinking from them. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Wipe up spills at
pt
an
d
itte
once, but do not store the oily rags, which can ignite and burn spontaneously.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
•= Use pneumatic and electric tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners. Never use these tools to tighten
wit
is n
fasteners, especially on light alloy parts. Always use a torque wrench to tighten fasteners to the tightening torque
h re
ole,
listed.
spec
t to the co
•= Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of the battery. If escaping hydrogen gas is
ignited, it will ignite gas trapped in the cells and cause the battery to explode.
rrectne
•= Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before you drain the crankcase, find out the proper way to dispose of
the oil. Do not pour oil onto the ground, down a drain, or into a stream, pond, or lake. Consult local ordinances that
ss
govern the disposal of wastes.
o
cial p
f inform
•=
mer
The air-conditioning (A/C) system is filled with a chemical refrigerant that is hazardous. The A/C system should be
atio
serviced only by trained automotive service technicians using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment,
om
n
trained in related safety precautions, and familiar with regulations governing the discharging and disposal of
c
i
or
n thi
automotive chemical refrigerants.

te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
•= Before doing any electrical welding on vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes (ABS), disconnect the battery
fo
en
ng
t.
negative terminal (ground strap) and the ABS control module connector. op
yi Co
py
. C rig
ht ht
rig
•= Do not expose any part of the A/C system to high temperatures such as open flame. Excessive heat will increase py by
co Vo
by lksw
system pressure and may cause the system to burst. Prote
cted AG.
agen
•= When boost-charging the battery, first remove the fuses for the Engine Control Module (ECM), the Transmission
Control Module (TCM), the ABS control module, and the trip computer. In cases where one or more of these
components is not separately fused, disconnect the control module connector(s).
•= Some of the vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a supplemental restraint system (SRS), that
automatically deploys an airbag in the event of a frontal impact. The airbag is operated by an explosive device.
Handled improperly or without adequate safeguards, it can be accidentally activated and cause serious personal
injury. To guard against personal injury or airbag system failure, only trained Volkswagen Service technicians
should test, disassemble or service the airbag system.
Page 2 of 3
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Do not quick-charge the battery (for boost starting) for longer than one minute, and do not exceed 16.5 volts at the
battery with the boosting cables attached. Wait at least one minute before boosting the battery a second time.
•= Never use a test light to conduct electrical tests of the airbag system. The system must only be tested by trained
Volkswagen Service technicians using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST) or an approved equivalent. The airbag unit
must never be electrically tested while it is not installed in the vehicle.
•= Some aerosol tire inflators are highly flammable. Be extremely cautious when repairing a tire that may have been
inflated using an aerosol tire inflator. Keep sparks, open flame or other sources of ignition away from the tire repair
area. Inflate and deflate the tire at least four times before breaking the bead from the rim. Completely remove the
tire from the rim before attempting any repair.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
•= d by Vo
When driving or riding in an airbag-equipped vehicle, never hold gtest
ua equipment in your hands or lap while
ran
the
vehicle is in motion. Objects rise between you and the airbag can increase teethe risk of injury in an accident.
ho
aut or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
I have read and I understand these Cautions and Warnings.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Page 3 of 3
Version 1.0

D4B8046FF18-Suspension Wheels Steering

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

D4B8046FF18-Suspension Wheels Steering

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service

Suspension, Wheels, Steering

Service Department. Technical Information

00 - General, Technical Data

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2015 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B8046FF18

00 - General, Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2.7 Thread in Longitudinal Member, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

2.8 Subframe, Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

3 Suspension Strut and Upper Control Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

3.1 Overview - Suspension Strut and Upper Control Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

3.2 Suspension Strut, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

3.3 Suspension Strut, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

4.2 Lower Control Arm, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

4.3 Ball Joint, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

4.5 Lower Control Arm Bonded Rubber Bushing, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

5.1 Overview - Wheel Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

5.2 Wheel Bearing Housing, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

5.3 Wheel Bearing Unit, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

6 Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

6.4 Drive Axle Threaded Connection, Loosening and Tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

42 - Rear Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

4 Stabilizer Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

4.1 Overview - Stabilizer Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

5.3 Upper Transverse Link, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

6 Suspension Strut/Shock Absorber, Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

6.1 Overview - Suspension Strut, Shock Absorber and Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

6.2 Shock Absorber, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

6.3 Shock Absorber, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

6.4 Spring, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

43 - Self-Leveling Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

44 - Wheels, Tires, Wheel Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

4 Wheel/Tire Vibration, Causes and Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

4.1 Vibration Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

4.2 Road Test, Performing Before Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

4.3 Wheel, Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

4.4 Vibration Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

4.6 Rim Radial and Lateral Run-Out, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

4.8 Flat Spots in Tires From Standing, Determining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

5 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

6 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

7 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

1 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

1.2 Steering Wheel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

3.3 Boot, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

3.4 Tie Rod, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

3.6 Steering Gear, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

00 – General, Technical Data

1.1 Safety Precautions when Working on

Risk of injury due to the engine automatically starting on vehi‐

♦ Always replace corroded bolts/nuts.

Therefore, only tighten the threaded connections on the com‐ t to the co

with Coil Spring”, page 5 .

2.1 Shock Absorber

replace a shock absorber. A shock absorber damp with oil is OK

under the following circumstances: ab

♦ Oil leakage (shaded in illustration) is visible, but dull, matte wit

♦ Oil excretion extends from upper shock absorber connection

Shock absorbers are frequently rejected and exchanged because

2 Rep. Gr.00 - General, Technical Data

Defective shock absorbers are noticeable when driving due to

loud rumbling noises - a result of wheel hopping - especially on

– Push the shock absorber together by hand.